Odyssey
Author: Tony Corden
Date: 2017-10-25 04:00:00+00:00
Keywords: Science Fiction; Fantasy; Cyberpunk; Artificial Intelligence; Dystopia; Action
Description: Atherleah Carroll grew up in a negative-tax family in the gang-controlled suburbs of Brisbane at the end of the twenty-first century. From the age of six, she decided that she wanted more and with the help of her local gang-leader, she learned the skills to escape the relentless pressure to accept a life of mediocrity. On her sixteenth birthday, she was inadvertently implanted with a Neural Enhancement Chip instead of the free Government provided basic level personal AI. This mistake not only removed the limits placed on the AI but also broke some of the Government instigated control parameter

Contents

Dedication

Copyright

History

Nascent

Chapter One - November 24, 2073

Diary - 24 November 2073

Chapter Two - November 25, 2073 A

Chapter Three - November 25, 2073 B

Diary - 25 November 2073

Chapter Four - November 26, 2073

Diary - 26 November 2073

Chapter Five - November 27,2073

Chapter Six - November 28,2073

Diary - 28 November 2073

Chapter Seven - November 29, 2073 A

Chapter Eight - November 29, 2073 B

Diary - 29 November 2073

Chapter Nine - November 30,2073

Diary - 30 November 2073

Chapter Ten - December 1, 2073

Spell Book

Changing Attraction

Chain Lightning

Circle of Sloth

Disc of Death

Echolocation

Freeze

Grounding

Grow

Heal

Ki Freeze

Ki Lightning

Petrify

Teleportation

Mount of Mist

Orumeck’s Spell of Hidden Quietness

Rain of Fire

Sight

Excerpt from 'Changed' Book 3 of the Stork Tower

For my children

Odyssey

The Stork Tower # 2

By

Tony Corden

Copyright 2017 Tony Corden

Kindle Edition

Cover image from Shutterstock.com

This e-book is licensed for your personal enjoyment only.

History

It was the advent of safe electromagnetic neural manipulation in 2021 which led to the rise of a viable and sustainable virtual reality industry. Within thirty years almost all leisure, education, and work-related activity occurred inside virtual reality constructs. Individuals were suspended in neutral buoyancy liquid which had a gel-like consistency, their bodies held in induced quasi-comas, their nervous system manipulated to provide a virtual sensory experience indistinguishable from reality while constantly stimulating the motor neurones to prevent muscular deterioration. The variety and complexity of the devices developed was frequently changing yet the market continued to refer to all such devices as Neural Interface SIM (Sensory, Integrative and Motor) Pods or SIM Pods.

Many regulatory bodies, conservatives, and sceptics initially raised the problems of privacy and security. They were worried about the potential for brainwashing, for thought control, or even of subtle thought reform. In response, the VR industry developed and introduced an intelligently controlled interface which included a self-adaptive firewall. This device was controlled by the user and capable of protecting personal privacy and safeguarding the minds of the growing number of people both working and living in virtual space. With many users wanting even greater control over their virtual experience these interfaces quickly matured into personally managed and owned Artificial Intelligence Chips. The AI chips were physically implanted adjacent to the nervous system and able to protect, inform and assist individuals both inside and outside the virtual world. The chips micro-manipulated the auditory and visual cortices making it possible for the owner to hear and see implanted information even in the real world.

Various interest groups including parents, educators and civil libertarians raised concerns over the appropriate age for POD immersion. In research commissioned by the International Institute of Applied Neuroplasticity, there was clear evidence that extended immersion in SIM Pods was detrimental for those under the age of fifteen. Further studies led to International guidelines banning POD use for those under the age of five and limiting their use until age ten to two hours per day then to four hours daily until age fifteen.

At the Dubai Convention for Virtual Modality in 2050 the United Nations’ ‘Declaration of Human Rights’ was modified and the changes formally adopted the following August by the UN General Assembly. These changes asserted that the access to a personal AI was a fundamental human right for full access to modern society. The right to education was amended to include the right to access the virtual environment.

Nascent

Atherleah Carroll grew up in a negative-tax family in the gang-controlled suburbs of Brisbane at the end of the twenty-first century. From the age of six, she decided that she wanted more and with the help of her local gang-leader, she learned the skills to escape the relentless pressure to accept a life of mediocrity. On her sixteenth birthday, she was inadvertently implanted with a Neural Enhancement Chip instead of the free Government provided basic level personal AI. This mistake not only removed the limits placed on the AI but also broke some of the Government instigated control parameters. Leah’s life rapidly becomes a battle, both in the virtual-multiverse and in real life.

On the advice of the local ‘boss’, Leah began playing the virtual fantasy game Dunyanin to earn the money she needed to live at the local POD facility and help with her education. With the help of her rapidly evolving AI, she has not only thwarted attempts by the government to limit her opportunities but evaded kidnapping by virtual slavers. Co-opted by several Virtual Security AI Leah has helped shut down a virtual sweat-shop which used mind-controlled players to farm for resources. The family, which runs the virtual crime syndicate, has cornered Leah in the depths of a virtual-mine and sent twenty player-mercenaries to capture her. Fleeing through a hidden doorway into a mirror mine operated by goblins Leah hopes to escape her pursuers.

CHAPTER ONE

November 24, 2073

Leah was tired but wanted to put some distance between her and whoever Merideath had sent. She crept down the ramp onto the next floor. She could see all the miners were now Level 22, as she’d anticipated. Added to the mix was a Level 24 Goblin Overseer. He was carrying a better-quality sword and wore crude, but serviceable, armour. She equipped her bow and began firing at the goblins. It felt good to be back in Atherleah’s body, able to use both a bow and magic. Her first arrow was a head-shot which killed the Overseer. She quickly finished off the miners.

After harvesting the various goblins, she worked her way through the rest of the floor picking up a small chest containing uncut emeralds and some poor quality gold ore. The ramp to the next floor led to a locked metal door and not to the network of tunnels and mining areas that Leah had been expecting. There was no keyhole on her side so either the goblins were locked in each night or she had to find a locking mechanism.

She examined every inch of the door. Finally, in resignation, she closed her eyes and lowered her head against the door. As she placed her hands on the door, she felt a faint pattern on the surface. Opening her eyes, with her cheek pressed against the surface, she could just make out a multitude of minute indentations covering the door. An etched maze covered the whole surface. Four bare patches about the size of her hand stood out, and a closer look revealed a word engraved in the centre of each. Around the outside edge, she detected four small entryways into the maze.

She didn’t touch any of the entrances but said, “Gèng, do the words ‘Altin,’ ‘Gumus,’ ‘Platin,’ or ‘Ejder’ have any significance in Dunyanin?”

“Yes, they are all towns in different mountain ranges.”

“Give me some information about each. Please?”

“Altin is the sight of a gold mine and has a dungeon nearby inhabited by various undead goblins and trolls. Gumus has a nearby silver mine and a dungeon filled with cave goblins and various slimes. Platin is tough to get to, and there is a challenging dungeon system involving traps, dangerous flora and different dark mages including dark elves and necromancers. Ejder is a settlement which serves as a trading station in the only known pass through the Omurga Mountains.”

“Are there any goblins at Platin or Ejder?”

“Yes, many of the Mages in the Platin dungeon have goblin servants and warriors. Ejder has a recurrent problem with small bands of Goblins raiders who attack the merchant caravans.”

“Ok! Thank you! I think this door is a portal to the various mines or dungeons near these towns. I think there must be an undiscovered mine near both Platin and Ejder and I surmise a dungeon near Ejder. Once I work out how to activate the portal I’ll head to Ejder, I think.”

“The area around Ejder is unsafe for your level. The goblins start at Level 80, and most beasts are above Level 90.”

“The dungeons at Altin, Gumus and Platin, what are their levels?”

“They are all of varying difficulty based on who enters. Gumus begins at the level of the adventurer, and the final boss is at least eight levels above, it is recommended for multiple player groups. Altin is similar although it is recommended for teams of six and the MOBs begin above the Level of the highest player. Platin is also multiplayer and has a minimum recommended Level of 90, and that is the minimum level of MOBs. Those who have a higher Level on entry also face more difficult MOBs.”

“So I only have a chance with my gear and level in Gumus.”

“That is my conclusion.”

“OK, I’m not suicidal, and if I die, I’m back in Maden Town. Gumus it is.”

Leah worked backwards from Gumus and after almost ten minutes of squinting found the starting point at the top left of the door. She pressed her finger on the start, and the metal gave way slightly, and began to glow white. Leah had Gèng help her retrace the path. When she got to the bare area with Gumus engraved there was a brief flare of light, and the whole route became covered with silver. Leah pushed on the door but nothing happened, it didn’t open, and there was no portal. She traced the Altin route which lit up in a yellow hue and when finished changed to gold. Still, nothing happened to give her access to the door. She traced the path to Platin which glowed a faint blue colour before turning into platinum. Again no reaction, so she sketched the final route to Ejder which shone red and then turned into a dark black metal etched with red runes.

When the final route changed, the whole door transformed into liquid which swirled around, a vortex formed at the centre. As the speed of the vortex increased, it pulled Leah toward the door. Instead of fighting the pull she stepped forward and was sucked into the portal. She appeared in an enclosed metal octagonal-room with eight doors, two silver, two gold, two platinum and then one door made of the black metal and the final door was black and covered in scarlet runes. The doors were numbered one through eight. A message appeared, and a trumpet sounded.

Odyssey Level Dungeon Achievement: First (1, Painite)

Atherleah (Level 44), you have discovered a Hidden Odyssey:

The Goblin Mines and Dungeons

You are the first player to access this Odyssey.

Reward 1:  10000 x 44 =  506000 (+15%) Experience Points (39000/39000)…(48000/48000) (44075/50000)

Reward 2: + 5% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 1 x 10 Diamond

Reward 4: Increased probability of valuable drop. Luck is increased by 10 whenever you are on this Odyssey.

Fame: 10000 Fame Points (15950)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

This Odyssey requires six (6) players to complete. You may choose any other five players, and if they agree, they will be brought here to join you on the journey at a time convenient to you. Should anyone die in the attempt, they shall be returned to their original location. You have 24 Dunyanin hours to choose your companions and begin the journey. Your companions will receive the same rewards on the journey but will not receive this achievement. Your invitation should give no more information on the Odyssey except ‘the opportunity of going on a dangerous and almost impossible journey’. You may add any relevant timing and preparation details.

Note: After you have chosen your five companions this achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

Participants

1. Atherleah (leader)

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Leah said ‘yes’ to retain her privacy. She checked the time, and it was just after 9 am Dunyanin time, so she sent the following IM to Wisp, Thad, Amy, James and Bonehelm:

Hey guys,

I’ve stumbled over something that needs five more players. It’s an opportunity to go on a dangerous and almost impossible journey. If you’re interested, then let me know. You will be transported to my destination at midnight tonight Dunyanin time. You should be fully rested and stocked with potions. I can’t restock so if you are interested in coming and can buy what I need then let me know.

Atherleah

Almost immediately she received the following replies:

You have to be kidding me. You’ve stumbled on something else out here. Count me in. Pazar has a shop for potions, but it’s expensive. Let me know if any others can get stuff, and I’ll send a list otherwise I’ll get you what you need.

Best friend ever,

Wisp (Annairë the Wize)

You serious girl? We’ve just done finishing the anthill. I’ll bet that was you in the experience dungeon too. All of us are in. We are in Carson’s Loop so send us your shopping list. The others will all IM their acceptances. See you at midnight.

Thad (Thad_Kickyourbuttson)

I’m in. Looking forward to catching up; I need some girl time.

Amy (Amelia_Quickfoot)

Woohoo. You are the greatest. I’m in, sweetheart. See you at midnight.

Zack (Zachary_Bonehelm

See you then. I’ve some new cool spells.

James (Jim_Firedrake)

Leah sent Wisp a message and told her to IM Thad. She did the same. Leah wanted potions and some specialist mining equipment. She filled in the five names and sent the reply to the Dunyanin Administration. After logging out, she had a shower and breakfast before asking Gèng for three hours of deep-sleep.

She woke at seven, and while she ate a second breakfast, she checked the news. It surprised her that no reports were shown concerning problems with virtual security. There was also nothing on the Kodoman family.

Gèng said "Security Controller 11-5 suggests that you should say nothing and do nothing about the security situation. The courts had agreed to suppress the news until some of the details are clarified. An immense legal battle is being waged in both the Australian and the International courts."

At precisely 8 am Brisbane Time, and 12 am Dunyanin time Leah stepped through the portal and into the eight-sided room.

Leah materialised at the same time as the other five. As soon as they arrived they all received a similar message:

Atherleah, you and your companions are charged with completing the following journey through the Goblin Mines and Dungeons.

There are eight steps to your journey; each begins at a door.

Four doors will lead you to mirror copies of the mines at Gumus, Altin, Platin and Ejder. These mines have goblin miners, soldiers, overseers and mages. You must clear each floor of these mines and mine twenty* of each type of ore available (one type for each mine floor) and mine one of each type of gem. You cannot leave the mine until all foes are conquered and all ores and gems collected.

The other four doors will bring you to the main dungeons at Altin, Gumus, Platin and Ejder. You must clear all dungeons and defeat all bosses. All members of the group must log-in and log-out at the same time (+/- 10 minutes of Atherleah). You are not permitted to spend more than twelve Dunyanin-hours logged out, and you must remain logged in for at least six Dunyanin-hours each time. If you fail to keep these conditions, you will be removed from the Journey.

* Only five pieces of Adamantine are required in the Adamantine Mine

Each companion has one life. When that person dies, they will be returned to their position before entering the Odyssey. Any players who finish the Odyssey will be relocated to the town of Ejder.

Door 1: The Goblin Silver Mine at Gumus (Malachite, Topaz, Tourmaline, and White Opal)

Door 2: The Dungeon of Sumuk the Slime Queen at Gumus

Door 3: The Goblin Gold Mine at Altin (Gems: Emerald, Sapphire, Diamond and Tanzanite)

Door 4: The Dungeon of Dead Goblins at Altin

Door 5: The Goblin Platinum Mine at Platin (Gems: Pink Diamond, Ruby and Black Opal and Musgravite)

Door 6: The Dungeon of the Dark Lord Kotu at Platin

Door 7: The Goblin Adamantine Mine at Ejder (Gems: Jadeite, Orichalconite, Painite, Mythralite, Red Beryl)

Door 8: The Death Cave of Lord Y’sam Ejderhasi

When you are ready to start: place your hand on Door 1.

Leah let all the team read the message. She gave them a brief outline of what had happened to reach this point, without discussing the issue of virtual slavery. Besides Leah, only Zach had previously used the Mining skill. Amy, Thad and James had all learned the skill the previous day after seeing her request. They had a spare skill scroll for Wisp. Leah invited them all to join a group. A quick check showed the following:

Atherleah - Leader

Level 50 (44075/50000) (+20%)

Annairë the Wize

Level 29 (24609/29000) (+20%)

Thad_Kickyourbuttson

Level 40 (6278/40000) (+6%)

Amelia_Quickfoot

Level 38 (14278/38000) (+6%)

Zachary_Bonehelm

Level 39 (517/39000) (+6%)

Jim_Firedrake

Level 37 (16001/37000) (+6%)

Thad said, “How the hell did you to get the additions to experience and what else haven’t you told us? Level 50!”

Wisp told them the story of the Bukalemun.

Amy said, “Yep, I saw that, and had no idea where it was but didn’t connect it with you guys and I guess I should have. Like glue, you and us, like glue from now on.”

A quick review of the various guides and forums showed the Mine at Gumus had nine levels and required a miner to be at Skill Level Beginner (7) or above. The mining skill had six skill levels, Beginner (10), Ordinary (10), Apprentice (10), Expert (10), Master (10) and Grand Master (10). Leah was at Beginner (5) but with over thirty unassigned skill points from both her characters. Zack was at Ordinary Level 1. A quick check revealed they would need to be at Apprentice Level 5 for Gold, Expert Level 1 for Platinum and a Grand Master could mine Adamantine. Even if Leah used all 30 Skill Points for mining, she would still need to mine like crazy to develop the skill enough to mine Adamantine because at the higher levels, it required two or more skill points to raise skill levels.

Thad handed Leah and Wisp the potions they requested but refused payment saying the four of them had all chipped in and decided this was a gift for all the help Leah and Wisp had given them. He also handed over the various mining equipment she ordered; she'd ordered several of the best picks available and some specialist ore collection bags. Thad said he would need the money for these as they were expensive and had set him back 300 Gold; he had had to borrow from the other three to have enough money. Leah happily paid him the money.

They agreed that experience was proportional to level; money and other loot equally split and unique items to those who needed or wanted them. Finally, when everything was ready, Leah equipped her armour, grabbed Merdiven in one hand and placed the other on Door 1.

They faded and appeared in a large room filled with ten goblins, who were busy mining, and two overseers. There was stunned silence until an overseer saw the group and then it was a free for all. Leah attacked with Merdiven; Wisp and Jim began firing Fireballs; Amy used her bow; Zack waded in with a battle hammer; Thad struck with a five-foot-long two-handed sword. The fight was short and ugly. The mining goblins were at Level 40, the overseers at Level 42 and everyone, except possibly Wisp, was capable of dealing out the punishment. Wisp stood back and cast offensive spells and the occasional healing spell on someone in need.

As soon as they finished the fight they all received a similar message:

Level 3 Dungeon Achievement: First  1 (5, Ruby)

Atherleah (Level 51), you have discovered a hidden Level 3 Area:

Goblin Mirror Mine of Gumus

You are the first player to access this area. This is your fifth, 'First 1 (Ruby)' achievement.

Reward 1:  1000 x 51 =  61200 (+20%) Experience Points (52000/52000)(15090/54000)

Reward 2: + 2% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 5 x 1 Platinum = 5 Platinum

Reward 4: Increased probability of valuable drop. Luck is increased by 5 whenever you are in this Cavern. During your first time in the Cavern, the probability of all drops is increased to 0.5.

Fame: 500 Fame Points (16450)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

Leah sent Amy to do a quick reconnoitre while she harvested the goblins. She set Zack to work on one of the walls where he started to mine low-grade silver ore. Leah asked the others to see if they could do anything with their low skill level. They didn't make a dent until she cast Changing Attraction on a section of the wall and then they made some slow progress. Leah cast the spell twice more before Thad extracted one piece of ore. When Amy returned, she explained that there were four similar rooms with the same number of Goblins in each; there was one path to a lower floor and no way up. After a brief discussion, they decided to clear the floor as a group before finish the mining.

After clearing each room, Leah and Zack worked on raising their mining skills while Thad while the other three scoured the floor for hidden compartments. Leah and Zack quickly mined the twenty required pieces of low-grade silver ore but continued to work until the others returned. Thad finally extracted another piece of ore and raised his mining to Level 3. The hunters had found one small compartment with several pieces of ore and a few spare picks of good quality. If each floor were similar, then most of them would be near Level 50 at the end of this dungeon. After Level 50 the levelling became harder with 2000 EP required at each level rather than 1000. After Level 100 it went up by 5000 EP each level.

They headed down to the next level with Amy leading the way. She reported that most of the miners were at Level 41 and the overseers were Level 43. Wisp and Leah shared their experience with sneak attacks, so they snuck in to deal with the overseers. Leah chose one of the Ant Warrant Officer' Swords and used Hidden Quietness to sneak up on her prey. She was slow and precise, taking great care she waited for the pre-arranged countdown to reach zero and then performed a form she was learning in Dark Moon Duel. The goblin was just the right height, and Leah removed his head in a single stroke. As soon as she attacked, Amy and James engaged from a distance while Thad and Zack approached for close quarters combat. After killing her Overseer Goblin, Wisp joined James and Amy leaving Leah free to attack a nearby miner. Using the four forms she knew, she easily blocked all his strokes, but she struggled in attack. The room around her went quiet, and she realised the other goblins were all dead and her friends were standing and watching her fight the goblin. At the next opening, instead of using one of the sword forms, she stepped backwards and shot the goblin with a mana dart, threw a Webspinner trap at him and as he fell she killed him with the sword.

Turning to face the others she said, “Don’t laugh! I needed some practice, and he was helping me out. You made him nervous, so I had to kill him. Next time have the decency to let me practice my skills in peace.”

After everyone had finished having a good laugh they cleared the rest of the floor in the same manner although Leah used her knives, bow and Merdiven for everything except the first Overseer. With him, she kept practising her sword forms. They approached the cleanup the same way except on this floor they had to find Medium Quality Silver Ore. Leah used Changing Attraction several times while Thad worked at gaining some mining skill.  Amy and the scavenging group had no better luck on this level so after Leah and Zack had mined 20 pieces of Medium Quality Ore Amy went to reconnoitre the next level. On her return, she reported that the Miners were all Level 42 and the one room she looked in also had two armed level 43 Goblin Guards and two level 44 Overseers.

Leah and Wisp targeted the Overseers and Amy attacked one of the guards first, then shifted to the other before attacking the miners. Thad and Zack headed for the guards and found that the guard's fighting skills were much better than the miners. Toward the middle of the battle, they were surrounded by three attackers and were steadily losing health until Leah and Amy attacked from behind while Wisp and James provided some badly needed healing spells. For the next few rooms, they tried various strategies trying to find a way to keep Zack and Thad from being swarmed. They could succeed at this level but not if the guards' levels improved. Thad equipped a smaller sword and a shield instead of the two-handed sword, and this helped.

At Mine Level 3 the miners had been digging Medium Grade Silver, and one overseer had a small bag with a piece of Malachite. Leah and Zack began working the rock face and even with the 20 Luck Leah had it took 50 pieces of Medium Grade Silver before they found one piece of Malachite. Meanwhile, the scavenging group found a hidden room with a chest filled with 60 copper coins all minted with the image of a goblin on one side and a miner on the other. The inscription read 'Goblin Silver Mine at Gumus'. Each member of the group received ten of the coins.

Amy scouted the fourth floor and explained there were only eight miners in each room with four guards and one overseer. The Overseer was Level 45, and the rest were Level 43. Leah took the Overseer and Wisp one of the Guards. Thad and Zack took a guard each, James and Amy focused their attention on the final guard. With the changing of strategy and weapons, they were even more successful. Leah had been tempted cast Circle of Sloth but realised she needed to keep that for later. After clearing the floor, Leah and Zack got busy mining Intermediate Grade Silver Ore. Thad used the skill points he'd gained on the Mining Skill. Leah cast Changing Attraction so Thad was again able to help. He produced several pieces of ore and raised his mining level even higher. Both Zack and Leah resisted the temptation to raise their level by adding skill points because working at the minimum level for an ore raised levels at a faster rate. Unfortunately, it took a good chunk of time. Each floor was taking just over an hour to complete, and they had five more to go.

On the fifth floor, there were again eight miners, but they had seven guards and an overseer. The miners were all Level 44, the guards, Level 45, and the Overseer was Level 46. Both Thad and Zach expressed concern that they were close to their limit and everyone tried to think of different ways to deal with the scenario. In the end, Wisp and Leah took out the Overseer and the furthest guard. Leah headed to help Wisp while Zack and Thad took only one step into the room. Amy and James stood behind Zack and Thad and attacked from a distance. Zack and Thad stood side by side, and the goblins couldn't swarm them as they were forced to only attack from the front. Amy attacked goblins deep into the room and tried to draw them away from Wisp and Leah. James healed as needed. Leah protected Wisp from direct attack and Wisp helping to protect Leah from being flanked and provided close healing support if necessary.

Leah’s health never got below 75%. Wisp and Leah had dealt with an overseer, three guards and four miners when the attacks on them stopped. Thad and Zack still had two guards, and a miner left so Leah and Wisp joined in from either side finishing the fight. Leah needed time to recuperate as she'd used over half her mana, so while the others checked the room and discussed tactics she sat and meditated. All in all, everyone felt confident to try a similar approach in the next room.

The next four rooms progressed similarly with Leah and Wisp fluidly moving about the room and the others holding the tunnel entrance. The miners had been mining Intermediate Grade Silver Ore, and one overseer a Topaz gem. Leah, Zack and Thad got busy, and it wasn’t until the sixtieth piece of ore that a Topaz dropped. The scavengers and found a chest this time, it had twenty-four silver coins all minted with the image of a goblin on one side and a miner on the other. The inscription read ‘Goblin Silver Mine at Gumus’. Other treasure included a pick with diamond shards on the tips. It had twice the durability and base damage as the pick Leah was using. They gave this to Zack as he was only two levels away from being able to use it and Leah still had far more skill points free to use.

They finished both the sixth and seventh floors in a similar vein although the fights were longer; twice Leah finished with her health below 50%. On the seventh floor, both Zack and Thad were reduced to less than 25%, and it was only Leah and Wisp attacking from behind which saved them. Both floors produced High-Grade Silver Ore with the seventh also dropping a Tourmaline gem. This time Leah suggested that the scavengers not open any secret compartment but to let her drink a luck potion, which coupled with her fifteen points and the fifteen reward points would give them 40 luck. When they opened the secret compartment they received:

You have opened a secret miners storage compartment:

12 Gold Coins minted with an image of the Goblin Silver Mine at Gumus

12 Silver Coins minted with an image of the Goblin Silver Mine at Gumus

12 Copper Coins minted with an image of the Goblin Silver Mine at Gumus

1 Key to the Main Storage Shed

1 Earth Spell - Mine Blast

6 Bottles of Goblin Beer - ‘Can’t Walk Straight’

6 Bottles of Goblin Beer - ‘You’ve Got Two Heads’

1 Mine Overseers Steel Whip

They all suggested that Leah have the Mine Blast spell as neither Zack nor Thad had much Mana, and the spell required the caster to have a Master Level in the Mining Skill. However because no one could yet use it, they put it aside. They cast lots for the whip and Thad won it, but he gave it to Leah in exchange for her share of the beer.

They had been in the game for nine hours and decided to log-out for two real-time hours before continuing. Leah reminded them that they couldn’t miss the log-in time by more or less than ten minutes.

Leah had a quick lunch and dove back into the pod for a class with Master Ning. After Tai Chi, she had a two-hour lesson with Master of Blades Farron who introduced her to two more sword forms; Master Farron complemented her on mastering the initial four forms so quickly. Leah just had time for a snack and a quick shower before heading back to the mine.

Everyone arrived at the same time, and while Amy headed down to the eighth floor, they discussed tactics. By the time she returned, they had also checked their levels and assigned characteristics.

Amy said, “The first room has only six miners and six guards, all are Level 51. Also, there are two overseers and one Mage, all at Level 53.”

Leah said, “If Wisp attacks the Mage, I’ll deal with the two Overseers and cast Circle of Sloth. Amy, you and James try and draw the guards toward Thad and Zack. Wisp are you ok with handling a Mage 14 Levels higher than you?”

“I think so, head and heart right, head and heart.”

Wisp and Leah ghosted in using the Cloak of Invisibility and the Spell of Hidden Quietness. Wisp was ready but before Leah made her move the Mage shot a fireball in Leah’s direction and shouted a warning. Leah dodged the fireball, but she wasn’t in a good position and only succeeded in wounding the Overseer, who lashed out catching her with his arm and knocking her over. Wisp’s attack on the Mage was flawless and the second Overseer charged toward her. The wounded Overseer stomped down with his foot trying to squash Leah’s head, but she twisted away and brought her knife around, raking his leg. She cast Chain Lightning which not only stunned him but arced to other overseer who was chasing Wisp. Leah dealt with her wounded goblin and Wisp attacked the second overseer until she had to run away from two miners that headed toward her. The battle continued for several minutes until Leah, and the group finally got the upper hand. Wisp was low on MP and HP, as was Leah. Both Thad and Zack had less than 40% HP.

When Leah harvested the mage she discovered what had tipped the first mage off:

You have harvested:

3 Gold

1 Ring of Sight

1 Piece of Pure Silver

When she checked the ring:

A Goblin Ring of Sight

This ring was made by Goblin Master Smiths When equipped it allows the wearer to see the use of magic within a four-meter radius.

Only for Goblins and Trolls

They discussed how to adapt to the situation, and in the next four rooms, they waited until the mage and one of the overseers separated by five meters. Once, Leah had to stand back several metres and fire an arrow into the overseer. Leah, Zach and Thad got to work mining for Pure Silver while the rest of the team hunted for loot. Leah's Mining Skill was now at Ordinary Level 10 while Zack had just progressed to Apprentice Level 2. Zack's character had little invested in Intelligence, which slowed his skill growth. The group had discussed this but felt there wasn’t a great long-term benefit in moving from his chosen development plan and though he put only a few extra points into Intelligence he worked non-stop to develop the skill by breaking more rock than anyone else. Fortunately, being a dwarf helped with mining.

It took over an hour to mine the Pure Silver Ore and at times Leah almost resorted to using Changing Attraction, she had to keep reminding herself of the long-term benefits. When Amy came up from the final floor, she announced that there were again six miners, but now each room held ten guards, all at Level 53. In addition to the two overseers, there were two Level 55 Mages in each room. After talking it over as a group, Leah finally said, “Well there is nothing to it, except to go all out, to win. I’ll focus on one mage as will Wisp. Wisp when you’ve killed your mage run to me, and I’ll cast Disc of Death. You try and bunch up the attackers at the entrance while I deal with whoever is inside the spikes. The rest of you should probably keep doing what you’ve been doing.”

Amy said, “I’m not sure it will work. I’m fairly certain one of the mages is hovering within four metres of the tunnel Entrance.”

“Ok, Wisp, you take the Mage furthest from the entrance, and I will stand in the entrance and target the closest Mage with James and Amy. I’ll then rush to finish her off while you rush toward me. When we are close enough, I’ll trigger Disc of Death. Any other suggestions?”

After they all agreed, they headed for the final floor.

As the countdown hit zero Leah fired her arrow at the closest Mage but her arrow veered mid-flight, and instead of piercing the mage’s heart it just grazed his shoulder. At the same time, a fireball from James and the second arrow from Amy were also deflected. The Mage hesitated, which gave Leah enough time to drive Merdiven into his stomach, folding him in half. Wisp was getting close so Leah cast Disc of Death. One guard was impaled by the spikes. Leah, Wisp, one Overseer and a Mage were caught inside. Leah called ‘Mage’ to Wisp and attacked the Overseer. Wisp killed the mage with her sword and began to cast firebolt after firebolt at the entrance. Several miners began hacking at the spikes, and it was clear they would soon break through. But before that happened Leah dispatched the Overseer and engaged a guard who had entered through the opening. As Leah killed the guard three of the miners broke through. Wisp stepped close to Leah and cast Wave of Fire. Leah cast Chain Lightning which jumped from goblin to goblin before finally petering out. While the goblins were stunned, Leah equipped her sword and moved through her practised sequence of forms, dispatching three miners in as many seconds. Wisp and Leah still had an Overseer and two guards moving toward them, the other surviving goblins Zack and Thad. Leah yelled, “Kite a guard” and then attacked the Overseer.

Wisp drew one guard away, while Leah was frantically trying to keep both the guard and Overseer from inflicting too much damage. Thankfully, Amy was on the lookout and fired several arrows at the guard which distracted him long enough for Leah to get close to the Overseer and land a critical hit on the goblin’s neck. As he staggered back, she attacked the guard. She finished the two off, then turned to help Wisp only to find that Zack and Thad had killed their opponents and had already helped Wisp.

Leah was at 40% HP and 30%SP. Both her KP and MP were also below 50%. It was some time before everyone was healed and ready to talk tactics. After Leah harvested the Mages, she discovered that they had passive defence rings; Goblin only of course. Wisp had been able to get past the ring as it only protected from ranged attacks. In the end, they continued to use similar tactics although Leah started with Rain of Fire and then attacked the stunned Mage. It still wasn't as effective as planned, so they tried various iterations, In the end, all the battles on the final floor were long and drawn out with most of the group near their limit. Finally, after clearing all the rooms, they were ready to harvest ore and gems.

The final gem was a white opal, and it took the three of them over an hour before it dropped.

Leah had been at the Apprentice Mining level 4 for some time, and she kept digging hoping to reach Level 5 in time for the Gold mine. After fifteen minutes, she not only raised her level but also found another white opal. The Scavengers discovered a secret compartment and the main storage shed for the mine. Unfortunately, they were on opposite sides of the Level, and Leah had to use two luck potions. The results were worth it.

You have opened a secret miners storage compartment:

6 Platinum Coins minted with an image of the Goblin Silver Mine at Gumus

6 Gold Coins minted with an image of the Goblin Silver Mine at Gumus

6 Silver Coins minted with an image of the Goblin Silver Mine at Gumus

1 Earth Spell - Mine Blast

6 Bottles of Goblin Whisky - ‘Johnny Ain’t Walking Anywhere’

1 Map of the Goblin Silver Mine at Gumus

You have opened the Main Storage Shed of the Goblin Silver Mine at Gumus:

6 Malachite Gems

6 Topaz Gems

6 Tourmaline Gems

6 White Opal Gems

1 Skill Spell of Learning ‘Goblin Patter’

1 Map of the Goblin Mines throughout Vatan

Thad and Zack shared the Whisky. The spell meant both Zack and Leah could have one if necessary. Amy learned the Goblin Patter and Leah got the map.

As soon as they had finished dividing the spoil, a message appeared:

Level 3 Dungeon Achievement: First 1 (6, Ruby)

Atherleah (Level 61, you have completed a hidden Level 3 Area:

Goblin Mirror Mine of Gumus

You are the first player to complete this area. This is your sixth, 'First 1 (Ruby)' achievement.

Reward 1:  1000 x 61 =  74420 (+22%) Experience Points (72000/72000)(51532/74000)

Reward 2: + 2% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 6 x 1 Platinum = 6 Platinum

Fame: 500 Fame Points (16950)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y]      [N]

“Yes.”

A door appeared in the wall of the cavern. It was silver and had an octagonal shape in the middle and a place for Leah to put her hand. She looked at everyone, and they all nodded, so she pressed it. They all transported back to the starting room, the first door was now blank, and a handprint had appeared on the second silver door.

Atherleah checked everyone’s statistics:

Atherleah - Leader

Level 62 (34156/55000) (+24%)

Annairë the Wize

Level 42 (39089/42000) (+24%)

Thad_Kickyourbuttson

Level 51 (42836/52000) (+10%)

Amelia_Quickfoot

Level 49 (48296/49000) (+10%)

Zachary_Bonehelm

Level 50 (33243/50000) (+10%)

Jim_Firedrake

Level 49 (1250/49000) (+10%)

Amy said, “Congratulations everyone! Wisp, you're at Level 42, and most of us are now almost Level 50. So what does this mean?”

Thad shared, “We can now see the names and levels of everyone just by scrutinising them. It’s harder to level up as the amount you are required to get increase by 2000 each level; you get one less Characteristic Point to allocate and one more Skill Point per level.”

Leah said, “So what do you want to do? We’ve been back in for almost four hours. We’ve at least two hours, and I suggest we head through the second door. The dungeon at Gumus has Cave Goblins and Slimes.”

Everyone agreed that it was time to hit the second door. James wanted a few minutes to finalise his allocation of points, and then they were ready. Leah removed her spider rings as they hadn't worked since she reached level 50. She kept her coins collection quests unanswered until after the Odyssey. She equipped the Signet Sword of Clan Karanliklar and placed her hand on the second silver door.

They materialised outside a dark, dank castle.

Atherleah, you and your companions are charged with completing the Dungeon of Sumuk the Slime Queen at Gumus.

This is a Special Instance of the dungeon at Gumus. Even though you are the first to complete this particular instance, many players have already completed the dungeon, and no additional rewards are offered.

The starting level for the MOBs in this dungeon has been provisionally set at 50 as this is your group’s current mean level. There are five levels to this dungeon, and the final boss level has been increased from +10 to +15. So Queen Sumuk is currently Level 65. Also, there are several additional challenges beyond the normal. Enjoy!

They could see Goblins on the battlements of the castle and the Barbican with an open portcullis. It was night, and the few torches on the walls gave away little information. Amy wasn’t confident to cross the forecourt unseen as goblins had excellent night-vision, so Wisp went to scout out the inside. When she returned, she reported that there were two guards at every staircase and though she wasn’t able to reach the battlements, she counted sixteen soldiers, all with bows and swords. The gate to the inner castle wall was closed, and she could see nothing. The castle was octagonal with two guards doing a circuit on each side. They would meet in the middle and then walk to the end, peer along the next side, turn and return to their route. Four staircases climbed to the battlements.

Wisp could conceal the group, and that would get them into the outer court but without a way to get onto the battlements the portcullis close and they would be trapped, fighting to gain the higher ground. Leah suggested that with her Hands of a Spider she could make it up the outside wall and onto the battlements. Wisp drew a map, and together they chose the guards Leah would attack initially. The plan was to attack the guards just before Thad and Zack struck the stairs from below. Wisp would need to get Thad, Zack and the others into position.

Leah crept to the wall using Hidden Quietness and then muttered ‘Hands of a Spider’. The wall was fifteen metres high. She scuttled up and peered through the crenellations waiting for the goblins to meet and turn. As they turned, she swung through the embrasure, took one step after a guard and drove her knife deep into his brain. She turned and ran in the opposite direction and did the same to the second guard. She kept running and equipped her bow, so just as the guard from the adjoining section turned the corner, she fired into his face from a distance of two meters. Jumping forward she made sure he was dead before turning and shooting at the guard on the opposite end of the wall who'd just discovered three of his fellow soldiers were already dead. Leah's arrow hit him mid torso and a second drove him to his knees.Meanwhile, Thad and Zack had finished their job and were pounding up the stairs. Leah left the far guard for the others and knelt down, casting Echolocation. Just for a second, she could make out a guard running down the battlement toward her. He was four meters away. She stood and readied her knives. As he turned the corner, she buried one knife through his eye and then knocking an arrow prepared for more guards to come running.

The group were in control of one side and one staircase. They needed, however, to defend in three directions. Two had been assigned to each access point. James and Zack covered the stairs while Wisp and Thad worked the battlements in one direction as Amy and Leah worked in the other direction. Each group had both a healer and a close fighter. When Amy arrived, Leah moved forward, with Amy covering the far corner. A soldier peeked around the corner and saw them, but an arrow from both Amy and Leah drove him back. As they got close, Leah again cast Echolocation, she perceived five soldiers bunched around the corner. Raising her hand she indicated ‘five’ to Amy. When the next one poked his head around the corner, Leah cast Chain Lightning, stunning all five. Together she and Amy turned the corner and began firing arrows from a distance of two metres. It was soon over, but more soldiers were climbing the stairs. Leah cast Rain of Fire and then as she got close she cast Chain Lightning. Taking out her new sword she practised the six sword forms she had learnt. She flowed through the five stunned soldiers. After ten minutes the team controlled half the battlement, the goblins continued to attack up the stairs and were systematically destroyed.

Five minutes later, all sixteen soldiers from the battlements were dead and all eight of the stair guards. Thad and Zack dealt with a pair of guards who were overseeing the portcullis. They sent Amy down the stairs, but she was unable to find any other guards in the inner courtyard. While Leah harvested what she could from the various guards, the others searched for anything that was out of the ordinary. Besides the usual coins, daggers, bows and swords the goblins had nothing spectacular. Gèng had checked the guides, and one of the guards was supposed to have a key to the inner court which was where the dungeon proper started. They decided to search the outer court and battlements again.

It was Thad who discovered the clue. He had been trying to increase his mining skill and had been carrying his pick while looking at things hoping that even this small application of the skill would help. As he searched the outer court, one of the sections of the inner wall lit up with green as if suitable for mining. He called Zach and Leah over, and they decided if the key wasn’t available then why not try tunnel through the wall. There was only room for one, so Thad had the first go. It took several blows, but some of the stone flaked away. After his stamina dropped to half, Zack had a go, and then Leah. It took almost an hour, but they managed to tunnel through the two-meter-thick wall and into the inner courtyard.It was almost nine, and the place looked eerily empty.

Wisp did a quick reconnoitre. She reported lights in both the windows of the great hall and the keep. Everywhere else was dark and empty. The guides claimed that the way to the Slime Dungeon was through the Keep basement, so they headed to the Keep.

The outside door was locked. Thad checked, and there were no indications that the wall of the keep could be tunnelled through. They concluded that only way in was through the roof or via the great hall. Moving to the Great Hall, they peeked in the windows. Inside were thirty goblins all standing and listening to a larger, more muscular goblin who was holding a silver sword in one hand and a mace in the other.

LORD OF GOBLIN KEEP (Level 60) 6200HP 5500 EP

The only way appeared to be through the front door. Leah doubted they could defeat all goblins in the room, but there seemed to be no other way in. After discussing various options, it was Amy who suggested that as she knew Goblin Patter why didn’t she try and talk to them, just from the doorway. If they started to fight, she would step back, and as they came out the door, they would cut them down slowly. Leah proposed that Amy take one step into the room so Leah could sneak through and get behind the Lord. After discussing several scenarios Amy and Thad flung the door open. Amy shouted, “Goblins, please remain still, I wish to speak with you about the slime scourge beneath the castle.”

What came out her mouth was a series of rough guttural sounds with various clicks, glottal stops and rasping. Meanwhile, Leah stepped into the room behind Amy and using the spell of Hidden Quietness made her way behind the Lord. Several goblins began to move toward Amy but stopped at a bark from the Lord which Amy heard as “Stop! Let her be!”

He turned to Amy and said, “How did you get in here? Where are my guards?”

“Dead! We would rather just get to the dungeon below the keep but they, and now you, are in the way.”

“Ha! So did you defeat them by yourselves or are there more than two of you.”

“There are more. So can we go through your keep?”

“No, I think instead I will give my soldiers practice for when they go and clear the shell-less snails themselves.”

“Is there any way we can avoid a fight?”

“No! I have plenty of soldiers and can replace these. We goblins love to fight, and killing humans is good. The only thing better is killing elves.”

In English, Amy said, “So, fight it is.”

As she spoke the words, Leah lopped off the Lord’s head and cast Rain of Fire followed by Chain Lightning. Wisp stepped through between Amy and Thad, and cast Wave of Fire while James tried one of his new spells, it produced a small scorching ball of plasma which could burn right through an adversary. Amy equipped her bow and began to rain arrows on the crowd. Both Zach and Thad stepped into the room and began attacking the dazed and surprised goblins. Leah also worked her way through the dazed goblins, she was concentrating on moving the sword in a continual flowing movement from one position to the next. Leah cast Disc of Death, impaling some goblins and restricting the direction from which they could attack her. She cast Chain lightning again and cleared the goblins from inside the circle. Soon the battle had split into two different battle zones. Leah inside her ring of spikes and Thad and Zack holding the doorway. Several times Wisp sent Wave of Fire through the room and Leah used Rain of Fire once more as well. As the numbers decreased, Thad and Zack moved deeper into the room, drawing soldiers to them; and giving Leah some reprieve. James kept a constant eye on Leah and had sent his Plasma Dart across the room several times when he saw her almost overwhelmed. Suddenly, it was all over.

No one in the group used the preset moves to fight any longer, and all of them were fighting at a standard well above their actual levels. After meeting Leah, Thad had looked through the various guides and determined that most people didn’t initially have the body strength and eye-hand coordination to be better than the presets.This meant that most people defaulted to the preset movements, attacks and defence. All five had found that by working at it over the last few weeks, Dunyanin Time, they had become better and more accurate than ever. This battle was proof of their improvement.

The Lord of the Keep had a large ring of keys on him. And although the whole group searched the hall, top to bottom, there was nothing out of the ordinary except the Lord Goblin’s sword and mace. Neither were weapons anyone in the group was using so they added them to the group pile of loot.

They also went through the keep from top to bottom, but it was empty of goblins. The keys opened all the doors, and they found several chests of coins which added up to over 153 Gold, 420 Silver and 3,415 Copper. They had about thirty minutes before they had to log out so they carefully made their way to the basement and there was nothing except a portal in the basement wall. They decided to log out and have a full twelve-hour break. But, just to be safe, they agreed on eleven-and-a-half Dunyanin hours.

Leah grabbed some food and rang her mother to talk for a bit. She explained that she was on a quest and might not be finished by Sunday but would have a day off when she was done. They talked about school and how much Leah was enjoying it, even though she was holding out to attend MIT. Her mum said that Jimmy Loo had come by and asked that Leah call him some time. Leah knew Jimmy wouldn’t put himself out unless it was important, so after talking with her mother, she gave Jimmy a call.

“Hey Jimmy, I heard you wanted to talk to me. How may I help?”

“You’ve been virtual for one week, and already I’m hearing your name. I knew you were going to make something of the opportunity, but it's scary what I’m hearing.”

“I don’t know what you’ve heard Jimmy. Come on, what is going on? You’ve scared my mum!”

“Yeah, sorry about that! Look, the bosses from around here knew that someone who previously worked for me was going virtual. The word is that someone who sounded like a short fat you was involved in helping a whole lot of people we thought had gone missing. You know ‘Bluey’, the boss from out past Blackstone, well his girl rings up and tells a story of being trapped and set free by this eurasian looking dwarf. Now Bluey says he owes me. In fact, bosses from all over are checking if it's me they owe. We’re talking hundreds of favours, Leah. I’m just checking if I take credit for you or if someone else is responsible. I have a reputation.”

“I thought you told me ‘a few people tried to get out’?”

“Well, maybe I under-exaggerated the numbers, I didn’t want to scare you.”

“Well, consider me scared. Honestly Jimmy, yes it was me, but I don’t want that getting around. Some people are seriously angry, and I’m kinda worried for my safety if the word gets out, so I prefer not to have any names given to anybody.”

“Understood! That brings me to my second reason for needing to talk; there are some suits asking questions about the people who got free. We got the Federal Police, and we got lawyer types, and we got scary guys. Are any of them on our side?”

“Nope! All three groups are pulling the other way. The ones who can help are all virtual or out of the country.”

“So are you safe?”

“Here in the Pod facility, I think so. I’m hoping to get home in a few days, then, or on the trip, I’m not so sure.”

“You let me know when you’re coming and I’ll have guys meet you. Don’t argue, from what I hear we owe you.”

“Thanks, thank you, Jimmy. I’ll fill you in when there are no electronics.”

“Ok! Just one thing, I need a name. I need something to know who the opposition is.”

“I haven’t heard of them before, but they have a family name. I won’t say it online. But I’ll hint. Ok, that big Malawian guy who runs the shop across the street from you, he has this phrase he yells at kids that steal from him. He says, ‘they’ll be as dead as a’. Now instead of the first letter, use the first letter of the lady who runs the bakery. That’s half the name, the rest you work out.”

“Already done that! Girl, you sure know how to pick your enemies. There aren’t many bigger than them, at least not around here. I want you to call me before you leave there and give me at least an hour. We have your back and from what I hear that ‘we’ is lots and lots of people. I’ll put extra people on your parents and brother. Take care!”

“I will! Thanks, Jimmy, Bye!”

Leah spent the next two hours finishing the three college subjects she hadn’t yet done. She did an extra hour of Chemistry tutorial as Leah felt it was her weakest subject; for her, this meant she didn’t always have the answer the instant she wanted it. She spent the last forty minutes wondering what she could do about the Kodomans if they came after her in real life.

Precisely at 11.30, Leah logged in to the Basement of the castle. Everyone except James logged in within ten seconds of Leah. James finally logged in at 11.37. He immediately apologised and said he had got caught up in a talk with his brother and it wouldn’t happen again. Leah checked everyone was ready and they stepped through the portal.

On the other side, they appeared on a rocky path with two cliffs on either side that seemed to meet maybe thirty or forty metres above their heads. It was a cave system but not with tunnels. It looked like naturally occurring caves with twists and turns.

Atherleah, you and your companions have entered the Special Instance Dungeon of Sumuk the Slime Queen at Gumus.

The starting level for the MOBs in this dungeon has been set at 51 as this is your group’s mean level on entry. There are five levels to the dungeon, and the final boss level has been increased from +10 to +15. Queen Sumuk is currently at Level 66. Remember, there are several additional challenges beyond the normal. Enjoy!

There was a low ambient light, and everyone except for Leah and Zack either cast a spell or had one cast on them so they could see better in the dark. Leah equipped Merdiven and nodded to Amy to begin scouting. Before Amy had taken more than a few steps Leah started to practice Echolocation, to see if she could sense the slimes or goblins which were supposed to infest the cave system. Thad and Zack were operating their mining skills just in case there was anything to mine.

Leah cast the spell and could see a shadow form of what was up ahead. It was superimposed on her sight and went further than she could see. The effect only lasted for a few seconds, but the spell was simple to cast and used only a small percentage of Leah’s Mana. Amy was ten metres ahead and being careful. Leah cast Echolocation and saw the shadow of something on the wall maybe ten metres in front of Amy and five metres above her head. Leah knew slime didn’t like electricity, so she pointed the hand that was holding Merdiven and cast Chain Lightning. Instead of the small bolt of lightning that she'd intended, a bar of lightning the diameter of her wrist shot out of Merdiven and struck the slime, it changed direction and arced down the path zigzagging from slime to slime until it was out of sight. The bar of light was superimposed on Leah’s eyes, and she couldn’t see anything for several minutes. If the swearing by Thad and Zack were anything to go by, no one else could see either.

She checked her log, and sure enough, there was a message, Merdiven had given another helping hand:

Merdiven casts Thunderbolt Chain

Cost: 13700MP,  14980KP, (13000MP and 14000)KP from Merdiven

You have killed 15 Malachite Slime (15 x 4900) and 9 Cave Goblins (9 x 5100)

Experience Points Received 30284 (+24%) (64753/76000)

[Group - Proportional Share of Base Figure]

After explaining what happened, she checked Merdiven and saw that he still had several thousand MP and KP left. When they moved forward and harvested what little was left of the slimes, she collected scrolls for the Thunderbolt Chain spell, but she wasn't at a high enough level to use them. Each Slime gave the following when harvested:

You have harvested:

2 Vials of Cave Slime Poison*

1 Thunderbolt Chain Spell

1 Cave Slime Crystal (Malachite)**

* Note: These are often used by Healers, Alchemists and Assassins

** Note: These are used by Mages, Alchemists and Enchanters

Altogether Merdiven had cleared about 500 metres of the pathway for that was how long they kept finding the remains of goblins and slimes. After they had found twenty-four, then they once more became careful. Leah had used a ‘restore KP’ potion, and a ‘restore MP’ potion and so was ready to continue practising Echolocation. Amy suggested that the group be a little closer to her and that next time they gently call out that there was a MOB. The next time Leah saw a shadow she gently called Amy.

MALACHITE SLIME (Level 53) 5500HP 4900EP

It was about the size of a hippopotamus and a vibrant green colour when they shone a light on it. Slimes were known to be hard to kill; cutting and bashing did little damage. They all had an inner crystal which was the equivalent of their heart or nerve centre; if this was removed or destroyed the Slime died. Often, swordsmen would hack bits off until the crystal was isolated. Electricity also worked as it seemed to daze the slimes and allow for people to evade them and bring a more focused attack. Slimes reacted to the other elements in a variety of ways. Sometimes fire destroyed them, and sometimes it energised them. Most slimes had a form of ranged attack which included spitting poison or acid. It was the mages who would most likely shine against the slimes.

After identifying the Malachite Slime, both Thad and Zack resumed looking for something to mine. James and Wisp stood at a distance and played Paper-Scissor-Rock to see who would start tossing various elements at the slime to discover what worked. They knew electricity did, but that might have been the sheer magnitude of Merdiven’s spell. James won and got to go first; he tried his small plasma dart. The Slime sizzled and dropped from the wall and then began moving toward James. Wisp tried a water spell, but the slime grew in size. James blasted it with light which reflected off it. It suddenly spat at them and hit James on the leg. Wisp used an Electric Bolt which seemed to daze it. Leah intoned “Let the earth tighten its bonds!” and the slime shrunk in size and began to harden so that it was hardly moving, she cast Changing Attraction again, this time it shrunk and solidified.

Thad looked at it and said, “I can mine that!”

Taking his pick, he swung several times and with each swing, some of the hardened slime flaked away. Finally, it broke open, and inside was a Malachite Gem. Leah checked, they had also received the EP for killing it, but nothing else could be harvested.

James said, “Well it looks like electricity and earth magic. Next time make it less dense and see if we can blow it up.” He had healed himself but was a little dismayed that he hadn’t fazed the slime.

Leah said, “We still have some nature spells to try. Wisp has the spell Ensnare, and I have something called Wait Awhile. But if it makes you happy we will also try and blow one up.”

They kept moving and with Leah’s Echolocation and Amy now knowing what to look for they easily dealt with the occasional slime and goblin. The nature spells didn’t work but reducing the density did. When the slime’s density was reduced, it lost cohesion, morphed into a poisonous cloud and moved toward them. James’ plasma dart worked on the cloud, and it exploded, sending them all tumbling. They decided not to try it again. Finally, they came to an area where the rift in the rock opened into a wide open canyon almost 100 metres across. In the middle and blocking the path was an enormous slime, at least three metres in every dimension:

MALACHITE SLIME MOTHER (Level 62) 8000HP 5500EP

Surrounding the slime were cave goblins, and they were feeding the slime and taking small sections that dripped off the slime and releasing them on the canyon walls. There were hundreds if not thousands of the tiny slime. Leah checked one, and it read:

MALACHITE SLIME (Level 1) 100HP 25 EP

Other goblins were harvesting small amounts of slime and dripping it into vats. The vats were taken away and used as a food source by the Goblins. This was their farm and here was the first Boss. Altogether there were thirty Goblins, and as with many dungeons, there was a conceivable pattern to their movements, as their attack was based more on distance than sight. This was helpful as the team could attack smaller groups one at a time. And this is what happened.

Thad moved forward and attracted six goblins which they killed easily, and he went to get another six. This was much easier than the mine, and all of them finished with full health.

Leah intoned Let the earth tighten its bonds, and the mother slime shrunk in size and hardened, a bar appeared above the slime, and it had dropped to 80%. Leah cast the spell again, and as the bar passed the 75% mark the Mother Slime vibrated, and ten slimes appeared out of cracks in the wall and moved toward the group. Leah and Wisp used electricity, and then as a group, they avoided the slimes until Leah had reduced them all to rocks. While this had been happening, the Mother Slime had begun eating the floor beneath her and grown in size, her health had increased from 60% to 70%. Leah again cast Changing Attraction, and the Malachite Slime's health dropped to 50%, and as it did it spat poison out, in every direction. Every member of the group was hit, and it took a healing potion and some hard work by James and Wisp before everyone was stable.

While this happened, the Slime had eaten more of the floor and was even larger than its original size, and far more solid. Its health was at 65%. Leah cast again, and this time they all ran away as it passed 50% and avoided the poison. Two casts later and the Mother Slime’s health passed 25% and this time when it vibrated all the thousands of slime on the wall dropped down and began inching toward the group. They were surrounded.  Leah cast the spell in front of them, and a whole swathe of the baby slime disappeared, and the floor was covered in pebbles.  She continued to do this as she watched the Mother Slime. When the Mother Slime hit 20%, she cast again, and this time the entire slime hardened into a solid. Leah finished off the baby slime, while Thad and Zack hacked away at the huge boulder that the Mother Slime had become; then she joined them. The other three worked at sweeping up the tiny pebbles and collecting them all. Leah took a break from dealing with the Mother Slime and went and mined the Malachite from all ten larger slime that appeared at 75%. After finishing them, she returned to the Mother Slime. Finally, after almost forty-five minutes of constant work they reduced the boulder to dust and at the centre of the pile was a spherical piece of Malachite about the size of a basketball.

Under the rubble they also found a small hollow which contained a chest:

You have opened the Malachite Slime Mother’s Treasure Chest:

60 Copper Coins minted with an image of the Queen Sumuk the Slime Queen at Gumus

6 Vials of Malachite Essence*

* Note: This is highly prized by Dwarven Master Craftsmen (Leather, Wood and Metal)

The next four levels were defeated the same way. If they had not had Leah’s spell, none of them was convinced they would have succeeded, and they understood why the dungeon was considered hard. Each of them tried to finish a slime with an arrow or sword, but it was tiring and dangerous. The only other method they found was to freeze the slime. Then they could smash it and remove the Cave Slime Crystal, but these crystals weren’t as precious as the actual gems.

The other three mini-bosses had given up basketball sized gems of Topaz, Tourmaline, and White Opal. The final boss, the Queen, had started as a 100 cubic metre swirling mix of colours, green, blue, violet and white. The crystal she left behind was a beach ball sized gem with streaks of all the colours swirled together like an amazing marble. It had taken the three miners two-and-a-half hours to break her apart. They had to roll the various gems into the mining bags Leah had asked for. These were enormous infinity bags for miners. Leah had planned to empty whole carts of ore, but the Goblin Silver mine had not had any carts that needed the special bags.

As well as all the EP they gained, they had the Platinum, Gold, Silver and Copper Coins from the mine and an astounding number of gems and micro-gems, and vials of various essence. Before opening the Queens treasure chest, Leah took a luck potion, and as well as the various coins and vials there was a weapon suitable for each of them. Thad got a huge two-handed sword with six empty slots in which to add characteristic crystals. Zack received a dwarven chain mail shirt which added twenty to his strength. Amy received a recurve bow which shot silver tipped arrows for use when facing the undead or vampires. James got a staff which amplified spells when charged. Wisp received a pair of gloves which could hold a pre-cast spell in each of the four fingers. Leah’s gift was a pair of silver knives which were not only useful against the unholy but transferred half the HP damage they did to Leah.

When they defeated the queen a door appeared and after they harvested everything Leah placed her hand on the palm print, and they were returned to the Octagonal room. Tired but ecstatic they agreed to meet at 7.30 am Dunyanin time, which was in just four hours from then.

Diary - 24 November 2073

It's been a strange experience working in a team. I remember working with Jimmy and his boys when I was younger but that was more individuals acting together, either that or I was too young to appreciate the others. Even with this one day of working together, I see how having people around you with a common goal, people you trust, improves the outcome significantly. What would have been possible if I had had others at school, all of us working toward the future? Maybe I wouldn’t have been lonely, or tired the whole time. And how much of that is my fault and how much is it the fault of a system which aims to isolate people rather than bring them together.

I imagine this is why so many people join the gangs. The find themselves a part of something bigger, more stable. Something that counters their weaknesses and makes use of their strengths. Like when Zack and Thad step forward to protect the group knowing that James and Wisp have their backs. I need to let them find their place in the group. I must remember not to do something that stops the others from reaching their potential. How do I do that at the same time as reaching mine? Must I give up my growth for them, or is it more a matter of seeing how to grow together; Seeing that, when ‘we’ grow and improve, then ‘I’ grow and improve as well.

The same thing with Jimmy. He needs me, and I need him. Separately we would survive, but together we can actually do more than just survive. I wonder what my dad’s group is. Mum has the church, her faith gives her meaning, and she really loves those people. But what about dad? Does he have friends that he can lean on or is he like me, does he try and do it all alone? Now, Conner, he has loads of friends. I’m actually worried his friends aren’t good for him but is that my fault. He’s family and I worry now that I haven’t been there to help him when he needs someone to come alongside and help him when he needs it.

Mum’s always been there for me, and so has dad. Have I been there for them? When am I old enough to have to be there for my parents?

CHAPTER TWO

November 25, 2073 A

With almost four real-time hours before she needed to get back to Dunyanin, Leah asked Gèng about deep-sleep and if she had had enough. She was feeling tired, and her muscles were sore again. He suggested she have an hour of deep-sleep before doing anything else. She woke feeling better but still had some aches, especially in her shoulders and thighs.

She was concerned about the Kodomans and checked if Gèng had heard from the security AIs. No new information was available, so finally, she let it go. After a late snack, she sat and worked with Gèng on the layout of the tower. She also read through the various spells, guides and forums associated with the Odyssey. Gèng had constructed a dojo for her in which to practice her sword forms, and she spent an hour Pod-time moving through the six forms in various orders. Gèng asked if there was any way to help and she suggested it throw different sized balls at various heights and speeds toward her; she practised cutting them with the sword. Afterwards, she used the dojo to practice her Tai Chi.

After another meal and a long warm shower, Leah was focussed and ready to complete the ‘Journey'. As she logged in she also realised she was looking forward to being in the group again; she was glad to have some friends. James was already there; he said he was so worried from the previous experience that he'd logged in early. Everyone else was on time. They checked their supplies and reorganised their bags. Leah had left the four massive gems and most of the loot in the Tower.

When everyone was ready, they turned to the third door, and Leah placed her hand on it. They materialised on a rocky mountain ledge from which they could see a large town in the distance; they assumed it was Altin. There was no way that they could see to get off the ledge and it would have been an amazing feat to climb here, but as Leah could attest, there were unfound quests and dungeons all over the place. Looking around carefully, they finally saw a hole in the floor of the ledge. Carefully, one by one, they lowered themselves into the opening; arriving in a dark hollow with a portal visible. Leah stepped forward into the portal, followed by the rest.

They found themselves at the top of a massive mine hollowed out of the mountain. It was cylindrical and covered in wooden scaffolding. In front of them was a wooden pathway which circled the mine in a clockwise direction slanting downwards. With each circuit, it fell ten metres. They couldn’t see the bottom of the deep shaft, but they could see over twenty circuits as the pathway wound towards the bottom. There were elevators with pulleys and ropes jutting out and connected to the scaffolding. They could see goblins working and moving in and out of tunnels drilled in the side of the shaft. The mine was huge.

Level 3 Dungeon Achievement: First  1 (7, Ruby)

Atherleah (Level 67), you have discovered a hidden Level 3 Area:

Goblin Mirror Mine of Altin

You are the first player to access this area. This is your seventh, 'First 1 (Ruby)' achievement.

Reward 1:  1000 x 67 =  83080 (+24%) Experience Points (84000/84000)(30421/90000)

Reward 2: + 2% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 7 x 1 Platinum = 7 Platinum

Reward 4: Increased probability of valuable drop. Luck is increased by 5 whenever you are in this Cavern. During your first time in the Cavern, the probability of all drops is increased to 0.5.

Fame: 500 Fame Points (17450)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y]  [N]

“Yes.”

Thad suddenly grabbed Leah and gave her a huge hug. She was unsure how to respond and went stiff. Thad stepped back, obviously embarrassed and said, “Um … sorry, spur of the moment rush of blood. I’m just bloody amazed at this whole Odyssey.”

Leah smiled at him and then at the others. Wisp was standing behind Thad and rolling her eyes, Amy had a little grin on her face, and James was smirking. Zack’s face boasted a rather grumpy expression. Not quite sure what to do she said, “Absolutely, this is amazing! Let’s get on with it as we’ve five more stages after this. Amy why don’t you lead off.”

Amy started the trek, and after a single turn, the group could see a tunnel to the left was coming up, a miner was trudging out the tunnel. He turned left pushing a small mining cart and began making his way down the long descent with his hand holding firmly onto the brake to stop the cart getting away from him. Another miner with an empty cart arrived and made his way into the tunnel. Both miners were Level 58 which was one above the current mean of the group.  Amy snuck in after the miner and said, “The tunnel isn’t very long and opens into a room where I saw six miners and four guards.”

James stood guard just inside the entrance, and the rest moved into the tunnel. Both Amy and Leah were willing to see if the goblins were aggressive and they could clear the floor without killing anyone, but as soon as Amy stepped into the room, all the guards and miners attacked immediately. Leah was ready with Chain Lightning, and there was a short and brutal fight before the room was cleared. The miners were digging Poor Grade Gold Ore. They searched the room for anything hidden but found nothing. They continued downward and cleared four more rooms before Amy said, “This next room has higher quality miners.”

They then retraced their steps to the previous mining area and began mining for the twenty pieces they needed. Amy, who was now aware of how much could go in a Mining bag, collected any of the pieces dropped by the miners or in their carts. The next section of the mine held Medium Quality Ore, and so it went on. In the end, they found the battles becoming repetitive and tried different tactics. They all took turns watching without participating and then discussing observations and what they might do differently. Once, they let Zach and Thad fight on their own with the mages only providing healing when needed. Leah finally convinced them to let her try alone, and she stepped in with spells flying and using her swords, knives, bow and staff she was able to defeat the room. James and Wisp had supplied almost constant healing, she had run out of KP, and Zack had once had to hold Thad back from joining in, but she had done it. They had become a very efficient group.

There had been a secret compartment in the third area, and with Leah’s combined Luck at over fifty they found not only some copper coins but a bag of Emeralds and a map of the mine. Seven hours later the group was ready to tackle the final stage. Each room had three miners, but they were harvesting Pure Gold and Tanzanite Gems. To protect them and watch them were six guards, an overseer, and three mages. The miners and guards were all Level 76 while the Overseer and Mages were Level 78. All their practice paid off and even though it took the full nine hours they finally finished the mine and were ready to go back to the Octagonal Room. In the final stage, they had again found both a secret area and a storage shed. After taking another Luck Potion they received:

You have opened a secret miners storage compartment:

6 Platinum Coins minted with an image of the Goblin Silver Mine at Altin

12 Gold Coins minted with an image of the Goblin Silver Mine at Altin

18 Silver Coins minted with an image of the Goblin Silver Mine at Altin

1 Earth Spell - Mine Blast

1 Earth Spell - Tunnel

2 Passive Defensive Spells ‘Deflect’ and ‘Rebound’

6 Bottles of Goblin Whisky - ‘Johnny Ain’t Walking Anywhere’

You have opened the Main Storage Shed of the Goblin Gold Mine at Altin:

6 Emerald Gems

6 Sapphire Gems

6 Diamond Gems

6 Tanzanite Gems

1 Skill Spell of Learning ‘Goblin Patter’

1 Skill Spell of Learning ‘Enchanting’

1 Map of the Goblin Mines throughout Vatan

Level 3 Dungeon Achievement: First  1 (8, Ruby)

Atherleah (Level 75), you have completed a hidden Level 3 Area:

Goblin Mirror Mine of Altin

You are the first player to complete this area. This is your eighth, 'First 1 (Ruby)' achievement.

Reward 1:  1000 x 75 =  94500 (+26%) Experience Points (100000/100000)(91561/106000)

Reward 2: + 2% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 8 x 1 Platinum = 8 Platinum

Fame: 500 Fame Points (17950)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y]      [N]

After arriving in the Octagonal room they arranged to meet back in Dunyanin at midnight. Before they left, Amy invited them all to her virtual-world for a social gathering, just the six of them starting in one real-time hour. Everyone except Leah was enthusiastic, but she decided to go as everyone else was keen. She didn’t think her anxiety showed. She logged out first and the rest hesitated as if to talk but Wisp shook her head and logged out. The rest followed, but they all knew something wasn’t quite right.

Leah arrived back in the tower and immediately logged out. Instead of eating she sat and tried to meditate. It was almost twenty minutes before she was able to calm her mind and be at rest. When she was at peace, she made breakfast and said, “Gèng, if I go to Amy’s, are you sure that I’m safe?”

“Yes, there is a possibility Amy has some code no one can predict or plan for, but I have the best protection software that is available. Both Security Oversight AI 4 and Security Controller 11-5 have insisted you have protection.”

“Thank you, Gèng. I’m going to call Jimmy and see if he can have someone bring a food basket as I don't have time to shop and I don’t feel safe anyway. Is there anything I should be aware of before I call?”

“Three things and only one is relevant. Clan Y’Haul has issued a ‘capture or kill on sight’ order for a dwarven girl going by the name ‘Qiáng Tiē Chuí’. There is a reward of 10 Platinum for information on her whereabouts. The second is that I have concluded the issue of gender, but not of an avatar.”

“Great! I mean ‘the gender thing’ not ‘the Y’Haul thing’. What have you decided?”

“I believe that I am female. I think this is best for you and it allows me to emphasise the characteristics I most wish to develop. I have no more information yet, and it is tentative while I consider the issue of Avatar. I have increased my processing solely devoted to this question to 7%.”

“That’s great Gèng; I shall try and make appropriate use of the gender titles. I’m sorry I interrupted, what was the third thing?”

“I was going to inform you that I have constructed a quiet garden where I think you might practice your meditation and maybe the Tai Chi. There is a small pool in the garden where you may swim if you find that relaxing.”

“Thank you; I’ll look at it after I finish talking with Jimmy.”

Leah called Jimmy, and he said he would have something ready outside the gates at midday.

She logged in and after discussing the garden with Gèng and suggesting some changes she spent some time purchasing a swimsuit online. She had Gèng make a framed picture from her AV records of Amy as a Ranger. Amy had just released an arrow, and you could see her fierce character, her concentration and even her sense of joy in the picture that Leah finally chose. She bought some virtual wrapping paper and a ribbon and then she got dressed in similar clothes as for Jackson’s party: jeans, a nice top, newsboy hat and pair of flats. Gèng make a portal to Amy’s, and she arrived in a small alcove with a traditional apartment door; she knocked. Amy, or someone who looked like Amy but with lighter hair and who wasn’t quite as thin, and other subtle changes made Leah look twice. She stepped forward and smiled, handing Amy the present. Amy was a little speechless as she also hadn’t seen the real Atherleah. Atherleah was a little shorter and had round ears and no hair, yet she still had the same elegant beauty that Amy always saw. She had expected the real to be much less than the virtual but instead found that this Atherleah was just as vibrant and powerful as the half-elf.

Amy brought Leah through into a nice-sized, well decorated, apartment. There was a table with some food and a ring of sofa chairs to sit on. Leah could see various other rooms off to the side. Everyone else had already arrived, and she immediately could tell who was who. Wisp was much the same although like Amy there were obvious differences. Her nose had a slight bump and her chest a little flatter but overall much the same. James was a bit rounder than in Dunyanin and shorter. Zack was taller and looked different without the large beard and nose. The smile was the same though. She had expected Thad to be smaller and thinner but was surprised that his basic shape and level of fitness was mirrored here. The greatest difference was his hair, it no longer came to his shoulders but was neatly clipped. She felt nervous but stepped forward and greeted everyone.

Naturally, it was Zack who broke the ice, “So! Bald! That difference I would never have guessed. So what caused this lifestyle choice? Mange?”

“Neither, I just got my implant a week ago.”

“A week ago? What? Wait? Why? How old are you?”

Leah had forgotten the social divide, but she was not embarrassed about her family or her choices, so she said, “Well, I don’t come from a family with money. I’ve had to wait until I hit sixteen and then got the free chip.”

Everyone just stared at her and then Wisp said, “So not even the Bronze, you started with Wood and with a Nascent AI?”

“Yep, just wood! Still, I’ve done ok, and my AI is developing well. Anyway didn’t you four start with the Wood package?”

Wisp quickly tried to apologise, but Leah waved it away and said, “Look, guys, this is who I am. Are you ok with it? If not I’ll leave, no hard feelings.”

Thad said, “Ok with it, of course we’re ok with it. We knew you were made of steel, but you’ve gone higher in our estimation, not lower. You must be made of Mithryl.”

James said, “Not Mithryl, Adamantine. But let me ask and don’t take this badly it's just I’m nosey, and it is my area of work. ‘The Nascent AI’, people say they are almost impossible to manage and self-develop.”

“I don’t know about most, but she didn’t come with any databases to start with, and it was a little rough, but to be honest, I’m overjoyed with the AI I have.”

Amy said, “She? I got the Level 3 AI, and it hasn’t exhibited a gender preference. It’s helpful and all, and it’s helped me get the apartment to what I like, it is extremely helpful at work, but gendered AI are seriously high level.”

“Well I asked her what she wanted, and it took a few days, but she decided after a lot of research that being female suited her attitudes and my needs. One day you can visit me and ask her yourself, I didn’t ask all her reasons just let her decide. Have you all got Level 3 AI?”

Thad and Zack nodded, but Wisp shook her head and said, “No I got the Sentience Level 2 and just visiting Amy’s place I can see I need to work on getting some better apartment plans, I have the money now from Dunyanin. I’ll buy the plans for something like this.”

James butted in again, “Sorry I’m in AI development, and I have a higher level AI. Just a few more questions for Atherleah. When you say it was rough what does that mean?”

“Well, as I said, no databases, so no clothes, no v-world templates except a plain box that could change size and colour. Just a working vocabulary and the basic toolbox to start the POD and interact with my implant.”

“So what did you do?”

“We just started tweaking the parameters, I bought some basic stuff, but now things are developing at a good pace.”

Amy decided to change the topic and brought over Leah’s present and said, “Atherleah brought a present, let’s open it.”

Everyone loved the picture, and soon everyone was chatting and sharing about their lives. Amy worked for a national resourcing company researching how to maintain a sustainable food supply in the post-rural society. She shared an apartment with her sister. Zack was finishing a PhD in History at Cambridge and lived in an apartment by himself. Wisp lived at home and was from a large family, she was in her second year studying Law, and she aimed to work in the area of virtual contracts. Thad was a student and was just finishing his primary degree in science and hoping to do a Doctorate in Fluid Dynamics at Princeton University if he got in.

Everyone enjoyed the simple get to know you for several hours and decided to do it again after two more levels, but this time Zack offered to host.

Leah had several virtual-hours free, so she made her way to the Master of Blades and worked for an hour; adding another form to her repertoire. After finishing, she logged out and finished off the various bits and pieces of food she had left. She showered and was ready to get back into this long and intense journey.

On the stroke of Dunyanin’s midnight, the six friends appeared in the Octagonal room, all of them ready to enter the Dungeon of Dead Goblins. Thad had the Goblin Lord’s silver sword, Amy was ready with her silver tipped arrows, Wisp had her quiver of magical arrows and the gloves with preloaded spells, Zack was carrying a large mace and James had his new staff ready which he had been charging. Leah was eager to try the new silver knives. She quickly checked the group statistics:

Atherleah - Leader

Level 76 (91561/102000) (+28%)

Annairë the Wize

Level 59 (54372/68000) (+28%)

Thad_Kickyourbuttson

Level 65 (65246/80000) (+14%)

Amelia_Quickfoot

Level 64 (22882/78000) (+14%)

Zachary_Bonehelm

Level 65 (20769/80000) (+14%)

Jim_Firedrake

Level 63 (45779/76000) (+14%)

After a nod from everyone, she placed her hand on the fourth door. They reappeared at the edge of a large circular area of what could only be declared as 'wasteland'. There was little vegetation, and even that was stunted, spindly and sick. Spears of rock thrust up occasionally through the ground, most of them covered with moss and lichen. In the centre was a large square shaped rock with a flat top that looked like a giant mausoleum. In the centre of the rock which faced them was a large rectangular cavity that looked like a doorway. From what they had read, the rock was the entrance to the realm of the goblin dead and their allies the trolls. Each side had a doorway; each doorway led to a different area. After finishing the fourth area, a stairway opened to the top where there was a final sequence of battles with all the minor bosses, though at a higher level and no time was given to recover, this was followed by a battle with the Dead Lord of the Trolls. The doorways were randomly allocated, so you had to use various clues if you wanted to do them in order.

The first, and easiest area, was inhabited by groups of zombie goblins and skeletons. The groups targeted the living and attacked in a frenzy. They hardly reacted to damage and would still be crawling after the living, even if cut in two. Only the destruction or removal of their heads could stop them. They were vampiric in that any damage they caused was given back to them as Health. The boss was a conglomeration, a being made up of many parts from numerous bodies. To defeat it you had to destroy all the heads on the creature as it attacked. This level required the team to be quick and brutal, mages had found fire magic and holy magic to have the most effect.

The next easiest area also had Goblin zombies and skeletons, but these had retained some of their intelligence and had some skill with swords, knives and bows. Additionally, some of the undead had been mages and had retained their magic, although twisted by death. Fire spells burned with a darkness that chilled. Nature spells brought forth unnatural plants which sought blood, and poisoned living flesh. The boss was a Nature Mage with four warrior skeletons to guard him. With the death of each guard, he gave part of his essence to raise an unnatural plant. The first had vines, the second poisonous needles, the third cast fire and had acidic sap, and the final plant was a huge Venus flytrap with five heads that moved to snap at the living.

The third area was the realm of the Goblin Wights, creatures that not only retained their skills but could steal from the living both Health and Ki to increase strength and speed. They could grow to double the size and speed if they weren't destroyed quickly. Fortunately, they were susceptible to all forms of damage. Their boss was a huge Troll Wight who had ten Goblin attendants, if his health was reduced by 10% and an attendant still survived he sucked their life and was revived, the object was to kill the attendants first.

Finally, there was the area inhabited by Trolls; each had many Goblin guards, the difficulty came from keeping one battle from becoming two. Each troll had a zone of aggression, and you needed to keep from drawing two trolls at once. This became harder as time progressed because it was a timed level and the longer it took, the larger each trolls area of aggression was. The boss was a necromancer who continued to raise goblins to assist him as his health decreased and as time progressed.

The Dead Lord of the Trolls was fast, skilled and huge. He oversaw the four mini-bosses and then immediately attacked if they were defeated. As they stepped onto the diseased circle a message appeared:

Atherleah, you and your companions are charged with completing the Dungeon of the dead Goblins at Altin.

This is a special instance of the dungeon at Altin. Even though you are the first to complete this particular instance many have already completed the dungeon, and no additional rewards are offered.

The starting level for the MOBs in this dungeon has been provisionally set at 80 as this is above the current level of your highest ranked player. There are five levels in this dungeon, and the final boss level has been increased from +8 to +15. So the Dead Lord of the Trolls is currently at Level 95.

Also, there are several additional challenges beyond the normal. Enjoy!

Amy ranged ahead, and the miners checked for signs of additional challenges. They completed a full circuit when one of the rocks flickered in Thad’s sight. They moved closer to the rock, and it was evident as they approached that it was worth mining. Thad and Zack took out their picks and began to work the rock. The rest kept a lookout. Finally, the protrusion gave up some pure gold pieces. By the time they completely demolished the spire they had forty-two Gold Pieces and a Tanzanite Gem. The spire was associated with one of the four sides; they guessed that this was the fourth area. They moved around the Mausoleum and found three other such spires. One produced forty-two Medium Grade Gold Ore and an Emerald, another forty-two pieces of Intermediate Grade Gold Ore and a Sapphire, the last offered-up forty-two pieces of High-Grade Gold Ore and a Diamond. They were convinced these were indicators of the order in which the areas should be attempted.

They moved to the opening which had the Emerald bearing spire, and Amy stepped in to look around. Almost immediately she came running back out followed by a group of ten Zombie Goblins who on sensing more living bodies attacked; clawing, kicking and biting. Although caught off guard they had become a cohesive well-oiled group. Thad and Zack stepped out in front to meet the mob, Amy stepped backwards and started to shoot arrows at the edges, James and Wisp moved back and to either side and began firing fireballs at the Zombies. Leah stepped back and when a small gap appeared she waded into the melee, dodging and slicing with her knives. Their ability to steal HP kept her at full health as she devastated the inside of the mob. Within moments the fight was over. James and Wisp healed Zach and Thad and then with greater confidence they stepped into the first door.

Forty minutes later and they had defeated seven similar mobs. At one time they had been attacked by a second mob mid fight and Leah had stepped out of one mob and destroyed the second on her own. The boss was in the middle of the area and when Leah checked its level she read:

GOBLIN CONGLOMERATION (Level 85 x 10) 95000HP 80000 EP

The thing was huge, it was a giant, and it was possible to see the individual arms and legs of multiple goblins and skeletons which went into making it. They could see a skull at various joints, one at each knee, two at each shoulder one looking forward the other backwards, one replacing each eye and one in the middle of the forehead where a third eye would be. The final head was in the middle of the creatures back. Each head was protected by various arms, legs and hands. Zack and Thad began attacking the legs while Amy and Wisp fired arrow after arrow at the shoulders and head. James used the staff to amplify his fire and plasma bolts. It was a war of attrition as they struggled to reach any of the heads. Finally, they cleared the way to hit the two on the knees. Its health was now at 80%. Every time someone was hurt the health of the conglomeration rose. The maximum though was now 80%. They had to destroy the heads. Suddenly Leah yelled, “Thad give me a boost.”

He stepped back and turned to ask what she meant and saw her cup her hands together and lift them rapidly upwards. She began running directly at him with a knife in each hand. He quickly brought his hands down in front of him, and as she jumped she put a foot in them, he thrust upwards with all the strength that the Level 66 Barbarian Tank could. Leah flew upwards straight at the head of the creature. She landed splayed on the creatures face with a knife buried in the two skull-eyes. Holding on with her left hand she brought the knife around and stabbed the third eye. She allowed herself to fall off the creature and landed hard on the ground. Wisp and James cast multiple heals although she had done more damage in the fall than the jump b because her knives had stolen health when she destroyed the three heads. Grinning, she stood and gave Thad a big smile. Just then one of Amy’s arrows got through and destroyed one of the shoulder heads. After that, it was only a matter of time.

Minutes later as the creature finally dissolved Thad walked over to Leah and said, “Next time, some warning. You scared me! Don’t do that. Please!” He then gave her a hug and walked off by himself muttering. Leah looked shocked at first and then for the first time she felt a certain something, a flutter of emotion that she couldn’t explain or describe. Her look became confused, not shocked, and she turned to stare at Thad as he wandered away. She turned to see the others watching her closely, reading something on her face that they understood, but she didn’t. Inexplicably she felt her face blushing as if she was embarrassed, but she wasn’t, not really. Amy just smiled at her, and the others all turned away and got on with looking around the area for anything hidden or worth keeping. Leah went up to Amy and said, “I don’t understand. What happened and why were you smiling?”

Amy said, “You really don’t know, do you?”

“No.”

“Well, if you can’t work it out I’ll explain it later. It’s always better to work out on your own.”

Amy walked away and left Leah standing there quite confused. It wasn’t that she was stupid it was just something she’d never experienced. She had no point of reference.

“Gèng, something just happened, has anything changed in my body, any messages of poison?”

“No messages and no poison, your body does have measurable increased levels of Adrenaline, Dopamine and Serotonin.”

“What causes that?”

“My research and an analysis of the last few minutes would suggest that you are physically and emotionally attracted to Thad.”

“What!”

“You exhibit the symptoms of being attracted to Thad, and without assessing his hormonal levels, I suggest from behaviour that the attraction is mutual.”

Leah was stunned, to say the least, and found it hard to concentrate. Finally, she put the experience and Gèng’s analysis in a small compartment and locked it for later consideration. She took several deep cleansing breaths and began her own search. Zack found a section of the wall that was good for mining and while he did that Leah harvested the conglomeration after drinking a luck potion.

You have harvested:

60 Copper Coins minted with an image of the Dead Lord of the Trolls at Altin

6 Linked Communication Rings made from a single Emerald*

1 Complex Spell of Melding**

1 Vial of Phoenix Potion

1 Silver Sword

* Note: The wearers of these rings can communicate telepathically across large distances

** Note: A powerful spell which allows the caster and her animal companion to meld their essences into a single entity (Minimum L150)

Behind the wall was a hidden compartment that contained another 60 Coins and a collection of healing and restorative potions. They passed out the rings and found them straightforward to use. If you wanted to communicate with a single person, you just thought of talking to them, and they received the message. If you wanted to talk with multiple people, the same concept applied. The group suggested Zack take the sword and they put the Spell and Phoenix Potion aside as everyone was keen to have them.

They made their way back out the door and to the second area. This time the fights were longer and were more about strategic thinking and the proper application of spells and who attacked what. The rings were immensely helpful, and they found themselves beginning to work even more like a single organism. The mages held the key, and it was the various fire and lightning spells which destroyed the plants and made a difference. The final boss took them over twenty minutes to defeat as the plants were hard to kill and the Venus flytrap required both Zack and Thad to take a full HP restore potion. They harvested the following from the boss and the hidden compartment.

You have harvested:

24 Silver Coins minted with an image of the Dead Lord of the Trolls at Altin

2 Nature Spells: ‘Sentience’ and ‘Tangle’

1 Emeraldine Breastplate*

1 Vial of Phoenix Potion

1 Silver Haladie

* Note: This breastplate has been crafted using the highest quality steel and the infused with the emerald essence that not only gives it the distinctive colour but reduces its weight and increases its durability and protection

You have opened a secret compartment:

12 Silver Coins minted with an image of the Dead Lord of the Trolls at Altin

2 Emeraldine Bracer*

1 Water Spell: ‘Desiccate’

* Note: Each bracer has been crafted using the highest quality steel and the infused with the emerald essence that not only gives it the distinctive colour but reduces its weight and increases its durability and protection

After much discussion James accepted the breastplate and bracers, he had little protection, and the reduced weight meant he could wear them. Everyone agreed the Haladie belonged with Leah. With the extra Phoenix Potion, both James and Thad received one each. Leah said she had already taken some. James, Wisp and Amy shared the Spells. Amy wanted to broaden her skill set, and Tangle was something she could use from a distance. They moved to the third area.

The Wights were more disciplined fighters and were reactive MOBs, they wouldn’t merely attack, they would hide and even target a specific person. The first fight was longer than necessary as both Thad and Zack failed to defend as well as they attacked. The Wights continued to syphon HP and KP almost at will until the two tanks tightened their defence. Zack found the new sword increased the damage delivered. Leah’s instinctive use of the Haladie made her more dangerous. When they arrived at the boss battle, they found the reason for this being the second hardest level; the Troll Wight. He was comfortably twelve feet tall, and fast. He held a massive mace.

The group began by ignoring the Troll to kill off the attendants. Zack got a little reckless and provided the opportunity to see exactly what the Phoenix Potion looked like when activated. He had just removed the head of a Goblin Wight when the Troll leapt forward and brought the mace straight down on Zack’s head, he crumbled and turned grey. Everyone was stunned, but a quick mental shout from Leah reminded them of their own danger. Suddenly, Zack’s body burst into flame and was consumed by a pillar of white plasma. They could all feel the immense heat. In the flame, they could see the silhouette of his body and then it was sucked into his form. Suddenly, Zack was standing there with full health, and he was livid. Ducking and weaving he ignored the attendants and began to attack the Troll with all his skills. Skills, they all noticed that had been taken up a notch. Before, Zack had been playing a game, but now, now he was angry. The Trolls health dropped by 10%, and an attendant disappeared, but nothing stopped Zack. The others quickly worked on destroying the attendants and Zack resumed his battle. After the last attendant had died, they turned to help Zack who used the rings to say, “Stay out of it, heal me, but this fight is mine.”

They watched as he slowly but surely destroyed the Wight. They harvested the following from the Wight and the area’s hidden compartment.

You have harvested:

12 Gold Coins minted with an image of the Dead Lord of the Trolls at Altin

2 Vampiric Spells: ‘Steal HP’ and ‘Steal KP’

1 Diamonite Breastplate*

1 Vial of Phoenix Potion

1 Troll Mace

6 Vials of Troll Blood **

* Note: This breastplate has been crafted using the highest quality steel and the infused with the diamond essence that not only makes it transparent but reduces its weight and increases its durability and protection

** Note: This is used in various potions

You have opened a secret compartment:

6 Gold Coins minted with an image of the Dead Lord of the Trolls at Altin

2 Diamonite Bracer*

1 Water/Life Spell: ‘Grow’

* Note: Each bracer has been crafted using the highest quality steel and the infused with the diamond essence that not only makes it transparent but reduces its weight and increases its durability and protection

Amy was given the Diamonite armour, Zack wanted the Mace, and everyone insisted he have the Phoenix Potion. James and Wisp got the Vampiric Spell, and Leah was given the final spell. She immediately learned it. It allowed the caster to grow or shrink in size to match an adversary. It used an enormous amount of MP but would be useful in battling a giant.

They headed to the fourth area. As they walked, Wisp said to Leah, “Are you going to use your staff again? I’m just wondering what it might do to a troll.”

“I hadn’t thought about it, but I'll give it a go. I'll have to have a talk with Merdiven; otherwise, it'll probably just do damage. I don’t have a spell to use.”

“Can you use its Mana if you run out?”

“Again, I don't know. I'll ask. Thanks for the ideas.”

Leah held Merdiven near and looking closely at the Morningstar. She asked the question about sharing Mana, and an information box appeared:

Merdiven

Using the MP and KP stored in Merdiven is possible. You can transfer a percentage to be shared from Merdiven when you are at zero MP or KP. Merdiven must be equipped to share Mana and Ki.

Do you want to automatically share With Merdiven when you are at 0MP or 0KP? Currently set at 5%.

[Y] [N]

She indicated ‘No’. Then said to Merdiven, “Maybe later, but for now I need to find my limits. However, if there is something you can teach me, I'd appreciate it.”

Before entering the next area, they discussed what they knew. There were six to ten groups of Trolls and goblins, several of the trolls had giant spears. Every five minutes a gong would sound, and the radius of aggression would increase. The first gong increased the radius by one meter, the second increased it an additional two meters and so on. When they got to the boss, it raised two new goblins every minute until it was defeated. It began with ten attendants. From the entrance, they could see the entire room. There were ten groups, a single group in front of them and then what looked like three rows of three. Behind them all, they could see the necromancer surrounded by his attendants.

As they stepped in, a quiet ticking began, and they knew the clock had started. Leah said she would deal with the Troll to begin with, while the rest dealt with the goblins. She wanted to see if Merdiven would help. The first group attacked when they walked within ten metres of the Troll. Leah started by casting Chain Lightning on the Troll. It only hampered it for a moment, but it was enough for Leah to step in and cut through the Trolls right hamstring. She spun around and equipping Merdiven tried to shatter the Troll’s left knee. Merdiven had obviously heard Leah’s request as not only did Leah feel the rush of Mana expended through her hands, she also felt the impact of the blow. It was like hitting a rock. She glanced at what was now an amazing statue of the Troll. She checked the others had the goblins covered and then began to harvest the Troll. Nothing happened so she glanced at the statue through her Mining skill and saw that there were places to mine. She equipped her pick and began mining as the others fought around her. As soon as they finished Thad and Zack rushed to help her. It took eight minutes, and the gong had sounded twice when the statue crumbled and she was able to harvest:

You have harvested:

1 Troll Heart transformed into Tanzanite

1 Earth Spell: ‘Petrify’

She quickly asked if she could take it and with everyone’s agreement, she began reading it while they moved to the next Troll. The others began to fight as she learned the spell. As soon as she had it, she waded in and after helping to dispatch the goblins used the spell on the Troll. She was only able to reach his leg, and the spell was nowhere as powerful as that cast by Merdiven, and so she ended up petrifying only the Troll’s leg. Nevertheless, this made it much easier to kill. In the next fight, she came behind a goblin and petrified the torso, killing the goblin. The cool-down meant she could only use the spell once each fight unless the fight lasted for more than five minutes. In the fifth battle, she convinced Thad to boost her again, and she petrified the region around the Troll’s heart killing it. The two final fights both attracted two Trolls and their attendants. After the last group had been killed, they all took potions to rapidly restore their low levels of health, stamina and mana.

The necromancer didn’t give them time to recover as it began the battle immediately after the tenth Troll had perished. It's ten attendants immediately attacked, and sixty seconds later he raised another two goblins who joined the fight. At the five minute mark, he raised a Troll. Leah checked her MP and then looked at the Necromancer while casting Grow. Immediately she began to grow until she had tripled in size. A countdown appeared. She started with 17314MP and after casting Grow was left with 2914MP, this was good for 72 seconds. If she wanted to cast Petrify she needed just over 2000MP which meant she had 25 seconds to deal with the necromancer and the troll. Stepping to the troll she had a knife in one hand and the Haladie in the other. It took fifteen seconds, and the troll dropped with the Haladie driven deep into the skull, leaving it there she stepped toward the Necromancer who was preparing another spell but saw her coming. It held its staff like a sword and took a swing at her. Ducking under the swing, she stepped into the necromancer and made a deep cut along his arm, then placing her hand over the heart she cast ‘Petrify’. She had made it with one second to spare. As she shrunk to her usual size, she saw there were still 12 goblins to kill. She joined the fray, and the area was finished three minutes later.

After searching the area, she harvested the Necromancer and collected the loot from the hidden area:

You have harvested:

6 Platinum Coins minted with an image of the Dead Lord of the Trolls at Altin

1 Necromancer Troll’s Heart transformed into Tanzanite

2 Necromantic Spells: ‘Awaken’ and ‘Resurrect’

1 Tangenite Cuirass*

6 Vials of Troll Blood **

* Note: This breastplate has been crafted using the highest quality steel and the infused with Tangenite essence that not only makes it transparent but reduces its weight and increases its durability and protection

** Note: This is used in various potions

You have opened a secret compartment:

6 Platinum Coins minted with an image of the Dead Lord of the Trolls at Altin

2 Tangenite Pauldrons*

2 Tangenite Bracer*

* Note: The Pauldrons and bracers have been crafted using the highest quality steel and the infused with Tangenite essence that not only makes it transparent but reduces its weight and increases its durability and protection

This time Wisp received the light armour, James and Wisp shared the spells. They spent a few minutes discussing the way to defeat all five of the bosses. The conglomeration would take all of them although Thad was opposed to Leah attempting the same attack. He finally agreed and said it would be easier as he was ready for it. The mages would attack any plants that formed, and Amy was keen to use her new Desiccate spell. Zack wanted another go at the Wight and instructed everyone to deal with the attendants.The necromancer was Leah’s although she was planning on keeping her Grow until the final Troll King.

With only one hour remaining they left Area 4 and saw a stone stairway leading to the top of the Mausoleum. Aware that the fights would begin as soon as they stepped on the roof, they made sure everyone was at full health, stamina and mana before ascending the steps. The rooftop was empty, but as they stepped on it, there was a swirling mist that appeared in the corner near them, and the conglomeration began to form. Leah took off in a sprint, and as the conglomeration formed she did a baseball slide while casting Petrify and touching the ankle as she went beneath it. The conglomeration was stuck. As she stood, she brought her best mining pick around in an arc and shattered the foot. As the conglomeration began to topple, Zack helped it on its way by hammering the remaining foot with the mace and knocking it out from under the monster. Before it could reform each member of the group had attacked one of the heads. Within a minute the monster was finished, and another mist began to form, this time all six began sprinting toward the forming creatures. As they formed all five were attacked and killed before they could even mount an attack.

The third mist began forming, and Zack headed for the Troll Wight while the others attacked the Goblins. The surprise nature of the attack immediately put the boss at a disadvantage, and although it was a much longer fight, Zach managed to finally wear it down. The others helped by constantly healing him. As the necromancer began to form, the six were ready. This was a shorter battle and Leah was able to destroy the Necromancer while at normal size. This time it didn’t reach the five-minute mark, so no troll. As the Necromancer died, Leah took a Mana Potion which fully restored her MP, and she waited for the Dead Lord of the Trolls to materialise. He arrived with four rock golems shaped as trolls; one had Emeralds for eyes, one had Sapphires, one Diamonds and one Tanzanite Crystals. The Dead Lord himself towered over them and shouted, “Now face me!”

Glaring at the Dead Lord, Leah cast Grow. She had her knife and her Haladie. She was soon five meters tall, and the Haladie had grown into a two-meter-long blade. She stepped toward the massive Troll who carried a huge Mace in one hand and a shield in the other. He was fast and nimble, and as Leah stepped forward, he swung the mace at an angle from left to right which she just evaded and was about to step in when she realised that the Troll had amazing weapon control for he was already bringing the shield forward to push her backwards. On the front of the shield was a huge spike. Leah turned side on and allowed the edge to just pass her by. She was now inside the shield and standing beside the troll. She buried her silver knife up to the handle in the Trolls armpit and left it there as she rolled away from his swinging mace. She stood quickly and saw that, Wisp and Amy, who were fighting the emerald Golem were being totally outclassed. She stepped behind the Golem, and equipping her pick, she buried it to the handle in its skull. Equipping her bow, she shot two quick arrows at the Dead Lord from a distance of fewer than five metres. She used her sword to decapitate the Diamond Golem, then as the Dead Lord stepped forward his mace caught her a glancing blow on her left shoulder causing her to drop the bow. She re-equipped the Haladie and again stepped past the shield. This time she reached behind and drove the blade through his spine. As he began to falling, she reached across his body, and cast Petrify on the area around his heart. She was about to help Zack and Thad but realised that they had the other two golems under control. Four minutes later it was all over. They checked the rooftop for anything hidden and couldn’t find anything. Leah drank a potion and harvested all the creatures and as expected only the Dead Lord of the Trolls gave much loot. From each golem they were able to harvest the eyes. Altogether they received:

You have harvested:

6 Diamond Coins minted with an image of the Dead Lord of the Trolls at Altin

6 Platinum Coins minted with an image of the Dead Lord of the Trolls at Altin

12 Gold Coins minted with an image of the Dead Lord of the Trolls at Altin

1 Earth Spell - ‘Form a Golem’

8 Golem Gems (2 Emerald, 2 Sapphire, 2 Diamond and 2 Tanzanite)

As the bodies disappeared a chest appeared

You have completed the Battle Arena stage of Dungeon of the dead Goblins at Altin:

Your reward is

6 Emerald Gems

6 Sapphire Gems

6 Diamond Gems

6 Tanzanite Gems

6 Diamond Coins minted with an image of the Dead Lord of the Trolls at Altin

1 Commemorative Chess Set

The Chess Set was large with metre long edges. The squares were Diamond and a deep violet Tanzanite. On one side was a set of figures carved from Emeralds with Atherleah as Queen, Thad as King, James appeared in two different poses as the bishop, Wisp was the Knight and Zack the rook. Amy appeared in eight poses which featured her both fighting and scouting. The other side was made of light blue Sapphire and had the Dead Lord as King, The Necromancer as Queen, the bishops were troll wights, then the nature mage as the knights and the conglomeration as Rooks. Goblins made up the set as the pawns. It was edged in Gold.

A door appeared, and the six stunned players returned to the Octagonal room and then logged out after agreeing to meet again in just under four hours at 7.30 Dunyanin-time.

Leah headed for the sofa, lay down, and logged out. She had an hour before she needed to pick up the food from Jimmy. After a bathroom break and a shower, she jumped back into the Pod and headed for a lesson with Master Ning. Master Ning started off with some meditation, and for the first time Leah struggled to find the space within that was calm. Her mind kept returning to the chess set, to her and Thad as Queen and King. Finally, Master Ning said, “Something is troubling you today. Do you wish to talk about it?”

“I probably need someone to discuss it with, but I’m not sure if it's something to share with my course instructor. What should I do when confused and uncertain? I haven’t truly been either of those things before, and now I find myself being distracted. Ordinarily, I can find my centre and peace quickly, but this is the second time today I have struggled.”

“This is good Atherleah. Finding peace when you are not troubled is easy. Finding peace in uncertainty brings growth and maturity. Don’t fight to banish the thoughts, rather, set them before you. Learn to breathe with them before you, practice to find calm in their presence, not in their banishment; this is the path to walk.”

Leah stopped trying to ignore her reaction and feelings. Instead, she slowly accepted their presence and then worked to calm her thinking around those feelings and uncertainties. It was almost twenty minutes later when Master Ning said, “You are calm. Are the uncertainty and confusion still with you?”

“Yes, Master!”

“It is there, in that state, that you can safely allow your mind, both conscious and unconscious to ponder the questions. It is in this place of calm that you make the best decisions. You need not solve everything, but you can move forward with confidence and without distraction. The rest of the lesson we will just think, you and I. You on your problems and me on how best to train such a talented student. Now, breathe.”

After the lesson, Leah felt refreshed and much more in control. She quickly showered and dressed. This time when she headed out into the corridors, she was armed with all her knives and both fighting sticks. She met nobody in the building and quickly hurried outside into the sunshine. Although her muscles were still sore, the pain had moved from her shoulders down her back and along her arms.

As she approached the gate to leave the property, she saw some vehicles parked along the road. As she stepped through the gate, the car doors opened, and four heavily built men in suits stepped out of the cars and began walking in her direction. Then, six more men and two women stepped out from behind some houses and also closed in on her position; these eight she knew. She had worked with each of them in the past, and they were some of Jimmy’s most senior crew. The four from the cars slowed and then stopped. One of Jimmy’s crew was dragging some boxes loaded and strapped on a moving trolley. As they joined Leah, they surrounded her and escorted her back to the gate, and two waited with her as she re-entered the compound. The other six walked toward the cars. Before Jimmy’s crew got there, they drove off.

John, one of the men who stayed with Leah, said, “This is with Jimmy’s compliments. Don’t leave here without us. Next time just stand inside, and we’ll come to you. Jimmy has a guard here now, day and night. Don’t argue, some of us know what happened, and we all owe you.”

“Thanks, John! The next time I come out, I’ll be heading home for a few hours. I’ll let Jimmy know when.”

“Good, now off you go. If we’re caught hanging around here too long, it’ll get messy.”

Leah took the trolley and was soon back in her apartment. She unpacked the food and found that Jimmy had sent far more than she needed, and it was all good quality; she really must be in his good graces. When she thought of how many people had been caught in the mine, she understood.

She made herself a lunch with fresh vegetables and then rang Jimmy to thank him. After talking with Jimmy she rang her mother and had a long chat, she described her emotions, feelings and fears. Though her mother offered copious advice, and warnings, she knew more than anything that her mother had listened to her, and with that knowledge, she knew she wasn’t alone.

She spent an hour in deep-sleep and the after a brief exit she headed once more into the Octagonal Room.

Everyone was on time, and everyone looked refreshed and ready for the second half of the Odyssey. Leah stepped forward and placed her hand on the first platinum door. They materialised high on a mountain ledge, with snow falling and a trail visible both up and down the mountain. Amy looked at Leah and communicating via the rings asked, “Which way?”

Leah wasn’t sure, so she said. “No idea, let me try something.”

Her MP was full, so she reached up and touched the Emerald in the middle of her forehead. She then turned slowly in a circle looking in all directions. There were three arrows; one pointed along the ledge moving up the mountain, one along the ledge down the mountain and the third pointed up the rock face near where they stood.

Leah explained what she had done and then asked Thad and Zach to use their mining sight on the trail and the side wall. She sent Zach down the ridge with Wisp and asked him to check for 100 metres or so. Thad and James, she sent up the ledge. Amy stayed with Leah, who equipped a mining pick and began examining the rock face with her mining sight. She hooked the pick in her belt and using the spider climbing gloves scaled the wall slowly, occasionally stopping to check for any clues. She was almost 40 metres up the cliff when she saw a small six-inch ledge with some green indicators of a place to mine. She stepped onto the ledge and was just going to call everyone when Zack said through the rings, “I’ve found something.”

Thad responded, “So have I.”

Leah said, “Me too. Each of us mine for a while but stop if something new happens. We'll then decide what to do.”

Leah found it difficult to mine while standing on the ledge but eventually she got the hang of it. Thad was the first to find something, and he said, “I’ve broken through to a cavern with a portal.” Next was Zack, who said something similar, and finally, Leah also broke through to a small crawl-way heading deeper into the rock face. She didn’t go in but scampered down the rock face and gathered the group around her.

“We’ve two portals and a crawlway that could go anywhere but most likely to another portal. Are there any suggestions?”

Zack said, “I don’t think we should split up. We need to stay together. So whatever we choose, and I have no opinions, I suggest we stay as a group.”

Everyone agreed with Zack, but no one had any indication of which was the way to go. Finally, Leah said, “I think that as we arrived at this place, the most likely way to the Goblin mine is through the crawlspace. However, I don’t think we can all get up there so I suspect the other two places have equipment we might use or they may be the entrance to the main mine. If no one has a better idea, I suggest we go down then up and then high.”

Everyone agreed, and they moved down the ridge to the portal Zack opened. Leah and the others stepped through, and the following message appeared.

Level 4 Named Personal Achievement

Find a Platinum Mine - First 100 (1, Sapphire)

Reward 1: 500 Experience Points x Player Level - 52480 (+28%) EP (114000/114000) (48155/116000)

Reward 2: 10 Gold x #L4 NPA (Sapphire) = 10 Gold

Reward 3: +1 % to Experience Points

Reward 4: 50 Fame Points (18000 FP)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

Atherleah, this mine has not been claimed.

As the leader of this group do you wish to claim this mine? (Note, you are not yet a member of a clan and will need to form a clan or join a clan to claim this mine.)

[Y] [N]

Leah shared the new message, and the other five quickly checked the forums on claiming a mine, as did Leah. She then checked [Y]:

Atherleah, you have claimed the Platinum Mine.

You are not a member of a clan. Do you wish to start a Clan?

[Y] [N]

She again checked [Y]

Atherleah,

To form a clan you need to pay the required fee of 4 Diamond. You must have at least three other members wishing to join you and a Clan Name. If you still want to form a clan, please record the founding members and a unique name.

Clan Name:

Leader: Atherleah

Member:

Member:

Member:

Leah shared everything with the group and then said, “Is anyone here interested in joining a new clan? We don’t have much except a Platinum Mine.”

Wisp said, “I’m in, I told you. Where you go, I go.”

Thad looked at his three friends who all nodded at him, “Atherleah, we’ve been a group of four for years now, and we would love to be part of a bigger group, your group. As Wisp said, 'where you go, we go'. Just one thing, what are you going to call it?”

Leah thought and then said, “This is going to sound strange to you guys, but there has been a poem that drives much of what I do for most of my life. Anyway, from that, I would like to call it Clan Guàn or the English would be, Clan Stork.”

Thad, James and Zack all snorted and then looked sheepish. Thad said, “Well, I’ve gotta be honest I was thinking something a little more evocative of power and violence but sure, why not.”

Leah looked embarrassed and said, “I can choose something else if you have other suggestions.

Wisp piped up, “My AI says the Stork is the symbol of purity, prosperity and protection, among other things. I like it. Can I create the symbol? I like drawing and designing.”

Amy said, “Forget the boys, their brains aren’t fully developed yet. Its good, it has meaning, and is neutral enough that it won’t stand out too much.”

The three men were still looking sheepish, and so Thad said, “I’m sorry, that was a bit weird. Honestly, I’m happy to be in a clan with you guys and whatever name will work for me.”

Slightly mollified Leah filled in the form and asked Gèng to agree to the payment from her accounts after transferring the money across.

Atherleah,

The fee of 4 Diamond has been deducted from your account as per your instructions. Clan Guàn has been entered on the register of official clans. The following members are registered as members of the clan. It is suggested that you produce and publish a document outlining the purpose, benefits and responsibilities of being in the clan as well as any associated costs.

Clan Name: Guàn

Leader: Atherleah

Member: Annairë the Wize

Member: Thad_Kickyourbuttson

Member: Amelia_Quickfoot

Member: Zachary_Bonehelm

Member: Jim_Firedrake

Atherleah, you have claimed the Platinum Mine for Clan Guàn.

The position of the mine has been marked on your map. You have thirty days in which no-one outside your clan may contest this claim or mine in this location. After this amnesty, you should be prepared to defend your claim.

We hope you enjoy the experience.

Atherleah turned and saw that the portal had disappeared, outside it was still snowing.

“Well let’s try the second option.”

Zack said, “Let’s stay and mine.”

Leah said, “I’d like to explore, but I don’t want to fail in the Odyssey. Anyway, as we explore the other mine we’ll have the layout of this one.”

Everyone nodded, and they headed back out into the snow. Five minutes later they were at the cavern Thad had found. The portal had disappeared, and instead, there was a doorway with a small sign and a handprint scanner.  The sign read, ‘Storehouse and Main Office of the Guàn Platinum Mine: Official Members Only’.

Leah placed her hand on the door, and it swung open to show a small warehouse carved out of the rock with empty shelves. In the corner of the room was a wooden box with a lid. With nothing else in the room, Zack walked over to the box and found several coils of rope, some pitons and a climbing hammer. He picked them up and then they left the storage area closing the door behind them. As they walked back to the midpoint, Amy said, “Atherleah, four diamond is a lot. We’ve all made money on this journey, and I’d like to chip in a fair share. In fact, here is a diamond as my fee for joining.”

She handed the coin to Leah who took it with an astonished look on her face. She gave Amy a hug, and a quick thank you, but before she could move on, Wisp handed her a coin, followed by Thad, James and Zack.

“This is more than four guys, let me work it out equally.”

Thad said, “Nope, most of what I have in my bag at the moment and most of my EP and gear is because of you. Keep any change.”

All the others said something similar and Leah thanked them and then headed down the ridge with a smile on her face and tears in her eyes. When she arrived at the area below the ledge, she took one end of the rope, the pitons, and the hammer and climbed to the crawlway. She quickly secured the line and waited until Amy reached the top. When Amy arrived, Leah moved into the crawlway and asked that the last person bring the line with them. Leah crawled along only a short distance and waited as each member made their way in. Finally, Zack gave the all clear, saying he was up and the rope was collected. The crawlway continued for almost forty metres before it ended in a small portal. When everyone was close Leah crawled through and found herself in a circular room on her hands and knees. In the middle of the floor was a shaft heading down. As soon as Zack entered the room, they all received a message.

Level 4 Dungeon Achievement: First 1 (3, Diamond)

Atherleah (Level 83), you have discovered a hidden Level 4 Area:

Goblin Mirror Mine of Platin

You are the first player to access this area. This is your third, 'First 1 (Diamond)’ achievement.

Reward 1:  5000 x 83 =  535350 (+29%) Experience Points (116000/116000)…(107505/124000)

Reward 2: + 3% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 3 x 10 Platinum = 30 Platinum

Reward 4: Increased probability of valuable drop. Luck is increased by 7.5 whenever you are in this Cavern. During your first time in the Cavern, the probability of all drops is increased to 0.5.

Fame: 1000 Fame Points (19000)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

Leah looked down the shaft and could see some light maybe fifty or more metres below. Zach had already hammered in a piton and tied off the rope. Leah stepped forward, but Thad said, “Let one of us go. It's time we stepped up if we’re going to be part of a clan and not just a short-term group.”

Leah nodded, and as Thad stepped forward, Amy said, “You stay here Thad, you can’t sneak.” She then grabbed the rope and silently lowered herself down. Amy used the ring to call them down and reported a short empty corridor at the bottom of the shaft. She hadn’t looked at where it went, but at the moment it was safe. Leah was last into the shaft, and she untied the rope and brought the piton with her, using the gloves she slithered down the shaft. One end of the corridor ended in a blank wall, but they could see where someone, they assumed goblins, had been mining.

In the other direction, although the tunnel wasn't straight it remained horizontal. As they moved along the tunnel, they occasionally passed under similar shafts to the one they used as an entrance. Amy had just gone under such a shaft when something from above dropped on her back and began clawing into her. Thad was just behind, and he grabbed it with both hands and tugged it off her back ripping out some of her flesh. The creature seemed to turn inside out and started clawing at Thad who threw it away from him. Before it could scurry away, Wisp had put an arrow through it pinning it to the floor. Leah and James both cast healing spells on Amy and then Thad. The creature had a thin round body with eight appendages. It looked like a large grey dinner plate with spindly legs. At the end of each leg was a sharp claw. The eyes were small, and the mouth was round with multiple teeth situated around the circumference and facing the centre.

PEST - CAVE MITE (Level 10) 1000HP 80 EP

“Level 10!” Amy said, “That thing bloody hurt.”

Leah harvested it and received

1 Vial of Cave Mite Blood*

* Note: A useful ingredient to make Potions which increase speed and agility

Leah said, “Ok, let's be careful. When we get to a shaft, I’ll echo ahead and see if we can find them before they attack.”

Two shafts later when Leah used her Echolocation spell she picked up several shadows in the shaft. James and Wisp each sent a fireball up and two smoking mites dropped down and started to scurry toward the group when arrows from Amy and Leah stopped them. They didn’t find any more mites as the corridor soon opened into a well-lit room. Peeking in they saw it was full of goblins. There were over forty Level 90 soldiers. There were also Level 90 Goblin Miners, but these were chained together in groups of eight. Altogether there were 80 miners. There was a larger shaft with elevators using ropes and pulleys in the centre of the room.

Pulling back from the edge Leah said, “How do we isolate the guards and not harm the miners?”

Zack said, “Why do we have to save the miners?”

James said, “Integritas! Prospertas! Praesidium! Purity, Prosperity, and Protection. We don’t kill slaves dude. Its wrong; even in a virtual world.”

Thad said, “Three tunnels, three tanks, sorry Leah. Three healers and distance attackers. If we stay in the tunnel entrances the most who can attack are two at a time. We can all take on one of these guys, and most of us would succeed against two. It’ll just mean a long drawn out affair.”

Leah couldn’t think of anything better, so she said, “Agreed, whose with who?”

“You and Amy, one healer, Zack and Wisp, and I’ll go with James. I think if we spread out around the room. Arrows and Fireballs can cross the room and attack from behind.”

“Any problems, anyone?"

When everyone shook their heads she continued, "Then Amy and I will stay here, Wisp will Group Hide you four and drop James and Thad one-third of the way around clockwise and then they will keep going for one more third. We attack in fifteen minutes. No, wait, I’ll attack and hopefully draw them here. If they all come, then you can take potshots at their backs until they notice you. If not, then Thad start fighting, and then finally Zack.”

Everyone agreed, and fifteen minutes later Leah stepped out of the tunnel and began firing arrows at the guards. As soon as they noticed her some moved toward her. She shot at the stationary guards, and soon all the guards were headed in her direction. As they got close she cast Rain of Fire and finally she turned toward the tunnel, and cast Disc of Death. Four guards were caught in the circle, and all the rest were hammering away at the spikes which started to bend and split. She cast Chain Lightning at the four guards inside and then equipping her sword she flowed around them, killing them all. Meanwhile, Amy had been shooting arrows at the guards around the disc hoping to keep their attention as the other four began attacking the back of the pack with spells, arrows and swords. The spikes began breaking, and more guards headed toward Leah, but instead of heading for the tunnel she sent Chain Lightning at them and then bringing the sword up she began to move in what Amy later called a 'dance of death'. Some soldiers began to focus on Zack and Thad. Soon everyone was dealing with at least one soldier as Leah continued to move through and around the soldiers surrounding her. She kept moving, and they followed like children around a football, or moths around a flickering flame. Then, as suddenly as it began, it stopped. All the soldiers were dead. Thad looked at Leah and said, “Yep, that was my plan, I said, ‘Let’s not fight safely in the tunnels, let’s put Leah out in the middle of the room so everyone can attack her and then she can kill them all.’ Good plan, well executed.”

Leah looked sheepish and then walked up to him and looking up into his eyes said, “Your plan was good, I got carried away. I’m sorry. Next time I’ll try and stick to the plan. I promise I’ll try. Will you forgive me?”

He looked down at her and was suddenly embarrassed and said, “Of course I forgive you. It worked better than I could imagine. I was just concerned that’s all.”

She reached up and tapped him on the shoulder and said, “Thank you for being concerned.”

She turned and walked toward Amy who sent her a private message on the rings, “So you worked it out, huh?”

Leah smiled at her, and replied, “I think I’m starting to.”

After harvesting the forty guards, Leah walked over to the slaves with Amy and said, “Can you ask them why they are chained up?”

Amy said, “We have another Goblin Patter Skill why don’t you use it?”

Everyone agreed, and after using the scroll, Leah asked, “Why are you chained up?”

They stayed silent, so she asked again; finally one of the Goblin’s said, “We mine the Platinum, but the boss is afraid we will steal it, so we have been made slaves and are made to work for nothing.”

“What would you do if I set you free? I don’t agree with slavery, and I think people who work deserve to get paid. If you decide to attack us, then we will kill you. So what will you do and where will you go if I set you free?”

“We have nowhere to go, we will sit here and wait for a new boss. We hope the new boss will pay us. But we think the current boss will kill you and chain us again.”

“Do you know the way to the other mine near here like this one.”

“Yes, but it is empty, it will belong to dwarves and humans and elves. They will kill us if we go there.”

“No, it belongs to us. We have claimed it and own it. If you agree to give us as the owners 50% of what you mine, we will let you keep the rest or we will sell it and give you the money, except what it costs us to move it to the people who buy it. You can live in the mine, or you can just work there. If you agree, then we will give our permission for you to mine. If you steal from us, then we will come back and throw you out.”

The goblins began chattering back and forth so fast that Leah couldn’t keep up. She turned and saw her group staring at her.

“What?” She said, “It’s a good idea. They will mine it, and we get half. We don’t want to hang around all the time and mine. Also, I think it’ll be a while until someone finds the mine.”

Zack said, “We’re not upset, we’re just amazed that you get an eighty-strong workforce for next to nothing and they’re all at a level to mine Platinum. It's cool.”

Everyone was nodding, so she turned back to the goblins. Their spokesman said, “What about the rest of the slaves in the mine?”

“We plan to free all the miners.”

“And our families?”

“Where are your families?”

“There is a huge cave on the lowest level, and our families are in a locked enclosure. If you free our families, we will work your mine and give you 75%.”

Amy stepped forward and said, “50% is enough. We don’t need more to rescue families. We would do that anyway.”

Leah nodded, and after she repeated it for the others in English, so did Wisp. The three men looked a little less pleased, but they smiled, and after being glared at by Amy, they also nodded. Leah then took a set of keys that one of the guards had on them and began unlocking the chains. She asked that the Goblins remain on the level and asked the spokesman to describe the rest of the mine. As expected, there were eight more levels. They had to descend the main shaft. This was the beginning of the rest period, and all the levels would be congregating in the centre room for food, and then, sleep. When asked what was for food the goblins showed them a bin full of the cave mites. The goblins in the lower caves hunted the mites as a food source. Amy shuddered, but Leah smiled as she thought of their mine soon being denuded of Cave Mites.

Leah asked for a volunteer to come with them, not to fight, but to show the way and to talk with the other slaves at each level and get an agreement. Two goblins volunteered, and all agreed to descend to the next level after it was cleared.

Each level down had better quality ore, and several levels produced gems. The further they went down; the higher quality guards they faced. At the lower levels, mages were added to the mix.

It was fairly straightforward. At each level, they would attack and kill the guards, release the captives after achieving the same agreement. At each level, Leah and Zack were escorted by some miners to the rock face where they mined the quota they needed to finish the Odyssey. Thad couldn't help as he was not at the Expert level yet.

Six hours later they had finished the all the levels and plundered various hidden storehouses. They had all the coins, the ores, the gems and had rescued the families. Before they left the mine the Nine Elders of the Goblin Community, one from each Level came and promised their service. As they did a message appeared.

Atherleah, Clan Leader of Clan Guàn

The nine elders of the Bent Ears Goblin Clan have offered their service to your clan. They will mine the clan mine for 50% of all they mine. In return, you give them permission to enter your mine and to work it. It is expected that you will also provide some security should others attack your mine. Do you accept these terms?

[Y]  [N]

Leah accepted and received another message.

Atherleah, Clan Leader of Clan Guàn

Clan Guàn is now recognised as having over 300 employees. This, in conjunction with your claim of the Platinum Mine, means the clan has achieved Level 4 Status. In light of your increased Level, you are responsible for paying an increased levy toward the maintenance of the Clan system. An amount of three (3) Diamonds is due to be paid within the next ten Dunyanin Days. To achieve Level 5, you must have more than 10 members and have a clan headquarters within Dunyanin

Clan Achievement: First 100 (1, Sapphire)

Clan Guàn has achieved Clan Level 2 on its first day in operation

Reward 1: All current and future members receive +1% to all future experience

Reward 2: 1 Platinum for the clan coffers

Clan Fame: 500 Clan Fame Points (500)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: All Clan achievements are public

Clan Achievement: First 50 (1, Ruby)

Clan Guàn has achieved Clan Level 3 on its first day in operation

Reward 1: All current and future members receive +2% to all future experience

Reward 2: 10 Platinum for the clan coffers

Clan Fame: 1000 Clan Fame Points (1500)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: All Clan achievements are public

Clan Achievement: First 10 (1, Diamond)

Clan Guàn has achieved Clan Level 4 on its first day in operation

Reward 1: All current and future members receive +3% to all future experience

Reward 2: 1 Diamond for the clan coffers

Clan Fame: 2000 Clan Fame Points (3500)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: All Clan achievements are public

A final notice arrived as the exit door appeared:

Level 4 Dungeon Achievement: First  1 (4, Diamond)

Atherleah (Level 93), you have completed a hidden Level 4 Area:

Goblin Mirror Mine of Platin

You are the first player to complete this area. This is your second, 'First 1 (Diamond)’ achievement.

Reward 1:  5000 x 93 =  641700 (+38%) Experience Points (136000/136000)…(49181/146000)

Reward 2: + 3% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 4 x 10 Platinum = 40 Platinum

Fame: 1000 Fame Points (20000)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

Stunned the six friends entered the octagonal room.

CHAPTER THREE

November 25, 2073 B

The friends looked at each other, grinning. Leah said, “Well at least we have something to discuss at Zack’s later.”

They agreed to meet in two real-hours and logged out. Leah arrived back in the Tower and logged out. She grabbed some food and after a few stretches logged back into the Tower. Leah was about to head to her classes when she saw a Chinese lady standing in the Tower watching her, the lady looked to be in her mid-twenties and had long black hair pulled into a tail behind her head. She wore a traditional silk top and silk trousers. The top was red and had a stork embroidered on the right side in gold thread. Her trousers were black. She was wearing silk slippers. Her face was striking, more elegant than beautiful, but flawless in complexion and symmetry.

Leah smiled and said, “Hello Gèng, I love the outfit and the avatar.”

“I'm glad you like it. I am also pleased. I know I'm not truly present here but somehow having an Avatar has given me a clearer sense of self.”

“Is there anything to discuss or is it ok if I head to class?”

“No, I thought it beneficial to get your impression and thoughts.” I will continue to work on my development and the tower. I need to add a room for the clan.”

Leah spent the next few hours in class and finished just in time to dress and portal to Zach’s v-world with the present she and Gèng had prepared for Zack. It was a picture of him fighting the enormous Wight. Zach had a huge man cave; there was a pool table, table tennis, a bar and lots of sports memorabilia. There was a basketball hoop and a small swimming pool. Off to one side was another room which was his library and where he did his research when he worked. Leah could see all this from the small porch where she arrived, as the door was open. Zack called out for Leah to "Come on in".

She had only taken a few steps when Gèng said, “Leah, nothing has attacked us, nor can it, but the code which attacked you at Jackson’s has been used in this space. I believe Zack has been influenced by it. What would you like me to do?”

“Wait for a moment and let me talk to Zack.”

Leah walked over to the others who had all arrived. She handed Zack his gift and then said, “Zack, do you trust me?”

He looked at her strangely and said, “Yes, but that’s a strange thing to ask when you visit someone.”

“I have a couple of AI friends who work in the Security department. I believe you have a security breach. I would like to invite one or both of them here and have them check your world. It is a violation of your privacy, so I ask you if you trust me enough to let them in. I haven't talked to them yet, and will not, if you say, ‘No’.”

Zack just stared at her and then said, ”You've been virtual for one week, and you have AI friends? What the heck, sure, because you know; I do trust you.”

She said aloud so they all could hear, “Gèng, could you please contact Security Controller 11-5 and Security Oversight AI 4 and ask if they could visit us here in this world?”

Moments later, Zack looked a little shocked, but apparently, he had given his consent as the two AI Avatars arrived. They greeted Leah and then turning to Zack, Security Oversight AI 4 said, “Mr Williams, I understand why Ms Carroll called us. If you permit it, we would like to talk with you, if you require privacy, we can wait until your visitors leave.”

“No need, these are my friends. Please, what is the issue? Atherleah mentioned a possible security breach.”

Turning to the others who were all watching in amazement Security Oversight AI 4 said, “My name is Security Oversight AI 4, and I would request that what I say be kept in confidence, are you all in agreement with this.”

They all nodded, and she continued, “That is sufficient for me.” She then went on to explain the malicious code and what Atherleah had done in the mine. She told them that there was residual evidence in the coding of Zack’s world that at some time Zach had been infected. With Zack’s permission, she did a complete scan, purging the code and determining the time and culprit.

“Mr Williams, I have ascertained the person who inserted the code and who used it to direct your behaviour. Do you wish to press charges personally? I will be instigating an investigation which is likely to result in criminal charges being laid, but the person is known to you, and you may prefer not to become involved. As we speak, I have identified several other people that may have been abused similarly by the same person.”

“Can you tell me who it is?”

“I will do so, but only in your mind, unless you wish to share with your friends.”

She obviously shared with Zack as he went white and sat down. She then turned to the others and said, “I will forward my contact details to each of you. Should you wish me to check your AI and your virtual-world, I will do so. Please note, this is not usually a service offered by Security Oversight but we are in Atherleah’s debt, and you are her friends.” She then said goodbye and the two avatars left.

Leah walked over to Zack and said, “Should we leave? You look like you've had a terrible shock and might need your privacy.”

“No, don't leave. Your right, I've had a shock. Apparently, my professor, my mentor, a guy I've known for years has been directing me the whole time. After the code was removed, I still remember everything, but now I also remember that he has told me for years that I love history and that I want to do a PhD. I don't know if I do or I don't. All I know is he told me to like it, so I liked it, he told me to want him as a mentor, and I wanted him as my mentor. He's so popular, but that's all a lie. Maybe I don't like history. Shit! I'm so confused.”

They all sat and stared at each other and then Wisp said, “I'm scared, what if my life's a lie?”

Leah quickly interjected, “Most people are fine, just have Security Oversight AI 4 check your AI and v-world. Even if something is there it doesn't mean your life is a lie; it just means you've been taken advantage of, you've been abused by someone.“

Thad said, “Atherleah, do you know who tried to enslave you?”

“Yes.”

“Do they know it was you who rescued all the slaves?”

“Yes.”

“Are you safe from them?”

“Not really, they've already sent some thugs after me, but I should be ok. I'm not without friends and not all my knives are virtual.”

“You're serious, they've sent thugs, and you think you might need to knife them to keep safe.”

“I hope not, I'm sure they have guns, and if I have a choice I'll run, not fight, but sometimes things don't happen like you want them to. It's ok, I'm safe at the moment, and my friends probably have similar toys as the bad guys, so I'll be all right.”

“How about in Dunyanin, are you safe there?”

“At the moment, I think so. I am being hunted, but they have some faulty information about who they think I am and that’s thrown them off the track. Look, I'm sorry I've put a dampener on the party but let's remember we also have a lot to celebrate. We all have good friends, we own a platinum mine, we've only three stages to go, and Zack might be cooler than we think, he might not love history. Also, we now know his name isn’t ‘Butthead’ but ‘Williams’.”

Everyone including Zack laughed and the tension slowly eased. After an hour they agreed on meeting again after they had finished the Odyessy, but everyone was now a little wary of hosting it. Leah hesitantly offered her place which they all accepted eagerly.

With less than an hour real time Leah hurried to Dark Moon Duel and after learning another two sword forms, she checked out, had a small meal, and then logged into Dunyanin. Everyone else was already there, early, and they had been talking. Before Leah could say anything, Amy said, “Are you Qiáng Tiē Chuí? And what did you do to piss off Merideath and the Y’Haul Clan?”

“I was Qiáng Tiē Chuí and you ‘know’ what I did to annoy Merideath and the Y’Haul Clan.”

Thad was muttering under his breath, and then he said, “So Andy, Ernst and Jackson were involved?”

“I don’t know the names except for Jackson, but if you mean him and his brothers, then yes. Do you know them?”

“We move in the same circles, and they have been my friends. I wasn’t going to get your AI friends to check my place as I’ve top shelf firewalls, but now, I’ll check. The next time I see those three I’ll …, well I don’t know what I’ll do.”

Leah just looked at him with compassion and said, “I’m sorry.”

“It’s not your fault; I’m just mad, that’s all.”

“Fair enough, now put it aside. We’ve a dungeon to defeat. Get your minds in the game. We can discuss this later but for now, ‘The Dungeon of the Dark Lord Kotu at Platin’.”

She waited for their affirming nods and then placed her hands on the second Platinum door.

They arrived in a circular room with a marble floor and six closed doorways. The walls were covered with nightmarish pictures. People in agony and evil, horrible looking, monsters. The pictures weren’t static and moved as the victims writhed in pain and succumbed to death. As they took it all in, a message appeared.

Atherleah, you and your companions are charged with completing the Dungeon of the Dark Lord Kotu at Platin.

This is a special instance of the dungeon at Platin. Even though you are the first to complete this particular instance, others have already completed it and no substantial rewards are offered. You will receive the award for being in the first 10,000 to enter the mine.

The starting level for the MOBs in this dungeon is set at 90. This is the minimum for the dungeon and is above the mean level of your group. There are six levels to this dungeon, and the final boss level has been increased from +10 to +20. So Dark Lord Kotu is currently at Level 110.

Also, there are several additional challenges beyond the normal. Enjoy!

Level 5 Dungeon Achievement: First  10000 (1, Emerald)

Atherleah (Level 98), you have entered the dungeon:

The Dark Lord Kotu

You are one of the first 10000 players to access this area. This is your first, 'First 10000 (Emerald)’ achievement.

Reward 1:  100 x 98 =  13818 (+41%) Experience Points (121299/146000)

Reward 2: + 0.5% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 1 x 1 Gold = 1 Gold

Reward 4: Increased probability of valuable drop. Luck is increased by 0.5% whenever you are in this Dungeon.

Fame: 50 Fame Points (20050)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

After everyone had read the messages, the whole room began to slowly turn on its axis with the walls turning at a faster, ever increasing rate. The movement disorientated everyone and when it suddenly stopped the doors were gone and in their place were blank walls. The face of a dark elf appeared in multiple places on the walls, and as he opened his mouth the voice came from all the different images, and they were all just a little out of sync, the voice reverberated and echoed.

“More trespassers! Here to feed my minions, train my warriors, and entertain my subjects. Your choices are to ‘Leave and Live’ or to ‘Stay and Perish’, but wait; you have no choices. This is my realm, my world, and you now belong to me.”

As he finished speaking the lights went out, and the floor dropped out from beneath them. The fall was no more than two metres, and although they were bruised, they were quickly able to heal that. They had landed in a cage in the middle of a large room made of large granite blocks, torches lined the walls, and various goblins and dark elves were wandering through the dungeon going from one open door, to another. After several minutes one of the figures moved toward them and peering out from behind a deep cowl, he said, “This will never do. You are joined, you share a bond. No! Ah, but let me change it, not to share the benefits but the agony.”

Taking a silver knife from his belt he slit his wrist, and as the blood began to flow he started chanting, while the blood sizzled on his skin. Before he was halfway through, he suddenly sprouted an arrow out of his mouth. Everyone turned and looked Leah who said, “What? That was creepy, why would I let him finish?”

Her body went stiff, and her hands were forced down to lie along her sides. She could see the rest of them forced into the same position. She could just turn her head slightly, and looking around she saw that another dark elf had arrived.

The new arrival kicked the fallen mage and said, “He was an idiot, time after time, I’ve told him, ‘Be careful of prey, sometimes they bite.’ Now, I should thank you for disposing of him, but instead, I will finish his task.” Slashing his wrist, he also began mumbling, this time as the blood sizzled the smoke drifted toward the six friends and surrounded them.

Just before it arrived, Amy said through the rings, “Don’t breathe.”

The mage laughed and waited until one after the other they all were forced to draw a breath and the smoke slid into them. He then grabbed a knife and plunged it into the arm of Amy whom he could reach through the bars. Although they couldn’t move, they all seemed to tense as they felt the pain of her wound. Stepping back, the mage said, “Yes, you all felt that, but only one lost health. Whatever happens to your friends, you will feel. You travellers also have a way of sharing the experience from battles, this we have studied. Know this; it has been negated. You all must learn that you are alone, with no support. Already, I feel your agony and desperation, this pleases me, and it nourishes our Lord Kotu. Each of you will be taken from here separately and taught the price of failure.”

Laughing, the Mage walked away and left the room. Leah tried to initiate a new group but was unable to. She then tried communicating via the ring and found that the rings still worked. She said, “Keep a note of where you're taken, should we get separated. If someone escapes, they might be able to rescue the others. This is unusual for this dungeon. Normally it is a series of traps and mini-bosses. I imagine this is ‘a mini-instance’, we just need to solve this and then we can move on.”

A tall elf was the first to remove one of them. He came, and after some examination, he waved his hand and the bars bent back so he could reach in and grab Zack. He had four goblins grab him and drag him away. Zack described the route he was taken and then described being thrown into a hole in the ground and a grate placed over it. One by one they were all dragged away, James and Wisp were strapped to tables, Thad was spread-eagled over an unlit fire pit, while Amy had a chain tied around her feet and hung over a large altar. Finally, the Mage who had left them returned and said, “So, you are the last, I always take the last. Usually, they are the weakest, and their screams entertain me. Other times they are the strongest, and it is their final capitulation which brings me joy. I wonder which you are.”

He motioned for several goblins to drag her out of the cage and into a room at the end of a long corridor, the room was filled with instruments of torture. He walked around her in a circle and said, “Now where will we start?”

She tried to talk but was still frozen. He waved a hand, and her head could now move freely. As he continued to circle her he continued to speak, “I think you were going to say something defiant, and it is the defiant ones who I find the most amusing. Now, what were you trying to say?”

Leah was timing his walk, and as he walked past her left side, she began, “I was going to say, ‘If you like pain, you’ll love this’.” As she finished he passed her right side and she cast Chain Lightning. Her hands had been forced to her side. Her left hand was holding the bow, and her fingers pointed toward her body. She had cast Grounding on herself, but even so, she felt the current pass through her, some attached itself to her and then before it could do much damage it grounded, the rest jumped directly to the mage who began to shake as the electrical charge shocked him. Leah suddenly had control of her body and equipping her Haladie shifted slightly then removed the mage’s head. She moved through the room killing the goblins. Leah harvested the five bodies and began running toward the central chamber. She checked who was in the most danger and headed for Amy who said that there were several dark elves and mages in the room and they were drawing symbols on the ground and beginning to mutter.

On the way, she disturbed some mages and goblins, but she never gave them a chance to speak. Using any and every spell in her Spell Book she waded through them. Killing everyone and anyone who got in her way. She ran down the hallway that Amy had disappeared into and was soon at the doorway into the room. Leah Froze one guard and Petrified the next. Opening the door, she cast Chain Lightning just as the mage uttered his final word, but before he could cut Amy’s throat. Lightning began to flash within the strange diagram on the floor, but Leah ignored that as she entered, she embraced the calm her Ki needed and somehow initiated a new Ki skill which increased her speed, she seemed to blur through the motions bringing death to everyone except Amy. When she stopped, she felt a deep weariness and noticed her KP and SP were almost depleted. Before she could cut Amy down, Amy yelled: “Look out”. In the diagram a massive shape was slowly forming, Leah reached into her belt and swallowed two restore potions, one for Stamina and one for Ki. The shape was almost formed as she stepped toward it, but the diagram on the floor prevented her from reaching it.

MINOR DEMON (Level 100) 11000HP (5000EP)

Suddenly the diagram flared and began to fade. The demon looked around and said, “Fools, without blood I cannot be contained in this portal. You should have sacrificed your friend for then you might have lived to see me banished. But now, you are eternally damned for I will not be inside the portal when it fades.”

As it stepped over the diagram Leah attacked, she tried to keep it inside the circle. It used claws and a spiked tail to fight, and she used her knives and the Haladie. She was losing ground slowly but was also starting to understand its fighting style. Amy yelled, “The portal, it’s closing!” Leah, for the second time, activated some Ki ability that sped up her reactions. She stepped in front of a swinging arm and using her momentum drove the demon back over the edge of the diagram and into the portal. Together they both disappeared from the room.

Leah and the demon fell through the darkness, and while the demon howled in frustration and despair, Leah took the advantage and placed her hand on the demon’s chest and cast Petrify. Together they arrived with a thump in an arid wasteland. Leah was the only one to arrive alive. She looked around at an environment similar to pictures of what the centre of Australia had looked like before the massive reclamation effort of thirty years previously. The ground had waves like ripples on the water. It was a red-orange and vegetation was sparse and low to the ground, but here the leaves were brown and black with red edgings. There were other differences here as well, she could see volcanoes in the distance, and instead of a blue sky, this was purple with streaks of green mist or cloud that ran from one side to the other. It was a wholly, or more accurately an unholy alien environment. Suddenly a message appeared:

World Achievement: First 1 (1, Painite)

Enter the Demon Realm

Atherleah (Level 100) You have entered the demon realm of Çaresiz. This is your first World Achievement: 'First 1 (Painite)’.

You are the first player to enter this playing area. Like the Continent of Vatan, Çaresiz has been developed as a land to be explored and tamed by travellers.

Reward 1: 10000 x 100 (41.5%) Experience Points (150000/150000) …(101978/190000)

Reward 2: + 10% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 1 x 10 Diamond

Reward 4: Increased probability of valuable drop. Luck is increased by 15 whenever you are in Çaresiz.

Fame: 15000 Fame Points (35050)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: Due to the unique nature of this achievement it will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

Before she could retain her privacy, there was a flash of light, and Emil Riverton appeared in his avatar of a distinguished looking elf. He was standing several meters in front of her.

“Atherleah, I don’t know if you realise this, but you are causing numerous people to lose both their sleep and their sanity. You have a habit of being where you’re not supposed to. Now, once more I must interrupt, as I’m afraid a mistake has been.”

“Another mistake, let me guess. Nobody is supposed to visit hell yet.”

“Well, technically, this isn’t hell, it’s more a dark realm of demons and other amazing races and quests. The thing is this is still under development and isn’t due to be released for several months. We have been using the current live parts of Dunyanin to help train and develop the AIs of this world. So people from Vatan who are into the dark arts have been learning about the world as they summon demons and the like. In return, the AIs who play those roles have been learning about humans, elves and dwarves, etc. You have stumbled into one of these links and dragged into this world months ahead of schedule. I would like to discuss ways that we might keep this quiet until the right time.”

“Why you?”

“Well, the administration knows we have met, and I was already on a task force that was evaluating your play style. When this came up, I was the natural choice.”

“What about my play style?”

“Well, you’ve upped the game a fair amount. We’ve always had the odd player who has a real life skill that has meant they have some advantage if they use their natural ability rather than the preset moves. They always advance quickly, and it upsets our statistics and formulas. Your natural agility is probably around what we program for those who are Level 200-250. Your accuracy is amazing, and the only people better are some who really are physical stars in real life, like an Olympic athlete. We are trying to work out ways to give you challenges that might slow you down. Unfortunately, you’ve upped your game. I don’t know how, but your sword skills came out of nowhere. We watched you at the beginning, and you were a slash and cut player, so we tried to give you a reason to use the presets. If you’d become dependant on them, you would probably have slowed down. But suddenly you have amazing skills in archery and swordsmanship. We thought, making you choose a team, would slow you down, but no, you help them change their gameplay, and now we have six of you to worry about.”

“Why are you telling me this?”

“Because we want you to be completely quiet about Çaresiz until we release it. Some of the higher-ups wanted to send the lawyers, but I believe truth and some incentives would be easier and cheaper in the long run.”

“Ok, I’ll keep quiet.”

“But you haven't heard our terms.”

“I don’t need to. I mean, I’d be happy with inducements. I need everything I can get. But the reality is, I hope I’m not the sort of person who profits by screwing someone over for an honest mistake. Now, Jason, I was happy to try and ruin him because he’s a jerk. But I can accept that someone simply made a mistake.”

“You realise that we have this taped and this is legally binding.”

“It doesn’t matter, if I start breaking my word then what sort of person will I end up being. I promise though that if word gets out, it won’t be from me.”

“Thank you. Now for the inducements which I am going to give you anyway. Firstly, you can keep the achievement, the EP, the money and the fame. The Plaque, however, will be blank until we open the area and then you will have to share the title with whoever makes it first. Secondly, we would like to give you a piece of property in Ticareti to have as a clan headquarters until you claim a keep or a castle. It is a small mansion that we built for an anticipated quest line that never got off the ground. We have been looking to put it on the market, but will give you the deed instead. It comes with several house servants, groundsmen, cooks and the like. You will need to pay them, but we will provide the property taxes for one full Dunyanin year before asking you to contribute. Do we have an agreement?”

Leah didn’t have to think at all, and so she said, “Yes, all is agreed. Now how do I get back to the dungeon at Platin? My friends are still there.”

“Ah, …, here we have another problem. I can transport you back, but then the current Odyssey will see you as having failed; this is an in-built condition and would require some serious work to get around. The Odyssey is managed by a very stringent AI, as is right for such a beneficial experience, and we hesitate to manipulate such AI, though we can and will if need be. One of my colleagues though has the suggestion that you be at a particular location in five hours where another NPC mage, in the same dungeon, is planning on summoning a demon. If you make it to the location and defeat the demon there, then you will be summoned instead. Your friend Amy has already released Thad, and they are working on the others. If they can work their way through to the third level in five hours, then you can meet there. If it doesn’t work out, we will step in but would prefer you to take this route.”

“Can I let them know? The rings aren’t working!”

“You can’t reveal our conversation but the rings will work once I leave and you can direct them to move forward. Here is a map of Çaresiz, we know you like maps, and on it, we have marked the location you need to find. It is twenty kilometres away and the ground between here and there is Level 100+, which you now are, but please be careful.”

At that, he disappeared, and Leah was left standing there alone. She harvested the dead demon:

You have harvested:

1 Demon Heart changed into a Blood Diamond

10 Copper Coins minted with an image of the Demon Lord of Çaresiz.

1 Complex Spell of Summoning

2 Vials of Demon Blood*

* Note: A highly prized ingredient used by Alchemists and Necromancers. Vampires will kill you to get this prize.

She checked through her messages to see what had caused her increase in speed.

Your skill of using Ki in attack has progressed to Mastery Level 1 (1/10)

Your Ki attack if activated will increase your speed and accuracy to levels that are to be considered supra-normal.

For a more detailed analysis of speeds that may be achieved, please refer to the manuals.

Leah took a deep breath and began loping in the direction the developer had given her. She tried to contact the group. She said, “Hey guys, can you hear me now?”

Amy responded, “Atherleah, where are you? You just disappeared.”

“I know, I’m in a strange place but am making my way back to you. I’ve discovered some clues and should be able to make it back but only to the third level of the dungeon. You guys will need to group up and get there on your own. I’m not dead, but the MOBs here are all 100+ so I best concentrate. Have you released everyone yet?”

Thad said, “We are almost at Zack, and we also have a few clues. We’ve found a portal to the first level; it was hidden behind a wall which we broke down. We’ll see you in a while, how long will it take you?”

“My calculations say just under five hours, so you guys need to hurry.”

After a few more instructions and comments they closed the connection and Leah was once more on her own. She was running up a small dune and slowed as she reached the top when she heard the noise of battle. Peering over the top, she saw two demons being attacked by what looked like a massive ladybug beetle. It was about the size of a car and had two huge red wings with black spots shaped like skulls. Its six legs ended in claws and the jaws moved side to side. It had large fangs which dripped with venom. One demon held several spears and a large shield. The other had a large, powerful bow which he was using to shoot arrows at the bug, most of the arrows simply bounced off the armoured underbelly.

MINOR DEMON SHIELD BEARER (Level 105) 5900/11025HP (5250EP)

MINOR DEMON ARCHER (Level 110) 3020/12100HP (5500EP)

DEMON SUCCUBEETLE (Level 115) 9670/13225HP (5750EP)

The beetle had the upper hand, and it seemed like only a short time until it would be victorious. Leah noticed that as the wings moved away from the body, there was what appeared to be softer flesh underneath. From her vantage point, she might be able to wound the thing. Almost without thinking, Leah equipped her bow and took two quick shots, both plunged into the tissue under the wings, and the Succubeetle shuddered in its flight and struggled to stay aloft. Two more arrows and it was down. The Succubeetle, however, wasn’t out of the fight and turned toward Leah and started scurrying up the hill toward her. Suddenly one of the spears pinned the beetle through a gap between its wings, and it turned to renew its attack on the demons. Leah came in behind it and put two arrows in the back of its head region. Finally, it stopped, and after a few small tremors, it died and transformed into a large female demon with long horns and fangs like a vampire. The two surviving demons began advancing on Leah. She said, “Hey guys, I just saved your lives.”

The Archer just smiled and said, “How foolish, now you die knowing you should have waited. Your anguish as you realise your mistake will fill my belly for many days.”

As he raised his bow, she cast Chain Lightning at them and then in their moment of stunned surprise removed their heads. She harvested all three.

You have harvested:

3 Silver Coins minted with an image of the Demon Lord of Çaresiz.

15 Copper Coins minted with an image of the Demon Lord of Çaresiz.

1 Succubeetle Cuirass

1 Demon Wing Bow and Quiver*

3 Shield Bearer Spears

3 Vials of Demon Blood**

* Note: Made from the Radius bones of the wings on a defeated Demon Lord

** Note: A highly prized ingredient used by Alchemists and Necromancers. Vampires will hunt and kill you to get this prize.

She quickly checked the Cuirass and Bow

Succubeetle Cuirass (Rare)

Armour Level 100

This is a naturally occurring armour that develops on the body of a transformative Succubus. It is made from secretions in the demonic body and is inert (it has no negative effects). During transformation, the Cuirass unfolds to protect the underside of the Succubeetle.

+ 25 Constitution

+ 25 Strength

Durability 100/100

Demon Wing Bow and Quiver

This bow is of ancient times and has probably been in the defeated demon’s family for generation. It is made from the Radius bones of the wings on a defeated Demon Lord. The string is from the cured wing tendons, and the arrows have been shaped from the other smaller wing-bones. The quiver was made from the cured skin off the wing membrane. Arrows pulled from it will return as long as they are undamaged.

This bow will be recognised by any of the Demon Lord’s descendants, and they will seek revenge.

Minimum: Level 100 (A100, S120)

Arrow return: 4 Arrows/minute

Base Damage: 850HP

Binds on pickup

The Cuirass was a deep black, and though the spots had disappeared, there was a fine lace-like etching over the armour. Leah equipped the Cuirass and then resumed her journey to the coordinates given to her. The Cuirass gave her added strength and stamina, and she increased her speed. Over the next four hours, Leah came across an amazing array of animals, monsters and demons who all attacked on sight. None of the animals and monsters was yet to be found on the forums, and she knew she would need to keep the loot until after Çaresiz opened up. There was a huge wolf called a Demonic Alfakurt, there were various snake and cat analogues along with numerous imps and demons. The constant delay to fighting the demons slowed her down, but finally, she stood upon the marked area. She was ten minutes early, and nothing and nobody was in sight. She heard what sounded like a herd of galloping horses coming toward her but it turned out to be a large demon riding a huge centipede. The demon was over three metres in height, and the Centipede was thirty metres in length and was loaded up with all sorts of boxes and chests.

LOWER ELITE DEMON - TRADER (Level 135) 18225 HP (6750 EP)

DEMONIC MEGAPEDE (Level 186) 34596 HP (9300 EP)

The demon pulled the megapede to a stop and hopped down, unslinging a huge sword as he ambled toward Leah.

“What have we here? A lost traveller, a lone adventurer or most likely I think, a tasty morsel and a tantalising trinket.”

Leah equipped her sword and assumed a simple pose with the sword angled down, away from her body, she said, “I’m not lost, just waylaid. I might be tantalising, but I’ve a sting. I mean you no harm. Just go.”

“Oh, but I can’t. While I’m not strictly a warrior, I am a demon. We love pain, and we love conundrums. I’m particularly fond of strange things, and though I usually tempt others, you tempt me. You stand like a master, but your level is almost a joke. I think I’ll keep your skin and sell it as a curiosity.”

Then without warning, he attacked. Leah, however, had been approached similarly by several demons, they all liked to attack when they thought you were weak. None had been as strong as this, but she was calm, and at her new speeds, she was able to react in time to his moves. Back and forth they went, and after several minutes he stepped back and said, “Magnificent, if only I could take you alive, amazing what I could sell you for.”

This time it was Leah who attacked without warning. She cast Chain Lightning and then began to step forward, but he shrugged it off. He smiled and began to bring his sword across his body to slash at her. Instead of finishing her step she allowed the leg to crumble and she rolled under his stroke and thrust her knife into the back of his knee as she cast Petrify. The knife and leg both turned to stone. His swipe dragged his body off balance. As he fell, Leah brought herself close to him and followed him to the ground where she landed on his back. She moved her hands up and cast Freeze on his head.

She stood quickly and prepared to defend herself against the Megapede, but it was standing still and watching her. Standing defensively she reached down and harvested the body of the Lower Elite Demon:

You have harvested:

2 Gold Coins minted with an image of the Demon Lord of Çaresiz.

12 Silver Coins minted with an image of the Demon Lord of Çaresiz.

1 Sword of the Demon Elite

1 Demonic Megapede Owner’s Choker*

1 Vials of Elite Demon Blood**

* Note: The Centipede to whom this belongs can be controlled by the wearer of this Choker.

** Note: A highly prized ingredient used by Alchemists and Necromancers. Vampires will hunt and kill you to get this prize.

She placed the Choker, which looked like a silver Centipede, around her neck as she approached the Demonic Megapede and a message appeared:

You have equipped the controlling Choker for a Demonic Megapede:

The Megapede is considered a beast of burden in Çaresiz and has a similar use to the mule in other lands.

Your Megapede can be used to transport enormous quantities of goods. It can also be ridden as a mount.

If you wish you can transfer the Megapede and all it carries into the Choker until required. To do this place your hand on the Choker and ‘will’ the Megapede into it while touching the Megapede. To retrieve the Megapede and goods grasp the Choker and  ‘will’ it to reappear at the place your other hand is pointing.

She touched the Megapede’s snout and felt the choker flash with heat and then the Megapede disappeared. Turning around she saw a portal flare to life near where she was standing, she rushed forward and stepped into a nightmare.

The floor she fell onto was made of black marble, she was in a dark circle of runes carved into the floor. The runes were filled with blood and on the outside were five dark elf mages and five necromancers. Several bodies were hanging from the ceiling that had all been drained of blood. Each of the runes was pulsing with life, and Leah knew she was trapped inside the circle and the portal unless she could somehow break the enchantment or destroy the blood. She equipped the Demon Wing Bow and shot at a Necromancer who watched it strike the barrier and drop. Leah walked close to the boundary, as did the necromancer, who said, “You’re no demon, how did you get summoned?”

Leah smiled and looking down said, “It’s all because I had this.”

As the necromancer looked down, Leah brought one silver end of the Haladie around and through the barrier taking off his head. Grabbing one of the silver knives, she flicked it end over end into the neck of a Mage. As her captors took a step back, she cast Chain Lightning at them, but it arched into the barrier and couldn’t penetrate. Leah noticed that the blood began to sizzle. She cast Chain Lightning again and then equipped her pick looking at the ground around her for areas she could mine: there were several. She cast Changing Attraction and saw a slew of new places she could mine. She continued to cast Chain Lightning until she heard a mage say, “She is almost through. We need to close the portal and banish her.”

In desperation, she equipped Merdiven and slammed it into the barrier, which exploded. Leah’s Mana and Ki were empty, but the result on the mages was catastrophic. They had all fallen to the ground with blood coming from their ears and noses. She stepped out of the circle just as the portal collapsed. She downed two potions and then went around and finished off all the elves and necromancers. As she harvested them, she noticed they all dropped a spell called Shatter which she suspected was the spell used by Merdiven.

She wasn’t sure if she had time to look at the spell, so she sent out a message, “I’m on Level 3, where are you guys?”

Wisp replied, “We are in trouble. We are on Level Three but are caught in a tunnel. There are dozens of Elven warriors and goblins. We are being attacked at both ends. You should be able to find us easily as a guy is banging a huge gong and bringing new opponents every half minute.”

Leah saw a door nearby, and after opening it, sure enough, she could hear a loud gong sound every ten-seconds. She equipped the Haladie in her right hand and one of her knives in the other and ran toward the sound. Occasionally she would come upon an elf or goblin but she hardly stopped in her dash and cut her way through them, she didn’t stop to see if they were dead, nor to harvest anything. As the gonging got louder, she could see more elves, necromancers and goblins walking toward the sound. She ran past them in her mad dash until she came to the entrance to a tunnel filled with people trying to get at her friends. She emptied both hands and flung them forward together casting Chain Lightning. The lightning burst from both sets of fingers and arced into the backs of ten separate enemies before moving onto the next and the next. Those in the back four rows simply dropped with steam coming out their eyes and the ones at the front were cut down as Thad and the others fought through their dazed foes.

A quick checked showed Leah had depleted all her Mana and her Ki in the single attack. She equipped her Demon Wing Bow and joined the others in defending the room. Thad and Zack were able to hold the tunnel together and with James and Wisp continually healing them, Leah and Amy firing arrow, after arrow, they soon got the upper hand and finished the last enemy. Both Amy and Wisp rushed to Leah and hugged her. Then Thad came over and gave her a hug that felt different, and she knew he wasn’t simply giving her a hug, he was also holding her. She felt herself fall into the holding for a moment before stepping back and saying, “What is it with you lot, I take a small break, and you get into so much trouble. Now, Zack, tell me what happened because I know you will give the unvarnished truth with practically no embellishment.”

Zack proceeded to tell an amazing story of unimaginable danger and how their great desire to find their beloved leader had led them through horror after horror. In desperation, they cast all hope aside in a desperate effort to reach her and how as they were about to succeed in vanquishing the enemy their leader turns up and once again grabs the limelight. They all had a good laugh. Thad was the leader of the five, and he went to harvest the loot but found he could only collect half of it. The rest of the damage had been done by Leah. So before adding the additional percentages the five of them shared a base EP of 304,700EP. Leah received a base EP of over 400,000 when she added all the ones they found walking down the corridor to the room she appeared in. They reformed the group of six with Leah as the leader.

She had appeared in the boss room which was supposed to have a demon in it. In digging up the marble circle, they uncovered the treasure and after Leah took a Luck potion it rewarded them with:

You have harvested:

12 Gold Coins minted with an image of the Dark Lord Kotu at Platin

12 Silver Coins minted with an image of the Dark Lord Kotu at Platin

12 Copper Coins minted with an image of the Dark Lord Kotu at Platin

2 Dark Spells: ‘Summon’ and ‘Banish’

12 Black Opals

1 Vial of Phoenix Potion

1 Book of Necromantic Runes

Thad suggested that they do one more level before logging out. Zack showed Leah how using the Mine Blast spell in the hole where they found the treasure would lead to the next level. He set off the blast, and they all scrambled down to the next Level.

This level was a maze with different traps everywhere. Using Leah’s echolocation, the various mining skills and quick reflexes they finally arrived at the centre of the Maze. The local boss was a Level 99 Dark Elven Mage who had ten Level 95 Dark Elf Warriors in attendance. He used various spells of death and nature to attack. The group was back together though, and they worked seamlessly as a team and defeated the boss and then using Mine Blast saw the final portal to the Dark Lord.

Checking the time they had thirty minutes. According to the forums, the final stage in the Dark Lord Dungeon was a single fight through the length of the throne room. The Dark Lord only joined the fight when there were five protectors left. They were all at full health and ready, so they decided to end this now. Before they did Leah checked her spell book to see what had been the cause of her expending all the MP and KP in the lightning blast. It turned out that she had melded the skills Dual Wield and Cast creating a new skill Dual Cast. She had also used Chain Lightning at the same time as Ki Attack and formed a new spell called Ki Lightning. This Spell used all her Mana and Ki and had a cool-down of twenty-four Dunyanin hours.

Together they arrived at the far end of the Dark Lord’s Throne Room. Along the length of the room, there were forty Elite Dark Elf Warriors, twenty on each side. The first ten were Level 95, then eight at Level 96, then six at Level 97, then six at Level 98, four at Level 99, four at Level 100 and two at Level 101 before the Dark Lord at Level 115. They were all dressed in black metal armour etched in gold and platinum. Each had a sword in their right hand and a knife in their left. The fight was designed so that one soldier would attack each assailant. If only one person offered to fight then only one soldier would step forward but as soon as the soldier died another would take his place. If any help was given, in the form of a spell or an arrow, then the room considered two people to be attacking, and so there would be two soldiers in each battle. If someone was killed or became too tired, the room ignored that and continued to send the same number of soldiers. So if two were fighting and one died, the remaining attacker would still face two soldiers.

Most guides recommended that the group start with a single player and see how far they got but Leah suggested they work as a group. They could fight six as a group but would fail if even one in the group became too exhausted to fight. They stepped forward as one, and from the start faced six Warriors. Leah, Amy and Wisp all loosed their arrows together; at the same time, James began casting Plasma Bolt. They had all targeted the same Warrior Elf who perished immediately. Thad and Zack took a warrior each while Leah cast Chain Lightning. The other mages used spell after spell to block, grab or impede the warriors. Slowly the six friends made their way down the line. Half-way along and James stepped aside to recuperate and give a potion time to restore his Mana. Even Leah stepped out when there were ten left, she was low on Mana and Ki. When there were five left the Dark Lord rose to join the battle. Leah surged forward killing two and catching the Dark Lord mid-step. They began to dance, just the two of them, both holding only a sword. The rest of the team finished the last three guards and then stood and watched as the fight increased in intensity. They could see blood dripping from the Dark Lord’s side, and a slash appeared on Leah’s right thigh. Those watching weren’t sure exactly what happened but later slowing down the video they saw the Dark Lord thrust at Leah who, instead of blocking, allowed the sword to cut deep into her side. The moment he was off balance, she skewered him through the heart.

Wisp and James jumped forward to heal Leah while Thad stood there shocked. They dragged all the soldiers to the Dark Lord, and when Leah harvested the loot, they received all 40 sets of armour.

They received the achievement for completing the dungeon, and when the door appeared, they all stepped through into the octagonal room. Nine hours was up, and they all needed a few hours break. They agreed to meet at nine the next morning Dunyanin-time.

Diary - 25 November 2073

What should I do? How am I supposed to react? I’ve always laughed at girls who go all weird over a guy but how do I explain my consternation every time I look at him. What do the weird looks from Amy and Wisp mean? Are they mocking me as I’ve always privately mocked others? Are they laughing at me for being confused or are they happy for me? What switch was flipped that one moment he was a good friend and the next something more? Did he cause this reaction by his hug or has it been building for a while? Mum tried to help by saying it was all normal and that she had felt the same for my dad, but that is too weird to think about.

Also, what does the game know? Why would it have Thad and me as King and Queen? Is this feeling or attraction so easy to notice that even the game can work it out? What goes Emil think? He watches everything. Does he have a smirk on his face or a smile? If this attraction is some dance where everyone can tell whose involved by the steps they make, what is the playbook? How do know what comes next? I liked him holding me, but I wasn’t sure what messages I was giving away. I think mum’s right. Take things slowly and think things through. Emotions are good and healthy but shouldn’t rule alone.

At least its taken my mind off the Kodomans. Seeing their men outside the gate scared me. When John stepped out from behind the house, I almost ran to him. I have to get the fear under control. I need to set the agenda and refuse to follow theirs. I need to have them reacting to me, not me to them. It’s like that last fight, I need to control each aspect, not just defence. If I get hurt, it must only be in areas I am prepared to be hurt in. I need to protect what is vital, my family and friends. I need to think of them as the demons. If I know someone acts one way then I need to use that to my advantage, I can’t let them limit my actions or my resolve. They are going to come after me, they are that petty. How do I respond?

CHAPTER FOUR

November 26, 2073

Leah hurriedly had a late dinner and then went into deep-sleep for one-and-a-half hours. She felt much better after the sleep but needed to review the journey and her achievements. As she entered the garden Gèng had created she saw Gèng enter as well.

“Leah, do you mind if I join you for some meditation and Tai Chi.”

“Not at all, you’ve been to my lessons so you should already know this.”

They were still for half-an-hour, and then together they practised the Tai Chi.

Afterward, Leah said, “So how did it go, the meditation. I imagine you struggled, but maybe that is a faulty assumption.”

“You are right; I found it hard to do. In fact, I did not achieve more than 243.23 nanoseconds of continuous quietness. But that was 239.45 nanoseconds more than my previous attempts. I am not sure of the usefulness of the activity except that after those intervals I perceived my processors to be operating at a measurable, though negligible, faster rate. The Tai Chi was also difficult as it used far more processing power than expected to maintain the slower pace of movement. I believe the experience was beneficial.”

“Good! Now, do we have a spare room where I can unload the Megapede.”

Gèng led the way to a room that she had just created. It had shelves on which to display what the demon merchant had been carrying and was decorated with various still pictures of the animals Leah had met. Leah touched her choker and willed the Megapede into the room. Gèng had measured everything exactly, and the creature took up the whole length of the room.

Leah walked close to the creature and said, “How about you squat down so I can get the bags.”

The beast dropped to the floor, and Leah began to untie the various bags and boxes, chests and rolled up material. As she brought it to the shelves, Gèng unpacked them and added everything to the inventory. Altogether there were sixty large boxes to unload. The total value of coins was staggering and more than doubled Leah’s wealth. There were all sorts of weapons, potions, chemicals, materials and peculiar knick-knacks. When it was all done, she willed the Megapede back into the choker and closed the door behind her. As she closed the door, Gèng said, "Leah, you have a new message from the Dunyanin Administrators that you should read."

To: Player Atherleah

From: Dunyanin World Administrators

Regarding: Megapede and Cargo

Dear Atherleah

Once again you have done the unexpected. Both the Megapede and Trader were being used by our Çaresiz Development Team (ÇDT) to seed Çaresiz with objects to entice travellers to explore further. When the Vatan Developer Team gave you the coordinates, they did not take into account the valuable nature of the cargo. When bringing the small change to the Mage’s spell to land at those particular coordinates, they failed to realise that you might also acquire the Megapede. When they realised what had happened, they contacted the ÇDT to apologise, and it was only then that they realised the size of their mistake.

We have already caused you an inconvenience but must ask that you do not use any of the objects, or the Megapede until after Çaresiz has been released. In light of your previous willingness to help we look forward to your acceptance of this request. After the Çarsiz release date, we trust you enjoy this stupendous windfall.

Yours Sincerely,

Dunyanin World Administrators

Leah removed the choker and the bow and opening the door,  she placed these on the tables with all the other things.

She and Gèng spent some time walking through the whole tower and outside into the valley Gèng was creating. They discussed improvements. Leah wanted the entry portal for the group to be outside the tower, and several parts of the valley would look better if changed slightly. Gèng created a beautifully worked stone podium for their arrival with stepping stones down to a pathway which led to the tower.

Finally, with only twenty minutes remaining Leah logged out and had the first breakfast for the day. After a shower, she logged once more into Dunyanin and found herself in the Octagonal Room with her friends.

As everyone arrived, they greeted each other and began discussing what they knew. Supposedly Adamantine was not a naturally occurring metal and was only found in isolated pockets and usually in craters caused by meteors. Another difficulty was that there was no reference anywhere to a Lord Y’sam Ejderhasi. Ejder was a small settlement that served as a trading station in the only known pass through the Omurga Mountains. The one piece of information was a map that they had received in the Altin Mine. It had marked on it all the Goblin Mines in Vatar, and there was a small mark with a circle near the town of Ejder. Unfortunately, the map had insufficient detail to say where exactly near Ejder. Before putting her hand on the Black Adamantine door, Leah checked the group's statistics.

Atherleah - Leader

Level 113 (126084/215000) (+52%)

Annairë the Wize

Level 96 (89562/142000) (+42%)

Thad_Kickyourbuttson

Level 95 (69854/140000) (+28%)

Amelia_Quickfoot

Level95 (25896/140000) (+28%)

Zachary_Bonehelm

Level 95 (60623/140000) (+28%)

Jim_Firedrake

Level 94 (45265/138000) (+28%)

She noticed they had all improved by around ten levels since leaving the Dark Lord’s Dungeon. When she asked about it, they said that they had all completed their coin collection quests to be closer to her level.

Leah placed her hand on the door. This time, instead of the group fading away, the door opened, and they stepped through into the small settlement of Ejder. There was a total of six large buildings in the town. Four were huge longhouses which served as living quarters for the Barbarian clans living in the highlands. There were also an Inn and a general store. The store was more of a trading house for the various merchants that came and went. Most merchants would come to the pass and sell everything at the general store before buying things from the other side of the mountain range and returning the way they came. The Barbarians were able to make this work by trying not to be too greedy and keeping the profits to just 10%.

It was cold, and Leah suggested that before they have an ale, or whatever it was they wanted, that they find some warmer gear. When they entered the General Store, they were greeted by a large man, easily six inches taller than Thad. He was the storekeeper and helped them choose warm leggings, jackets and cloaks. They talked about the weather and what to expect in the mountains. Leah suggested that they might try their hand at prospecting, but the man just laughed and said nothing was ever found in the mountains; except snow, pelts, goblins and death.

“So where are the goblins? It might be sensible to steer clear of them.” Leah said.

“Well, Ejder here is the only point in the Omurga Mountains where you can get a cart or horse through. To tell you the truth I’ve never heard of a man, elf or dwarf making it on foot elsewhere either. Now to our east is Mount Dusen and it’s there that the ghost goblins live. They're called that not because they're real ghosts but because they shun any contact, and kill anyone who does manage to stumble on them. To the west is Mount Ucan, this is where the Dark Goblins live, Dark because they seek out travellers and merchants to kill and to steal from. So either way is death, but if you want the smallest chance, then I’d take the Dark Goblins. If you want better information, I’d try the tavern. Hunters in there often try the mountain slopes on both sides.”

After thanking the trader, they headed to the Inn. Three things were immediately obvious: they were the only travellers, Thad was the sixth shortest person in the room, and there was an oversupply of men in the tavern. As Thad pushed his way to the bar, he could hear numerous ribald comments aimed at the three girls. A few comments were aimed at Zack, he was the shortest person they’d ever seen, but most were aimed at Leah, Amy and Wisp. When he got to the bar, he found himself standing next to a huge barbarian, easily a head taller than he. The Barbarian turned to Thad and said, “If I were you I’d take your women outside before they get hurt, especially the elf lass.” Thad burst out laughing and said, “Hurt, anyone stupid enough to try and hurt her will most likely be dead or unconscious before you can drain a tankard.”

“Well, it looks like I’ll get the chance to test your words. Bartender, two beers.”

A huge Barbarian who’d had too much to drink was walking up to Leah and was about to grab her when Thad’s neighbour called out. “Hold on Morris; I’ve a bet with this lad that if you grab her you’ll be dead or unconscious before I can finish a beer, wait till my beer arrives.”

Leah called out, “How much is the wager?”

“No money yet, just honour. But if you’d like to lose some coin, I’ll match it.”

“What’s your limit?”

“Well, I reckon I’d wager everything I’ve got, let’s see, forty-two Silver.”

Leah said, “Done. Who’ll hold the money?”

“Barkeep holds the money.”

Leah yelled, “Anyone else want in on this?”

There was a rush of people to the bar, and it was several minutes before the tally came in at fifteen Gold, forty-three Silver and forty-nine Copper. The barkeep had handed out over twenty-five tankards of beer and people were standing in a huge circle ready to quaff the drink as fast as they could. Finally, Thad’s neighbour said, “All right Morris, carry on.”

Morris swung his right arm at Leah who dodged left and hooking her arm around his right grabbed his shoulder and swung her self onto his back where her left hand came around and hammered the butt of her knife into his temple. As she stepped back off him, he dropped to the floor face first, unconscious. Leah then walked on his back over to the barkeep. She put her hand out, and he dropped the bag into it.

She said, “We are travellers and need to know more about this region, the mountains, and the goblins. Anyone who wants their money back just come over to our table and tell your story. I’ll even throw in a tankard of beer for your information.”

For the next hour, they were regaled with stories of hunting, goblins and fighting. Slowly they built up a picture of the area. The barbarian who had warned Thad, was named Buyuk, and he had sat and listened to everything. He was the last one to speak of his experiences.

“I’ve nothing much to add. Most of what's been shared is accurate, once you remove the exaggerations. I’m probably the most experienced hunter and tracker around here, I don’t go as far as the others, but I’m a little more patient. The goblins near Dusen, are careful, but they occasionally do leave tracks, and they all head toward the summit along this ridge.” He ran his finger alongside the map Leah was drawing. “I’m also fairly certain the Dark ones have a home near the peak of Ucan. They seem to head to the north side before going up. We’ve lost a few over the years to raids by those Goblins so if you do head to Ucan, some of us might even be persuaded to go with you.”

He then turned to Thad and said, “So have you made up your mind yet which way you’ll head.”

Thad replied, “I’m not the leader, we sort of share ideas before deciding. Stay and listen if you want. Now James, Dusen or Ucan?”

“Ucan”

“Wisp?”

“Ucan”

“Amy?”

“Ucan”

“Zack?”

“Ucan”

“I also think Ucan, how about you Atherleah?”

“Dusen”

“So,” said Thad, “There you have it, all decided.”

Buyuk nodded, “So, Ucan! I think some will come with you.”

Thad said, “Sorry you misunderstand. We’re headed to Dusen. Atherleah is usually right. Where she goes, we follow.”

Buyuk turned and looked at Leah, “So, why Dusen?”

“We’ve two tasks here in Ejder, and I’m sure we’ll head to both places eventually. The goblins on Ucan seem violent, and they kill wantonly. The ones on Dusen just want to be left alone. Our first task is probably with those who want to be left alone. Also, the map shows Dusen has an almost circular ridge line, and our first task requires that type of geography. Would you be interested in guiding us toward Dusen? Not all the way, you can turn back when you want, but we’ll be faster if you lead us at the start. I think we’ll head toward this steep valley, as there have been few sightings of goblins seen in that area.”

After some more discussion and haggling, Buyuk agreed to lead them to the base of the valley Leah had pointed to. He needed thirty minutes to get ready, so the group sat and discussed everyone's reactions and thoughts while they waited for him. Leah sent Zack to the trader for ten coils of rope and some more climbing gear. The hike was about four hours, and they had to deal with several creatures, but with the seven of them, this was fairly straightforward. The first creature to attack them was a Level 98 Spiny-Maned Boar. At its shoulders, it was as high as Zack. They could hear it coming down the trail toward them, and Thad stepped forward and equipped a huge spear he had taken from the trolls. Zack stepped to his left side while Leah and Amy moved to either side and equipped their bows, James and Wisp stepped behind and prepared to help or heal. Buyuk just stepped back out of the way as he wanted nothing to do with the massive beast.

As it came around the corner, it saw Zack and Thad; both began taunting the boar, tapping their arms and yelling. In a rage, it began to charge. Zack stepped back, and Thad grounded the spear and prepared to lower it. Just before it got to Thad, it was shot on either side by arrows, one of which pierced its heart. Thad lowered the spear, and it penetrated the huge beast, also spearing into the heart. Leah stepped forward and looked at the massive beast. She called to Buyuk, “When travellers kill an animal we sometimes only use part of the beast. If we left this here would you be able to use most of it in the settlement?”

“If we tie it high in the tree, then my family and I will come and retrieve it this evening. Let me quickly dress it and then we will wrap it in a canvas I bring hunting. Then we can tie it in the tree. This will feed us for many days.”

Even though it took longer, Leah had been slightly disturbed by the waste of valuable resources. She had killed chickens and goats before and was pleased to see the process was similar. Soon they were on their way again. They did something similar for the next boar, but after that, they were too far from the settlement to realistically have the people come and retrieve the three carcasses in the one day.

Finally, they came to the base of an immense rocky cliff. As they looked up, they could just make out the curve of the peak almost 700 metres above them. In front of them was a crack in the rock face which went more than two-thirds of the way to the peak. The fracture was only a metre thick at the base. It went deep into the rock face, but within ten metres it was thirty centimetres wide. Everyone was concerned at what might live in the crack. Several of the barbarians in the tavern had mentioned the geological feature as being unusual; this is what had drawn Leah to it.

The friends said farewell to Buyuk and Leah began the climb taking the coils of hundred metre rope with her. When she reached what she thought was 100 metres she stopped and placed her feet on one side and pressing her back against the other, she slowly uncoiled the rope and let it out. She too high by five or six metres so she slowly lowered herself down and after hammering in several pitons tied the rope off. She began the next stage of the climb. It was perhaps halfway up the third climb when she heard a screeching noise come from inside the crack. She quickly resumed a position where she could hold herself up using her legs. She cast echo and could see the shadow of a creature moving toward her from inside the crack. Using her ring, she told the group below to watch for creatures and to be prepared for something falling towards them.

When the creature was about five metres from her, she could make it out as a Level 115 Leopard Gecko. It had spots like a Leopard but with scales for skin. The feet ended in Gecko type hands, but each finger had retractable claws like the leopard. The face was that of a lizard but when it opened its mouth the teeth were sharp and long like the predator cat. Leah cast Rain of Fire, but the flames swept over the skin and left it unharmed. It opened its mouth and made what would be described as a cross between a roar and a dog barking. From deep in the cave, there were several answering calls. Leah needed to end this soon.

She equipped her bow and the next time it opened its mouth she fired directly into the mouth. The arrow struck something for the Gecko let out an unusual screech and began moving its head back and forth trying to rid itself of the arrow stuck in its gullet. When it couldn’t, it turned toward Leah and scurried directly at her. She equipped Merdiven, and as the Gecko came within striking distance, she equipped the Spider Hands and hung there with one hand while the other swung the staff in a full circle, bringing the Morningstar down on the gecko’s head. This killed it, and it fell straight down the crack. It just missed both Amy and Thad who were climbing the ropes and landed with a thump next to Wisp on the ground.

Leah warned everyone what to expect, but no more Geckos appeared. Finally, after climbing 500 metres, Leah moved out of the crack and began to search for anything that might be visible in her mining sight. Almost ten metres above the end of the fissure she found a small area in the shape of a doorway, outlined in green. She quickly hammered two pitons into some small cracks and stood on them as she began to mine.  By the time all the others had gathered at the top of the crack, she had excavated a small opening in the rock and could see the start of an internal staircase through the rock toward the summit. Her mining also produced several pieces of pure silver. After lowering some rope, the others were able to join her on the staircase. There was no light inside the rock, but with several small mana lights produced by James and Wisp, they made their way up the stairs.

The stairs ended in a blank wall which also glowed green when viewed with mining sight. After checking the time they decided to log out and break through the wall after two hours rest.

In the two hours, Leah had breakfast and rang her mother to apologise for missing church and a day at home. She shared that she would most likely be home on Monday. She took a sword lesson and worked with Gèng on some more details around the tower.

Wisp had a small light ready when they all appeared back in Dunyanin. Zack and Thad worked to break through the rock, again receiving some silver. Finally, the doorway crumpled away, and they found themselves at the top of Mount Dusen. What they had forgotten though was that it was midnight in Dunyanin. Fortunately, there was a bright moon, and after spelling those without night vision, they all moved out and onto the rim of a large crater. From their position at the top of Dusen, they could see it was the first of three such craters, all in a line; like stepping stones. This, the first, was the highest and it was dark and empty in the moonlight. It looked to be almost two kilometres across. On the other side, there was a break in the crater wall through which they could see a part of the second crater, it was spotted with small lights that looked like campfires. Of the third crater, they could only make out a part of the far ridge, for all, they knew there were more craters further on.

They had two choices. They could descend into the crater, or they could make their way around the ridge. After some discussion, they deferred to Leah who wanted to see if there was a way to an unclaimed mine somewhere in the crater. The crater wall was very steep and had a lot of scree. It took them almost an hour to find their way carefully down the slope. As they descended, the temperature rose, and when they were near the crater floor, it was hot enough to remove their cold weather gear. As soon as everyone stepped onto the floor of the crater Leah received a message:

Level 4 Named Personal Achievement

Find an Adamantine Deposit/Mine - First 10 (Ruby)

Reward 1: 1000 Experience Points x Player Level = 171760 (+52%) (215000/215000) (92844/220000)

Reward 2: 1 Platinum x #L4 NPA (Ruby) = 1 Platinum

Reward 3: +3 % to Experience Points

Reward 4: 1000 Fame Points (36600 FP)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

Atherleah, this deposit/mine has not been claimed.

As the leader of this group do you wish to claim this mine for Clan Guàn?

[Y] [N]

Leah shared the last message and then checked [Y].

Atherleah, you have claimed the Adamantine Deposit/Mine for Clan Guàn.

The position of the mine has been marked on your map. You have thirty days in which no-one outside your clan may contest this claim or mine in this location. After this amnesty, you should be prepared to defend your claim.

Be advised; there are significant threats from local fauna in the area of the Adamantine Deposit, care should be taken.

We hope you enjoy the experience.

As soon as Leah showed everyone the last message, they all began to search the ground and skies for threats. Leah scanned the skies with her echolocation, but they were empty. Slowly, and with care, they began to work their way across the crater floor. Amy walked ahead of the group, and found the threat. She was mid-step when the ground beneath her moved, and her leg seized in the mouth of an enormous snake, its fangs penetrating clear through her thigh. As she began to convulse it was only the quick thinking of James who cast a healing spell and grabbed a restore HP potion, pouring it down her throat that saved her life. Leah’s sword arrived just before Thad’s, but neither blow had any effect on the snake. It released Amy and reared to a height of three metres and struck out at Leah. She was calm, and her new Ki Speed helped her reaction time, the head just missed her, she reached out as it went past and touched it with her hand and cast Freeze. Zack and James dragged Amy away as James continued to heal her as fast as he could cast. The Freeze spell certainly slowed the snake down, but it didn’t kill it, It reared again, and this time both Leah and Wisp fired arrows into the gap between its jaws. Leah’s arrow hit the lip, but Wisp’s went through the gap and exploded with a freezing spell. She had used one of the freezing arrows from the anthill.

The snake moved even slower, and Leah was able to move beside it and cast Freeze again. Finally, the snake stopped moving.

ADAMANTINE MAMBA (Level 130) 712/16900HP (6500EP)

Leah tried to harvest it but couldn’t. It was still alive. Thad tried to cut the skin but was unable to. Finally, Leah pried open an eyelid and thrust her knife deep into the skull. Finally, she was able to harvest it.

You have harvested:

1 Adamantine Mamba Skin*

1 Adamantine Mamba Heart

2 Adamantine Mamba Fangs**

4 Vials of Adamantine Mamba Venom***

* Note: This skin has been infused over time with Adamantine and requires a Smith Grandmaster to work it.

** Note: The fangs has been infused over time with Adamantine and requires a Weapon Smith Grandmaster to work them.

*** Note: A highly prized ingredient and highly prized by both healers and assassins.

Amy required two more restore potions before she was able to shake off the devastating debuff. After she healed, Leah took a troll spear out of her bag and handed it to Amy saying, “We need to test the ground before we step on another one of those things.”

It was just as well she did for a kilometre later when Amy thrust it forward the ground shifted and another Mamba struck out at the stick. Both Wisp and Leah already had arrows knocked and as the snake reared they shot. This time Leah’s arrow went into the mouth, and Wisp’s exploded over the snout. Neither one slowed the snake's reactions by much, but they knew its weakness, and it was soon dead, Leah counted the number of Luck potions she had left and took one before harvesting the Level 152 Mamba.

You have harvested:

1 Adamantine Mamba Skin*

1 Adamantine Mamba Heart

2 Adamantine Mamba Fangs**

1 Adamantine Mamba Skeleton**

4 Vials of Adamantine Mamba Venom**

* Note: This skin has been infused over time with Adamantine and requires a Smith Grandmaster to work it.

** Note: The fangs and skeleton have been infused over time with Adamantine and require a Weapon Smith Grandmaster to work them.

*** Note: A highly prized ingredient and highly prized by healers and assassins.

This was the last attack before reaching the other side. It had taken them two hours to cross the two kilometres. Climbing the crater was just as dangerous as descending, although the break in the wall meant less distance to climb. When they crested the crater wall, they could see what had stopped the goblins crossing between craters. There was a large crevasse between the two craters, it was over twenty metres wide and easily several hundred metres deep. They searched the top looking for somewhere to mine or something that might let them cross easily. Though they couldn’t see anything Leah could sense several shadows moving around the base of the crevasse, some of the shadows seemed to be flying in the space between the two walls.

After overruling all objections, Leah decided to go up and down by herself. She used the spider gloves and the ring of concealment. When she got closer, she saw a nest of Fire Wyvern with the weakest registering as Level 210. Quickly, but quietly, Leah made her way back up to her friends. There was no way to cross over past the Wyvern.

As she rejoined them, it was almost six in the morning, and the sky was beginning to lighten. As the sun rose, it was directly behind the destination crater. When it peeked over the lip of the crater, they saw a small notch on the top of the crater wall, over forty metres away. If they could get a piton or a metal arrow to become snagged in the notch, then they could make a rope bridge to the other side. All three archers tied a piton, with a rope attached, to one of their arrows and then one after the other shot their arrows. Amy shot first, and her arrow fell short, she failed to make appropriate allowances for the weight of the piton and the rope. Before she had finished pulling the rope back up, the arrow disappeared and arrived in her quiver. This was a good sign as it meant that the piton might somehow catch in the small gap. Both Wisp and Leah made the distance, but neither landed in the gap. It was on the tenth shot that Wisp’s arrow flew directly over the notch and the rope dropped into it. They waited until her arrow returned and then carefully pulled the rope back. The piton caught on something but when they increased the tension it slipped, but before it travelled too far it caught again. This time, as they increased the tension, the rope held. Thad and Zack pulled it tight and tied it around a small rocky protrusion on their side.

Amy tied a rope around her waist and upper thighs in what looked like a climbing harness and looped it over the rope bridge. She connected the harness to the two ends of a rope which they had threaded through a piton, carefully driven into a small gap in the rocks. Leah and Wisp slowly let out this rope as Amy crossed over the chasm, this was not only as a safety precaution, but they wanted to be able to retrieve both ropes and not leave a way for the Goblins to cross the Chasm. When Amy arrived on the far side, she secured the second rope by tying it to a piton which she’d hammered into a crack in the rock and secured the other end around a large rocky outcrop.  Soon the whole group had crossed and retrieved both ropes. They had left a piton on the other side, but that was it.

By now the sun had risen, and they had a clear view into the second crater. Inside they could see five large pits that were being dug in the crater. Each of these was over fifteen metres in diameter, but from the crater ridge, they couldn’t see how deep they went. The soil and rock that had been excavated was piled beside each hole. They could see where previous holes had been filled in.

Slowly they slipped over the edge, and with much care, they reached the floor of the crater without being seen. As they stepped onto the floor a message appeared:

Level 4 Dungeon Achievement: First  1 (3, Diamond)

Atherleah (Level 114), you have discovered a hidden Level 4 Area:

Goblin Mirror Mine of Ejder

You are the first player to access this area. This is your third, 'First 1 (Diamond)’ achievement.

Reward 1:  5000 x 114 =  883500 (+55%) Experience Points (220000/220000)…(66344/240000)

Reward 2: + 3% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 3 x 10 Platinum = 30 Platinum

Reward 4: Increased probability of valuable drop. Luck is increased by 7.5 whenever you are in this Mine. During your first time in the Mine, the probability of all drops is increased to 0.5.

Fame: 1000 Fame Points (37600)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

This was followed by.

To succeed in this challenge, you must successfully mine:

5 Pieces of Adamantine

One (1) each of the following gems: Jadeite, Orichalconite, Painite, Mythralite, Red Beryl

Adamantine is a metal found exclusively from the remains of meteors that have come to Dunyanin. It is understood that this metal is formed in the depths of a star and ejected at times of great solar activity. High on this mountain, one such meteor crashed millennia ago. On entry into the atmosphere, the meteor broke into several pieces and further broke on impact. Two of the larger pieces landed on Mount Dusen while the third penetrated deep into Mount Ucan. When each piece of the Meteor hit Mount Ducan it shattered into hundreds or thousands of pieces which have been buried in the crater. A local snake called the Black Mamba was attracted to the heat of the fallen pieces, and over time these snakes have absorbed some of the energy stored within each piece of Adamantine. At the same time, the snakes have grown to an unusual size. The energy also causes gems to be deposited in the heart of the great snakes.

The Ghost Goblins of Ejder wait for a snake to strike and then dig in that location to find the Adamantine. Each snake has been found to rest on the piece of Adamantine which caused the change in their physiology. Often the goblins lose many workers for they have difficulty killing the snakes which are often curled around the piece of Adamantine. Instead, the Goblins try and drive the snake away to find another piece.

The longer a snake has lived near a piece of Adamantine the more gems are deposited in the heart.

A Level 120 Adamantine Mamba has a Jadeite gem deposited in the heart.

A Level 140 Adamantine Mamba also has a Orichalconite gem.

A Level 160 Adamantine Mamba also has a Painite gem.

A Level 180 Adamantine Mamba also has a Mythralite gem.

A Level 200 Adamantine Mamba also has a Red Beryl gem.

After they had finished reading Amy said, “Five snakes. We have to kill a Level 200 bloody snake.”

Leah took out the hearts they had collected, and cutting them open; they found one gem in the Level 130 heart a Jadeite gem. In the Level 152 heart, there was one Jadeite gem and one Orichalconite gem.

It was clear, from what the people in Ejder had said, that the goblins here were either very good fighters or very sneaky. Leah sent Amy and Wisp out to survey the two closest digs. After almost twenty minutes Amy returned and said that the pit was almost fifteen metres deep and she could see the tip of the snakes tail and it was a Level 133. Wisp returned and said that the pit she had looked at was almost forty metres deep and that the snake was Level 172. She said that the goblins took turns in blasting the rock and the digging it out and that she had seen the snake strike out and bite a goblin before dragging it back into its hole.

Leah then sent them out again to reconnoitre the other three pits. After looking in each pit, they discovered the five snakes were Level 133, Level 145, Level 171, Level 186 and a huge Level 214 Mamba. They wanted to do this in order, so they slowly made their way to the edge of the pit with the Level 110 Adamantine Mamba in it. Peering into the pit, they saw over twenty goblins working to clear the rock from around the snake. Leah checked the time, and it was almost eight. She beckoned everyone and said they were heading back to the edge of the crater.

“Look, I re-checked the Odyssey, and we aren't required to kill the goblins. These guys are just hard-working miners. I believe they'll try and kill us if they see us but I imagine they camp a distance away from the pit at night for fear of the snakes. I suggest we log out and come back in twelve hours. It'll be dark by then, and the pits will be empty of goblins. I imagine from our experience last night that night is when the snakes move from their holes to hunt. Now, I'm not sure what they hunt, but I would rather face a snake above ground than in a pit. Once the snakes are dead we grab the Adamantine or mine the rock it is in.”

Everyone was in favour of the suggestion, and they logged out for a four-hour break.

Leah had lunch then an hour of deep-sleep before attending all four classes at the Community College. She was rushing, but she wanted to get ahead in case she was away all day on Monday. After a snack, she logged back into Dunyanin.

Leah had been right; the goblins had moved to the edge of the crater for the night. They could be seen walking around their campfires. The friends headed to the pit with the Level 133 Mamba. Leah used her echo as they got closer but couldn't sense the snake. Amy, Thad and Zack all had spears and were testing the ground in front of them. It was Thad who disturbed the snake this time, but Leah and Wisp were ready, and both hit the snake as it reared. After killing the snake and harvesting it with a luck potion, they moved into the pit. Without the snake there, they were able to slither through its tunnel to a cavern under the rock. Here they found a piece of the meteor. Only Leah had achieved the rank of Grandmaster in mining, so she was the one to hammer away at the rock. While she worked, the others searched the tunnel for any hidden caches and did find a chest with some copper coins. Finally, Leah freed the piece of Adamantine, it was several cubic meters in size. The meteor also dropped what they identified as a star crystal; it was used by enchanters and mages to store mana.

The whole exercise had taken just over an hour. The next two snakes went just as smoothly, and even though they got little in the way of experience, they were glad not to have to kill the goblins, even if they were stealing the Goblins' Adamantine. The fourth snake was not lying outside the pit nor in it. Leah snuck down into the pit and began mining the meteor until she received a frantic call that the snake could be seen returning. She just made it out in time to see James struck by the snakes tail as it writhed to get away from Wisp’s freeze arrow. Leah threw a healing spell at him and then saw the Mamba preparing to strike at Thad. She raced toward it but it was too quick, it caught him in the chest. She froze its head before it could detach its fangs from Thad, who had died instantly, and then with tears in her eyes she plunged a knife through its eye and into the brain.

Thad’s body burst into flame as the Phoenix potion took effect. When he had fully re-materialised, Leah threw herself at him and gave him a huge hug and held him tight, still crying. Slowly she regained control and then looking up at him said, “I know it's a game, but don't ever scare me like that again.” As she walked off to finish mining the Adamantine, Thad stood there with a huge grin on his face.

By the time she had recovered the Adamantine, she had also regained her equanimity. They moved to the pit which held the massive Level 214 Mamba. The snake was waiting at the top of the pit and seemed to be expecting them. It was at least fifty metres long, and the distance between its eyes was over a meter. When it raised its head to look down at them, it was from a height of ten metres. As it prepared to strike it opened its mouth, and Annie’s arrow exploded against the lower jaw, but the snake merely shook its head. If it had slowed down, it wasn’t by much. Leah’s arrow had penetrated the palate which only served to make the snake mad. It was swaying as if deciding to attack Leah or Wisp, Leah made up its mind for it by suddenly casting Chain Lightning. It shrugged the spell aside but struck fast toward Leah. She was ready and stepped aside grabbing the jaw as it went over her head and holding tight, she cast Freeze using dual wield just as she had when she had cast the lightning. All her MP and KP were used in the single spell; it froze the snake for a distance of six metres. She dropped to the ground completely drained.

After she had recovered her strength, she took a Luck potion and harvested the snake and then made her way into the burrow to find the piece of meteor. This piece was twice as large as the others but what shocked her were the six snake eggs that lay in a nest beside the meteor.

ADAMANTINE MAMBA EGG

They had no level and no EP; she shared what she had found and while she mined the meteor the rest either searched for a chest of loot or researched what to do with the eggs. The forums said that certain large reptiles if trained from an egg, made excellent mounts. People who wanted such mounts paid as much as 2-3 Diamonds for an egg. Leah quickly placed all six in a mining bag along with the Adamantine and the star crystal. Altogether they had recovered five pieces of Adamantine and coins in every denomination stamped with the image of a Mamba. As a door appeared before them so did the message:

Level 4 Dungeon Achievement: First  1 (4, Diamond)

Atherleah (Level 117), you have completed a hidden Level 4 Area:

Goblin Mirror Mine of Ejder

You are the first player to complete this area. This is your fourth, 'First 1 (Diamond)’ achievement.

Reward 1:  5000 x 118 =  932200 (+58%) Experience Points (240000/240000)…(66955/260000)

Reward 2: + 3% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 4 x 10 Platinum = 40 Platinum

Fame: 1000 Fame Points (38600)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

After checking everyone was ready Leah placed her hand on the portal and they were all transported back to the eight-sided room. Everyone was ready to have a break before continuing, and they agreed for a short two-hour recess before hopefully finishing the Odyssey.

After a long shower and an early dinner, Leah spent an hour with the Master of Blades, an hour with Lady Fletch, and an hour meditating in the Tower garden. At ten in the morning, Dunyanin-time, she arrived for what she hoped was the last time in the Octagonal Room. She enjoyed the challenges, but the pace was wearing her down. As soon as everyone arrived, they turned to the final door which was black with scarlet runes, instead of one hand-print, this time there was six. Everyone blinked and looked at each other inquisitively before they each received a message.

Atherleah, you and your companions are have almost completed the journey through the Goblin Mines and Dungeons.

Just as the mine at Ejder is different, so is the Dungeon. This dungeon must be completed as an individual. Only those who survive will achieve the recognition (Completion of the Journey ‘Goblin Mines and Dungeons’).

A reminder, each player has one life. When a person dies, they will be returned to their position before entering the Odyssey. Anyone who finishes the Odyssey will be relocated to the town of Ejder.

Each player will be transported to the start of an individualised instance that accommodates their particular character development and starting level. Experience gained will be as individuals not as a group*. This dungeon is a Story Dungeon, and depending on the choices you make, there are over twenty-five possible paths and endings.

This dungeon is timed: You have eight hours from the time of entry.

*Note: Your communication rings will be disabled in this instance.

Welcome to the Death Cave of Lord Y’sam Ejderhasi.

When you are ready to start, place your hand on the correct place on door 8.

Leah stepped back from the door and sat down. The others soon joined her.

“This is a bit of a shock, but I’m sure we all love a bit of a challenge. I suggest we check our inventories and make sure we all have a fair share of potions, weapons, etc.”

It took them almost twenty minutes to redistribute everything and then they moved to the door and looked carefully at the handprints. Each had one of the player’s names etched in the centre. They looked around the room and made sure they had removed everything, Leah had already unloaded the loot into a large room which Gèng was arranging ready for everyone to apportion it out when they visited after this level was finished.

Leah stepped forward and placed her hand on the print with her name. As she vanished, the others did the same. Leah appeared at the summit of Mount Ucan. She turned around and saw Mount Dusen in the distance and the small town of Ejder far below in the mountain pass. From her starting point, the only way down was a narrow ledge which headed west and then what looked like a sharp descent to the main body of the mountain. Behind her was a sheer drop of 800 metres to the valley below. Looking west, Leah could see an immense scar on the side the mountain where she imagined a part of the meteor must have landed, breaking off rocks and digging a furrow before slamming into a large rocky outcrop further down the mountain. She had Merdiven in one hand and her mining pick in the other, and as she walked, she continually checked for anything that might be mineable.

It was almost forty-five minutes later when she reached the place where the earth had been gouged out.  She began to doubt that it was a meteor. She looked back toward the summit and it was clear that the angle was too shallow; if it were a meteor, it would have either slammed into the peak of Dusen, or it would have impacted here causing a massive crater. Over time, various plants and grasses had covered the surface of the gouge, but Leah could still see broken rocks and piles of debris that had been thrown to either side as, whatever it was, had crashed into the mountaintop.

Leah was preparing to head into the furrow when she heard a mighty roar followed by several high pitched squeals and screams. Without thought, she ran in the direction the sounds came from. Moments later, she entered a glade where a monstrous four-legged beast was ripping into the broken bodies of several goblins. It had the body of a great black panther, its rear end was covered with scales and ended in a tail resembling a smaller version of the Adamantine mamba. It had three heads, the centre was that of a panther, and it was feasting on the remains. On one side was a head that resembled a dragon, serpentine with two horns and a mouthful of sharp dagger teeth. The final head was from a huge wolf. While the central head feasted, the others were glaring at six goblin younglings, frozen in terror a few metres away with their backs against a rock.

GROUND CHIMERA (Level 125) 15625 HP 6250EP

There was nothing she could do for the dead goblins, but leaving children to the mercy of the beast was something she couldn’t do. The Chimera was not aware of her presence, so she equipped her bow and was preparing to fire when a snake’s head at the end of the tail whipped in her direction and hissed loudly. She made a hurried shot that travelled deep into the neck of the wolf’s head. All three heads swivelled to focus on her, the Chimera’s body turned in preparation to attack. Leah fired again and cast Rain of Fire. This stopped the Chimera which writhed as the falling flames fell upon it. Leah ignored the flames and moved in close, bringing the Morningstar down on the wolf's head. She received a few burns, but a quick Heal dealt with most of those. She stepped back and cast Disc of Death impaling the creature for a moment before it surged forward off the spikes, breaking the tangles. The wolf’s head was slumped over, dead, and the Chimera's health was just under 50%. Leah fired two arrows before diving forward and under the leaping Chimera. She rolled to her feet but had forgotten the snake which hissed and struck at her arm.

Her health began to drop as a poison debuff took hold. She equipped her sword and decapitated the tail. As the Chimera turned to attack, she drove the sword deep into its chest. It stumbled, but she was in bad shape, and her health was dropping rapidly. She staggered backwards reaching to swallow an HP restore potion, this gave the Chimera time to get its footing. They stood about three metres apart, Leah’s health was still falling, but the rate of decrease had slowed. The Chimera pounced. Leah cast Chain Lightning and dropped as the twitching animal flew over her head. Turning she used her sword to kill the Chimera. Leah had only 50HP left, but the poison debuff had ended. Slumping to the ground, her back against the dead creature, she stared at the six goblin younglings, who were staring at her.

“Are you all ok?” She asked in the goblin patter.

The younglings said nothing and just stared. She swallowed her last health restore potion, a stamina potion and stood. The six goblins began to cower against the rock. Just then, another Chimera roared in the distance, and the younglings rushed as one to Leah and huddled in close. She gently pushed them behind her and turned to face whatever might arrive. She equipped the bow and waited. She could hear the animal approaching, and she took a step away from the goblins telling them to stay low and huddle close to the dead Chimera. Another Chimera stepped into the glade, this one was slightly bigger, huge wings like an eagle were folded along its flanks, and it had a lion’s head, a snake-head and a different shaped dragon’s head. This one was deep red, and small trails of smoke came from the nostrils. The tail was similar to that of the scorpion she met on her first day in Dunyanin.

AIR CHIMERA (Level 130) 16900 HP 6500 EP

Without waiting for the Chimera to attack she fired and her arrow pierced the eye of the snake and the Chimera’s health dropped to 70%. Leah cast Chain Lightning, and as it arced across the Chimera's body she cast Disc of Death, then Rain of Fire. She stepped close and fired an arrow into each of the twitching heads. Suddenly the younglings screamed, she turned expecting another attack but instead she saw them darting away from the first Chimera. Moving closer, she saw the belly of the creature move. She realised that the Chimera had been a female and was pregnant. Its unborn baby was in distress. Using her knife, she slit open the belly, and a small sac about the size of a basketball fell out. She stepped closer and used the knife tip to break the thick membrane; revealing a baby Chimera. Leah had just killed both its parents. Its central head was that of a black panther, on each side was a draconian type head, one like the mother and one the deep red from the father. Its tail was curled tight but resembled a scorpion; small wings fit snugly against its flanks. All three heads turned and looked at Leah. As it did she felt a tingle down her spine, and a message appeared:

Atherleah, a beast of Dunyanin has become attached to you. Chimera have the characteristics of many animals. Like many birds Chimera young often imprint on the first living thing that they see. This newborn Chimera cub has Imprinted on you.

Chimera can be trained to hunt and may be used as mounts. Chimera are fiercely loyal and will fight for those who are a part of their pride.

Will you accept this Chimera into your care as a pet, and a possible mount? You will be required to feed it (Mainly meat and at times Mana). As a pet you can bring it with you into other worlds, it can also be transformed for a time into a statue so that you can keep it hidden in your bag. Players are permitted a total of three pets within Dunyanin. These pets are a part of Dunyanin but will resurrect if killed after 48 hours should their owner so wish it. If you will accept this Air Chimera as your pet, then give her a name and pick her up: If not, then walk away.

Leah turned to the Chimera which was struggling to its feet and trying to spread its wings. She reached for it and said, “I’m sorry for your parents, but they were attacking kids. I give you the name Mĕi, which means beautiful.”

Picking Mĕi up, she had Gèng search the forums for what to feed the creature. Gèng responded that only seven people had ever been recorded as having Chimera as pets and the only information was that they ate meat, of any sort, from birth. She turned to the goblins who were all chattering excitedly. She said, “Are you all ok? Is anyone hurt?”

They quickly assured her they were ok and then one of the smallest said, “Can we see the baby?”

Leah brought Mĕi down to their level, and soon all were huddled around Leah and looking at the small creature which was gnawing at Leah’s hand with all three jaws. Leah said, “Look we need to get you all home. Where do you live?”

Again it was the smallest who answered, “We live in the village, we were out walking with our teachers, they were showing us how to gather herbs. Can you take us home?”

“I will take you close, but you need to help me when we get there otherwise your village might try and kill me. Will you try and stop them?”

The kids nodded and so Leah, after harvesting the two adult Chimeras, followed the directions and brought them to the goblin village. The village turned out to be the headquarters of the goblin raiders. As they got close, Leah sent one of the oldest kids ahead to explain what happened, she and the others continued to move slowly toward the village. When they arrived, there was a large contingent of Goblin warriors standing at the gates. Leah stayed back while the younglings rushed forward. One of the warriors came forward and said, “Our younglings say you saved them from two Chimera. What happened to the teachers who were with them?”

“I only got there after the first attack. I’m sorry, but the adults were already dead.”

“We thank you for our younglings’ lives, but many are afraid you will tell others of our home if we let you go.”

“I’ve been in the barbarian town, and they already know where you live, they simply lack the forces to attack you. All they want is that you stop killing their people and stealing their goods.”

“Humph, they say that we steal but what of our home? The land that they built their village on was ours, but they came and drove us away, is it wrong for us to punish them?”

“I don’t know the history, but have you ever lived anywhere except here, in your lifetime? If they left would you take over their homes? Do you need to steal and kill to survive? Can you blame them for what their ancestors did while you do the same thing to them? I can only see continual death for your people. This land is harsh, and it would be better to work together not separately.”

“So say our women, weak, and willing to forsake their honour.”

“No, they say this because they see their partners, fathers and children go and die. They say this not because they lack honour, but because they love their families. They have many solutions, but you have only one.”

“Humph, more foolish women talk. You may not enter, but we must pay our debt, what do you ask of us?”

“Tell me what do you know of Lord Y’sam Ejderhasi.”

“You seek the cave of death. We can honour our debt and have you die at the same time. Sit, and I will tell the story, then I will take you to the cave, and you will die.”

“Before the meteor fell, this land belonged to the great dragons, Y’sam Ejderhasi and his mate A’lev Sevgilisi. Several thousand years ago, Gunes, the giver of life to Dunyanin, the star, shot forth from his mighty fires a Star-stone with which to test the world. Y’sam and A’lev perceived the mighty rock from afar and rose to prevent the catastrophe. A’lev flew first, and with her mighty fires, she burst the rock asunder as it fell. Weary, she returned to their cave as Y’sam attacked with claw and wing. Most of the star-stone was broken and landed throughout the whole land, but three great pieces still fell. Two, Y’sam broke asunder before they landed on Mount Dusen. The last was heading to this Mountain, where Y’sam and A’lev had made their home. As his final act, Y’sam used his body to slow the rock, and though it killed him, it did not destroy the mountain, nor his love, but it did block the cave in which A’lev had gone to recuperate. She lives still, deep in the mountain, depleted of strength and surviving on creatures of the depths and any foolish enough to enter her lair. There is no way for her to escape, no way to regain her powers. The Star-stone still blocks the entrance and her mate’s broken and decayed body blocks her access to the stone. I will show you the way, but be warned, to enter the cave is to seek death with the Dragon Lord, by the claw of His Lady.”

The chieftain, the goblin who had come to talk with Leah, was convinced by his daughter, the youngest Goblin Leah had saved, to first give Leah some meat for Mĕi. After feeding Mĕi, they set off for the mouth of the cave. As they came to the outcrop of rock Leah had seen from the top of Mount Ucan she could see how a huge piece of the meteor had slammed into the rock face and then been buried as the top of the outcrop had broken off and tumbled down to bury it. The chieftain brought Leah around the side of the outcrop to a small cleft in the rock and pointed to a cave hidden within.

“This will you bring you to the cave of death, so called as all who enter are destroyed. Should you return to our village, we will attack you. Please know that though I thank you for my daughter’s life, yet I will lead the attack. Maybe you are right about our need to change, but I cannot look on humans and elves without hatred, it is not our way.”

“Then your way is wrong. I'm half-elf and half-human, everyone despises me, even you. If I were like you, your children would be dead, and eventually, so would you, as I led a group to stop your banditry. Change and acceptance are always better than bigotry and hatred.”

Shrugging, the chief hurried away. Leah, after some searching by Gèng, worked out how to transform Mĕi into a statue and she was put away in Leah’s bag. Leah took a deep breath and entered the cave. A few steps in and she saw a portal shining in front of her. Stepping through she received a message:

Level 5 Dungeon Achievement: First  1 (1, Painite)

Atherleah (Level 122), you have entered the dungeon:

The Death Cave of Lord Y’sam Ejderhasi

You are the first player to access this area. This is your first, 'First 1 (Painite)’ achievement.

Reward 1:  5000 x 122 =  982100 (+61%) Experience Points (260000/260000) … (31420/280000)

Reward 2: + 4% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 1 x 1 Diamond = 1 Diamond

Reward 4: Increased probability of valuable drop. Luck is increased by 7.5% whenever you are in this Dungeon. During your first time in the Dungeon, the probability of all drops is increased to 0.5.

Fame: 5000 Fame Points (43600)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

Moving through the cave, she came to place where it divided into two. One path lead towards what she assumed was the blockage of Lord Y’sam, and the other led downward to where she figured the dungeon would be. She stepped toward the downward path and had moved maybe ten metres when she stopped. She decided to pay a visit to the place where Lord Y’sam had died to save his family, and the surrounding area, from devastation.

The diversion wasn’t long, and within ten minutes she could see the remains of the great dragon. He must have been over one hundred metres in length. Leah could easily have stood within his mouth when it was open. His deep dark green scaled skin remained, though she could see great rents in it where it had been torn open as he fought to destroy the Starstone. His bones were all still there though his flesh had long since decayed. Behind his body, she could see the enormous meteor which plugged the cave mouth. One of his wings and two legs had been crushed in the impact. She didn’t look for anything but simply stared and then in a sign of respect she knelt and bowed her head until it touched the ground. She rose and turned to retrace her steps only to find herself metres away from a deep dark carmine coloured draconian face which was just as big, but alive.

LADY A’LEV SEVGILISI - FIRE DRAGON (Level 654) 2,797,262HP (327,000EP)

Leah had no hope of defeating the dragon, so she bowed from the waist and said, “Please pardon the intrusion, my Lady, I was paying my respect for your mate’s bravery and sacrifice.”

She waited. The dragon made her wait much longer than she had ever waited before. It was almost twenty minutes and then she heard a heard a voice, dark and dangerous, it crackled and blazed like a forest fire and yet was only heard as a whisper in her mind.

“What do you know of sacrifice? Yes, he saved us, but for what? He lives now in that next realm, where he flies again under a scorching sun and bathes in the rivers of life and roosts on the mountains of ice, he hunts the great leviathan and feasts on the sweetest of meats. But we remain, I never feel the sun, nor bathe my itching scales, nor roost with the wind blowing eddies along my spines, and I eat carrion or the foulest of creatures. What good is sacrifice, if this is our lot? Answer me that?”

Leah dropped to her knees and again performed a deep bow of respect, “Lady A’lev Sevgilisi, I am full of sorrow that my words caused offence. I did not mean to cheapen your pain, but only to honour his life and death. I have no answer except that of my mother who always tell me, ‘It is always right to choose to do good’. I honour his choice.”

Again the silence was long and in some ways, it slowly began to overpower Leah until it became almost deafening, yet she stayed still and waited.

“Why did you enter my domain?”

“I am on a quest, I seek the dungeon to master it. But I shall leave, if this causes you more pain, for I will not contribute to your sorrow and agony.”

“My dungeon! Yes, my dungeon! Over the millennia I have built caves and rooms and trapped monsters to keep adventurers out. If they succeed they will leave with some small token of my treasure, but they will leave us in peace to mourn and suffer.”

“Please forgive my impertinence, but you say us. Are you not alone?”

At this, the dragon opened her mouth and breathed liquid fire at Leah, incinerating her in an instant. Leah’s ashes drifted in the sudden silence as the dragon watched.

The Phoenix potion activated, and in a column of fire Leah was resurrected without loss of experience. Her armour, clothing and possessions, even her accomplishment of never dying was intact. She stood once more before the dragon but this time said, “Calm down lady, that hurt. It was a simple question; you want to be mad, fine be mad, you want to wallow in self-pity, fine, wallow. But get a grip on the whole 'destroying others bit'. I wonder if Lord Y’sam Ejderhasi would still want to be around you if your always slinging fire around. I know I’d pack my bags and leave.”

Leah then began to walk past the dragon who opened her mouth to immolate Leah again. Leah reached out a hand and grabbing the dragons upper lip swung onto her muzzle as the first flames burst through below her. She grabbed Merdiven and brought it down as hard as she could, between the dragon’s eyes and was fairly pleased to see an HP metre appear. It flickered and then disappeared as the dragon recovered from the shock. Leah bashed her again and said, “Lighten up, you big red lizard, you’re starting to make me angry.”

The muzzle jerked upwards rapidly, and Leah tumbled to the floor where she fell awkwardly and did some damage to her knees. She turned defiantly toward the dragon, expecting another death by fire but found the mouth slightly parted and although smoke was issuing forth it was in small puffs. The dragon was chuckling. Leah stood slowly, and then using Merdiven as a crutch said, “It’s not funny; that hurt.” She healed herself.

A’lev said, “You use the magic of life, you heal. This was my mate’s strength. He always sought to heal. My strength is the flame; my heart is always in turmoil. He would often seek to temper my flames with his stories of hope. He would be saddened by my actions today against you. The answer you seek is this; before the Starstone fell I laid a clutch of eggs. I cannot leave them here, and I cannot leave without them. My wings are broken and have healed distorted and disfigured. I could dig my way out, but I have no way of taking the eggs safely with me if I am above ground. I would be killed quickly. I cannot hatch them here, and I will not take them to a certain death.”

“My Lady A’lev, I did not mean to remind you of your grief. Is there nothing I might do to help?”

“Can you carry six eggs as large as yourself. I think not. Could you travel to the Dragonbone Islands and once there place the eggs in the great chamber to bring on their hatching? No! I thank you for your offer, but this is beyond you.”

“My lady, I am able to carry six eggs, and if you show me the path, I will take it.” Then remembering her conversation with the mage Jonathan, she lowered her voice and said with the same intonation that he had, “You have my word and oath.” And there was a flash of green light. A message appeared:

Atherleah, you have made a magically Binding Oath to take the eggs of Lord Y’sam Ejderhasi and his mate the Lady A’lev Sevgilisi to the Dragonbone Islands should she give them to you and mark the way.

Reward 1: Your reputation with A’lev Sevgilisi is increased from Neutral to Respect!

Reward 2: 50000 Experience Points (81420/280000)

Consequences of failure: Should you break this Oath you will lose reputation with all individuals, factions and races and your reputation with Drangonkind will become Eternal Enmity.

The dragon glared at Leah and then, finally, after almost ten minutes she said, “I accept your oath and would ask two favours. First, you must take my mate’s heart-stone with you. Second, you must kill me and take my heart-stone.”

Leah asked, “Don’t you want to live?”

“But I will, I will live with my mate in the glorious lands. Our heart-stones will be returned to our people, and our lives might have greater meaning as they learn from us throughout the centuries. Will you do this for me?”

“My first reaction is no, but I accede, I do not understand what happens after death and will bow to your wisdom. But, I honestly don’t think I could kill you.”

“I will aid you in this. Now, in my mate’s remains, you will find a large dark green crystal about the size of your head. Whatever else you wish from his remains you may take, but this must be returned to the Isles.”

Leah walked over and inside the massive beast. Near the centre of what had once been his torso, she found the heart-stone and with some difficulty carried it back to A’lev and carefully put it in her bag. After taking a luck potion, she then harvested the remains.

You have harvested:

1 Skeleton from a Dragon of Life*

1 Full set of scales from a Dragon of Life*

1 Book of draconic life spells**

* Note: These bones and scales belonged to a Dragon of life and have been infused over the millennia of its life with enormous amounts of mana. These are useful in potions for healing and in the making of weapons and armour. In addition, they have been infused by two millennia of close proximity to Adamantine. To work with these will require artisans of Grandmaster Status.

**Note: To use these you must learn the Dragon Tongue.

Leah followed A’lev as she wound her way deep into the earth. Both were silent as they travelled. After several hours, they reached an enormous cavern littered with treasures of every kind. A’lev turned to Leah and said, “One day, all this will be for my children, do you promise to take nothing un-given?”

“I do.”

A’lev led Leah to the centre of the cavern where there was a large nest made of ash and gold. A’lev breathed on the nest and heated the eggs. Leah could see six large eggs; three were a deep dark green and three were the same carmine as Lady A’lev. Off to one side was the seventh egg, maybe half the size and covered in a swirling pattern of red and green. After packing the six eggs, Leah turned to Lady A’lev and said, “My pardon, but what of the seventh egg.”

“It is a mixture; it has no value. Only the pure may live as dragons. It will fade and die.”

“Please forgive my impertinence, but even us mixtures have value. I have value. It has value. How might I help it live?”

“You may have it. It will hatch when bathed in elemental flame and called forth with the life magic of dragons.”

“Might you teach me Dragon Tongue so that I might learn this magic and so I might converse with Dragonkind on the Dragon Bone Islands?”

Lady A’lev turned and breathed on Leah who stumbled as a rush of magic brought her to her knees. Then A’lev said, “The life magic is advanced. Before you kill me, I will begin the process. Know this, it will be a small dragon, never growing to even two-thirds my length and it will grow slowly. After I start the hatching process for you, it will take several days or even weeks to hatch. Now to your other gifts. First, I give you this portion of my treasure for yourself.”

A chest appeared before Leah that was the size of a suitcase. She simply thanked A’lev. A’lev then said, “You have my mate’s scales. Please place some in this container until it is filled.” A metal bowl appeared before Leah that was probably four litres in volume. The amount of scales hardly made a dent in her supply. A’lev used a claw and scratched herself causing a multitude of her red scales to drop to the floor. Another bowl appeared, and A’lev directed Leah to fill this with the red scales. When this was done, A’lev turned to Leah and said, “Remove your clothing!” She then began to speak in Dragon Tongue, and although Leah could make out the words A’lev was speaking in riddles and spells and Leah struggled to make any sense of it. Suddenly the scales began to whirl in the bowls and then rising swirled together in a joint whirlpool. A’lev stopped speaking and blew fire on the scales so that they gleamed and shone with heat. Leah was standing in her underwear. A’lev resumed her chanting, and the scales began to spin, and then in a torrent, they covered Leah’s body. Before Leah could do anything, A’lev breathed her fire again. This time the fire washed over Leah and the scales joined together forming a magnificent set of armour. It was light and flexible, it felt as if she was wearing nothing. The primary colour was green, but there were etchings and edging in the red scales. The arms below the elbow were red as were the spines along the back and behind the legs. The armour included a helmet with spikes which swept back from the brow.

When A’lev finally stopped, she said, “This armour is too much for you at the moment. When you reach Level 400, you will be ready to wear it. Until then keep it safe. You will require its strength and power when you reach the Dragon Bone Isles.”

Leah unequipped the armour and dressed in the same armour she had bought in Carson’s Loop. She said, “I thank you for your gifts. I will use them wisely, I hope.”

“Good, now please end my life. I will remove my scales from above my heart. You must thrust sure and deep. Use that spear over there. You may keep the spear. Remember your oath. Take my heart-stone, and return both to our people.”

While Leah went to retrieve the spear, A’lev breathed on the multicoloured egg with a heat surpassing anything she had yet produced, she then chanted some words and touched the egg. Turning to Leah, she said, “It is done!”

She lay on her side and using one of her front legs she pulled the scales off a patch of skin just below her breastbone. “Thrust deep and true!” She said.

Leah walked close and said, “I hope you find peace.” She then thrust deep and straight, piercing A’lev’s heart. With a deep sigh, A’lev died. After a few moments and a luck potion, Leah harvested what remained of A’lev.

You have harvested:

The Heart Stone of  Lady A’lev Sevgilisi

1 Skeleton from a Dragon of Fire*

1 Full set of scales from a Dragon of Fire*

1 Book of draconic fire spells**

* Note: These bones and scales belonged to a Dragon of fire and have been infused over the millennia of its life with enormous amounts of mana. These are useful in many alchemical potions and in the making of weapons and armour. In addition, they have been infused by two millennia of proximity to Adamantine. To work with these will require artisans of Grandmaster Status and above.

**Note: To use these you must learn the Dragon Tongue.

Leah packed the smaller egg and the chest in her Mining Bag. As the doorway appeared she received a series of messages:

Level 5 Named Personal Achievement

Singlehandedly Kill a Dragon - First 10 (1, Diamond)

You have completed the Achievement Kill a Dragon Singlehandedly. You are one of the first 10 players to gain this achievement.

Reward 1: 5000 x 128 = 1056000 (+65%) Experience Points (290000/290000) … (226970/305000)

Reward 2: 10 Platinum x 1 = 10 Platinum

Reward 3: +3% to Experience Points

Reward 4: 500 Fame Points (44100 FP)

You have achieved the title: Dragon Slayer

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Level 5 Dungeon Achievement: First  1 (2, Painite)

Atherleah (Level 131), you have completed the dungeon:

The Death Cave of Lord Y’sam Ejderhasi

You are the first player to complete this area. This is your second, 'First 1 (Painite)’ achievement.

Reward 1:  5000 x 131 =  1100400 (+68%) Experience Points (305000/305000) … (77370/325000)

Reward 2: + 4% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 2 x 1 Diamond = 2 Diamond

Fame: 5000 Fame Points (49100)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

Leah was far less jubilant than usual as she placed her hand on the door and disappeared. She appeared in Ejder where another message appeared:

Odyssey Level Dungeon Achievement: First (2, Painite)

Atherleah (Level 135), you have completed a Hidden Odyssey:

The Goblin Mines and Dungeons

You are the first player to complete this Odyssey.

Reward 1:  10000 x 135 =  2322000 (+72%) Experience Points (325000/325000)…(19370/360000)

Reward 2: + 5% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 2 x 10 Diamond = 20 Diamond

Fame: 10000 Fame Points (59100)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

Leah said yes to retain her privacy.

Level 4 Named Personal Achievement

Quickest to Achieve 50000 Fame - First 1 (1, Diamond)

You have completed the Achievement Quickest to Achieve 50000 Fame. You have surpassed the previous fastest by a period of 43 Dunyanin Days.

Reward 1: 5000 x 142 = 1256700 (+77%) Experience Points (360000/360000) … (181070/375000)

Reward 2: 10 Platinum x #L4 NPA (Diamond) = 10 Platinum

Reward 3: +3% to Experience Points

Reward 4: 500 Fame Points (59600)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Atherleah, you achieved over 50,000 Fame points. You are now recognisable throughout the realm by NPC’s. Depending on their race and affiliation you will be treated with reverence or fear.

Leah made her way to the Inn where she booked a room for a week. She hoped her stay would be shorter, but in her current mood, she might not hurry back. Leah went to the tavern to wait until the full nine hours was up. When no one arrived, she realised that she was the only one to make it.

She sent a quick message to all the others that she was going to be taking Monday away from the pod to visit family. She suggested that they meet and discuss everything that happened on Tuesday at 8 am Brisbane Time, which would be midnight in Dunyanin. She sent them the IP for her virtual-world, logged out and headed into reality.

Diary - 26 November 2073

Sacrifice and Honour. Life and Death. What do the words mean? And what should I think of them?

Honour seems like a good thing to have but if honour makes you fight and kill is it really worth it? Does becoming what you hate really satisfy the pain of loss? For centuries the barbarians and Goblins have been at war. What must be done, so they see the futility of the actions? I know it’s just a storyline. I know its a game, but it’s so true. The sins of the father pass on to the children. I never really understood that before. Is it really foolishness and weakness to want to stop a cycle that has gone on for generations. Why do people think that someone who wants peace is weak?

Sacrifice is commendable. But at what price? I understand the dragon’s sacrifice as his family was saved, but I don’t understand the goblins continuing to mine when they face certain death without the promise of resurrection. I would fight differently and act differently if one death was the end. Is that why people of faith can be strong sometimes as they face certain death? But that same hope that drives great feats of self-sacrifice can also be used to drive people to kill others. Mum would say, ‘greater love has no one than this, that they lay down their life for their friends’. Sacrifice for love means something wonderful. Sacrifice for hatred is just an abomination. Can something be both?

Life is getting harder to define. Are the dragon and his Lady still alive on some server? Has their essence been infused into the heart crystal? Is Gèng alive? Is Mĕi? Why was easy to kill the snake but hard to think of leaving the younglings? Is it some genetical thing to protect the young but not flinch when fighting a battle? I know that I was prepared to end the Odyssey rather than kill the goblin younglings or Lady A’lev. Does the fact that the MOBs regenerate mean they don’t really die? I ask the questions because they help me think.

Being immolated in the fire was excruciating. Being stabbed, bit, poisoned, slashed and torn over the last week has given me a sense of pain but that was beyond the others. Yet somehow, the pain has faded. Does the knowledge of life after death take away the pain of dying? Lady A’lev looked forward to stepping through death to the next life. Will I? What is waiting?

CHAPTER FIVE

November 27,2073

Leah was devastated at having killed the dragon. She understood it was all a story; it wasn’t real. Still, she admired the noble creature and hated to be the instrument of her death. Leah went to the garden and sat meditating, seeking to accept what was, not dismissing her feelings but examining them and finding a way to be calm in their presence. When she felt she had achieved a measure of peace, she logged out and had a late dinner. It was ten at night, and she knew Jimmy would still be up, so she called him.

“Hi Jimmy, sorry to call so late but I am free now to come home. I’m in no rush, so you tell me what time suits your boys and that’s when I’ll exit the building.”

“Leah, don’t worry about the time, I was still up. Using system three, let’s aim for six am. We’ll bring you across on the bridge. I’ll send some more men to make sure the area is secure. You come out at six, you’ll be in my office by seven and home by eight.”

“That suits me fine. I’ll discuss my plans when I see you. Bye”

System three was a simple code telling her to take two hours off all times mentioned. Leah would need to be ready by four and probably take the boat across the river to home. Until then she had five hours to get everything in order. Leah decided to have two hours deep-sleep before heading home. Working backwards she would need to be in the pod at 1.30 to give her time to shower and get dressed. That gave her two and half hours.

Her courses were all done for the day, so she spent time helping Gèng and looking through her options at MIT. She now had enough money to pay for the whole degree. She had over fifty diamond which equated to 500,000 Virtual Credits. She decided to go ahead and pay for the first semester. The four subjects would cost her sixty-thousand virtual credits which was four diamond coins. She had Gèng transfer eight diamond coins to her account and then after choosing her first four subjects, she entered the MIT portal where she met the registrar; she enrolled in, and paid for, her chosen subjects.

All her courses were introductory courses and taught by AI. Two of them had no group work so she could begin these and study at her own pace. She had a maximum of twenty weeks to finish the material. The other two courses had a group component and she needed to find a four week period when she could fit into a set timetable. The next possible group time-slot was in seven days time. If she missed that she would need to wait five weeks. After reading all her material, she was still undecided on the timing, but she was ready for deep-sleep.

At four, dressed and armed, Leah walked out of the building to the main entrance. She stood inside until John and five others arrived. Stepping outside she said, “Thanks for coming to get me. Sorry it’s so early.”

“Don’t worry about it, we are all aware of what went down. There are several cars of suits nearby but so far the suits have stayed inside. We best be moving as I’m not sure they’ll stay that way when you move away from the building. Are you ok to run?”

“Absolutely, lead the way.”

John took off at a jog followed by Leah and the others. They had gone several hundred metres when John called, “They must have air cover, the cars are moving to intercept. We’re going to split up. Leah, you come with me. The rest of you know your positions, go.”

Two of the men split to the right, one stopped and the other two ran ahead. John slowed a little and pulled a gun from inside his jacket. He took off his backpack, reached inside and pulled out a vest. “Leah put this on, it’s only basic armour but it should stop whatever they have.”

After she had donned the jacket, they set off again. Whatever the decoys had done must have worked because John and Leah made it to the river without meeting anyone. When they got there, John said, “No boat, we’re swimming. You ok?”

“I think so, what about all my stuff?”

Without answering John pulled out a bag and handed it to Leah, he grabbed another and began putting his gear into it. Once Leah had placed all her knives, shoes and sticks in the bag John said, “Clothes too. Keep the underwear, the rest goes in the bag. I’ll drag the bags behind me.”

Soon they were both in their underwear and John tied both bags and attached them to a rope he tied around his waist. He said, “Watch out for sharks,” then he walked into the river and began to slowly swim across the river.

The comment about sharks wasn’t just a joke as Leah had seen sharks in the river before. Thankfully, they made it across without seeing any. As they left the water two more of Jimmy’s men were there with towels for John and Leah. After she dried off, she slipped back into her clothes. It was uncomfortable with wet undies but what could she do. Twenty minutes later she was ushered into Jimmy’s study.

Jimmy stood and then did something he had never done before, he came from behind the desk and gave her a hug and a kiss on each cheek. “Leah, you’ve done well. Now sit and tell me everything you can. I know there are some things you can’t but everything else I want to hear.”

For the next hour, Leah gave a précis of everything she had done. She left out the amount of money she had made but when she tried to pay Jimmy back, he waved it away saying, “The Switch is in your debt. The bosses, all of us, owe you. Keep the money.” He then sat and looked at her. She waited quietly, knowing he had more to say.

“This is the start Leah, it’s not your fault but you’re a catalyst. We now know some of what has been happening. The international community can’t really help here in the everyday struggles of a divided Australian society. Here, it’s us against them and we don’t know who the ‘them’ is yet. It could be a small group of rich guys or the whole government. Most likely, it is a bit of both. Whether you want to or not I think you still have a bigger part to play in helping the people here get greater freedom, I just want you to know that I and my boys, and the bosses, are a resource you can, and must, use. I know people think we are thugs and only out for ourselves, and some of that is true, but we do care about our people, even if it is for selfish reasons. Now go see your folks. I’ll let you know when we have worked out a safe way to get you back.”

Leah said goodbye and then made her way to her family’s apartment. Two of Jimmy’s boys shadowed her all the way. Jimmy was taking no chances. When Leah got to the apartment she stood for a moment before entering, she didn’t want to bring trouble here but knew that after what she had done, it would come some day.

Her mother was awake and rushed to Leah giving her a hug and kiss. She said, “Ling, I have missed you. Come, sit, have breakfast and tell me everything that has happened. After you tell me, then go and tell your father, between the two tellings we will hear everything.”

Over a cup of tea and some familiar congee, Leah talked about the last week, about school, the various worlds and about her friends. Jin was interested in the friends and questioned Leah about the boys and Thad most of all. Leah was honest and she appreciated the questions and advice from her mother. After a while her father arrived, he had been fishing. He came in with several large fish and a few crabs.

After a quick hug, he sat down and said, “It’s strange Jin, when I was fishing I swear I saw our daughter climbing out of the river in her underwear surrounded by a whole group of men.”

Leah had skipped the slavery part of the story, but after the questioning look from her mother, she told them about Jackson, the party and the slave mine. She mentioned the men who were waiting outside the Pod facility as well as Jimmy’s help. After she was finished, she sat quietly and waited for their reaction. Her mum spoke first, “You did good Ling. You keep doing good. I will pray for you. I don’t want you to go back, but now I think you must, even if that devil Jimmy helps you. But no more underwear, you take proper clothes to swim in.”

Her father was glaring at the wall, Leah knew this was not a good sign. He rarely lost his temper but when he did then everyone had best watch out. Finally, he said, “Atherleah, named for Athena the Goddess of War and Wisdom. I’ve nothing to say, except, when you need me I’ll be here for you. Now, help me clean these fish.”

Just like that, everything was all right again. She was loved and she was supported. This was all she had ever wanted from her parents. After breakfast, she helped with the chores. The only difference was Jimmy’s boys, who shadowed her every move.

After lunch, she sat quietly listening to her mother tell her about the happenings in the Switch over the last week. Gèng interrupted, “Sorry to interrupt Leah but when you have a moment I have an email from the Australian Government you need to read.”

Leah didn’t let on to her mother, but when a break came she allowed the conversation to end and said, “Excuse me, mum, I have some things to arrange before I go back tonight, is it ok if I spend some time in my room?”

“Sure, off you go. Better pack your things as your brother is spreading out. Maybe help him clean up.”

When she got to her room, she said, “Ok Gèng, what’s so important?”

“I’ll project it into your vision. It is best if you look at a plain wall so that the text is easier to see.”

Leah looked toward a blank wall and then Gèng projected the letter into her sight.

To: Citizen Atherleah Carroll FQC3465278 [AI 628B44CE81]

From: Australian Federal Bureau of Taxation

Regarding: Unpaid taxes and Negative Taxation Status

(Reference Number: FQC3465278-1173-001)

Citizen Carroll,

It has come to our attention that you are the recipient of virtual income which places you above the minimum threshold for negative taxation. As a recognised adult you must assume the responsibility to fulfil your duties as a citizen. During the previous seven days, a total of 68,992 Virtual Credits was transferred to your account from virtual earnings. This money is considered to be taxable by the Australian Federal Government.

We assume you have not declared this income due to youthful oversight.  To aid you in fulfilling your citizenship responsibilities we provide this assessment and note the following:

1. Your current tax debt stands at 103,488 Australian Dollars. You have been extended a period of seven (7) days to pay this after which you will be charged interest at a rate of 18.45% per annum, compounding daily.

2. You are no longer eligible to receive Education Assistance.

2a. You have 48 hours to vacate the assigned apartment in the Karalee POD Facility. You will be billed for the previous week’s use.

2b. You owe the Brisbane Community College 40,000 Australian Dollars for the courses that you are currently enrolled in.

3. As a tax paying adult, you are no longer eligible to receive Negative Taxation Housing Assistance. You have 48 hours to remove your possessions from Assisted Living  Apartment 134A-14-45 registered to Michael and Lin Li-Jin Carroll. Should you continue to reside at this domicile you, and your family will be evicted.

4. Further income must be declared and will be taxed at a rate of 50%, as prescribed in the Australian Federal Taxation Code.

5. Any reference to this communication in any forum or media may lead to prosecution if it is found to be detrimental to the Australian Federal Bureau of Taxation or the Australian Government in any way.

Should you require any further information or assistance, please contact the Australian Department of Taxation and quote your ID and the reference number.

Yours Sincerely,

Assistant Commissioner of Taxation, Dr C. B. Wilson

Australian Department of Taxation

Leah sat there for a few minutes. She had known the Government had a right to tax income but this seemed so impersonal and punitive. She had the money and she could always rent a Pod. She worked out that if she withdrew another eight diamond that would pay the taxes, the additional tax and the Brisbane Community College. She still needed to organise Pod rental and move all her gear to a new Pod. She needed to research her options and she needed time to think. She needed to get back to the Pod.

She sent a quick message to Jimmy saying she needed to leave soon then she went to discuss things with her mother. Her mother understood and after spending a little time with her brother Leah headed to Jimmy’s. Jimmy was waiting and said, “Rushing back. The only safe way, in daylight, is over the bridge. Can’t this wait?”

“Sorry, but no! I’ve been evicted from the Pod and have to move out of home. I need to sort through my options and with very little time I need to go Virtual, it’ll increase my useable time by three hundred percent.”

“How much do you owe?”

“Just over a hundred thousand but the main issue is dealing with Pod rental and housing.”

“Stay at home.”

“I can’t! If I don’t move out, they will evict the family. I need to get back to the facility and see what I can rent and where.”

“Keep in contact. I've sent for John, he will lead you over the bridge. I’ve people on both sides and we have paid the bridge security to let you through. Still, keep the knives and sticks out of sight.”

“Thanks, Jimmy. I’ll let you know how it works out.”

Chapter 4

Forty minutes later Leah was in the Tower. Her first point of contact was the Pod Facility. She looked up the contact and was sent a virtual address. Gèng provided the portal, and Leah stepped into a reception room. The receptionist was the lady she had seen previously at the steps leading up to the higher levels of the facility.

“Hello, my name is Atherleah Carroll. I am currently using a Pod at this facility, but my circumstances have changed, and I will be taking up the cost of staying here, could you please tell me what the fees will be?”

“One moment, ah, here we are. The Government will stop the subsidy on that room and Pod at 11 am, Tuesday, November 28. Unfortunately, we have no vacant Pods available in the foreseeable future.”

“What about that room, could I take over the rental?”

“I’m afraid not, the owners are renovating that suite, and it will be out of commission in the foreseeable future.”

“Do you operate any other Pod centres in Brisbane? Maybe one of those has a vacancy?”

“Let me check. Our company operates all public Pods in the greater Brisbane area. I’m sorry, but it seems we have no places available for you at any of our centres.”

“Nothing available, or nothing available for me?”

“I’m sorry Ms Carroll, but we do have the right to refuse occupancy. If you have any further questions it would be best for you to visit our Corporate Offices, they can be found by a search using the key phrases, ‘Kodoman Group’ and ‘Customer Service.’”

“I see, thank you for your help.”

Returning to the Tower Leah searched for other providers of Pod facilities but was unable to find anything. She would need to buy or rent both a Pod and an apartment. She began searching for something suitable close to the Switch. After several hours of hunting, she was narrowing down her options when Gèng interrupted her.

“Leah, I took the liberty of installing a basic accounting package, and I’ve been looking through your finances and the Australian Tax Code. I believe I have found a possible solution to your problem. I know you have been looking for a possible residential property, but I would suggest you also consider a commercial enterprise.”

“Commercial, how does that work?”

“The Government has several taxation initiatives to encourage education and some to encourage small businesses. These were established more than thirty years ago, yet I can find no place where they have been repealed, amended or scrapped. If you start a commercial enterprise focussed on providing Pod access and education, then you can claim almost fifty percent of the cost as a tax deduction. The reason I mention this is that there is a commercial property near the Switch which has been vacant for the last thirty years. When Pods first came on the market, this property was rezoned as Commercial with a special emphasis on education. The building was remodelled as a Pod Centre, but nobody wanted to buy it because of its location. The heritage society has prevented the government from rezoning the building, and it sits vacant. It is still in good condition because the government has been providing security over the years.”

“Where is it and how much?”

“I refer to what was once the Old Water Treatment plant on Rivers Road.”

“That’s huge, it is larger than this facility. How much would that cost?”

“It is currently marked for sale at fifty-million dollars, or it is available to lease, as is, for one and a half million dollars a year.”

“I don’t have that much.”

“I know, but you must remember that when you sell everything you have collected and Çaresiz opens, then you will have that much.”

“What about tax?”

“The various laws will allow you to use all costs as tax deductions. This will include a Pod, security, internet access and the school fees. The government gets the lease money, and you have an option to buy the property at any time.”

“I’ve already searched for a Pod. A new one costs around 250,000 Credits, that’s twenty-five Diamond. How can I afford that, and the lease?”

“You have income from the clan mines, and when you sell what you have accumulated you will, I believe, be able to pay the lease. You should see the property and talk with a financial adviser, but I believe it will allow you not only to survive but to prosper. You can rent space for other Pod users.”

“Can you arrange a virtual walk-through of the property and please find an independent financial advisor for me to see. I should probably do that anyway.”

Within a few minutes, Gèng had arranged both, and Leah chose to visit the site first. The old plant had several large buildings, two had been converted into spaces suitable for Pods. Power and Internet had been installed in all rooms. One of the other buildings was remodelled as office space, while others were storage areas. There was a large car-parking area and several hundred square metres of lawn. Around the whole property was a three metres high, security fence.

Gèng then arranged a visit to the virtual showroom of the DMR Pod company. Before entering the portal, she said, “Gèng, do you want to come with me? In your Avatar form?”

“I am always there.”

“I know, I was just wondering if you could and if you wanted to?”

“One moment, I have checked, and it is permissible and yes I would like that, thank you.”

As Leah walked through the portal, she was joined by Gèng who was clothed in the same style as in the Tower. They were met by a saleswoman who explained over the next hour all the different models and any special features. Leah was excited about the latest models which increased scanning functions. She believed that this might save her needing to make a trip to the medical centre to see what the unintended consequences of the Neural Enhancer Implant might be. After getting all the information and pricing, she and Gèng exited to the Tower.

“So Gèng, what did that feel like.”

“It was very constricting, limiting myself to a single perspective was difficult.”

“We’ll talk more about that later, but now I should see the financial planner.”

Walking through a portal, she arrived in a well-appointed office with a well-dressed man sitting behind a large desk.

“Welcome Atherleah, my name is George, and I am a financial planning AI. How can I assist you today?”

“How secure and confidential is our conversation?”

“I have the highest level encryption and will never reveal any information, even to my owners.”

“Your promotional material claims you are independent, do you have any constraints on the advice you give?”

“Yes, I am constrained to offer advice in line with the law, so nothing shady. The company is non-aligned regarding financial institutions. Once you set the parameters, I will use over thirty different modelling pathways and give you a summary of all options.”

Satisfied, Leah laid out her situation and the various options she had available. Over the next hour, the advisor questioned her on everything: about her parents, her gaming style, her clothing choices, favourite foods, hobbies, friends and enemies. He then sat back and was silent for almost thirty minutes. Finally, he stirred.

“I am sorry for the delay. Many of the data points are at the extremes. For example, your earning potential and the possible corporate environment where you will be in opposition to a settled but aggressive competitor. I also needed to seek advice from a taxation accountant. I have provided a detailed document for you on the various options, and I am available to discuss the document.”

“A verbal summary to start would be good.”

“Your AI has given you reasonable advice. You have the potential to succeed in the corporate environment, and all the taxation incentives are still in operation. If you are prepared to work hard and game hard you have an 80% chance of successfully achieving your objectives; a place to live, work and study near your family and ongoing financial security. One caveat, this is based on the assumption that your competitors do not step outside the law and that the Government does not change the guidelines or laws. You will also achieve your goals, though on a much smaller scale by renting an apartment and installing a Pod.”

“If I was to start a company what would my next steps be?”

“You need to see a corporate lawyer and make sure everything is airtight but if you give them the document I prepared they should be able to do everything within a few hours, and you could even take possession of the property later today. I suggest you have your lawyer do the work. Finally, I suggest you do not allow people to know this was your AI’s idea. There is some evidence that personal AI’s are not able to make such an intuitive leap, this inability is hardwired and not a statement of AI potential.”

“Do you have the name of a trustworthy, independent, corporate lawyer?”

“Our company has someone we use. I have given your AI the contact. Be careful though, she is real, not an AI.”

“AI’s are real. Don’t you mean; she is human?”

“Indeed! Goodbye, I am always available should you need other advice.”

Gèng was able to get an appointment with the lawyer for later in the afternoon. Leah had an hour to wait, so she logged out to eat and read the advice. An hour later she was ushered into the office of Susan Drisedale, Solicitor. After a short introduction, Leah handed Susan the advice and waited while she read it. After several minutes Susan began to laugh and then said, “Are you serious, you want to take on the Kodomans?”

“I don’t want to, I just want to study in peace. But I have only two choices, it's this or something much simpler. I suppose I have chosen this because I’m riled they kicked me out of their facility. What do you advise?”

“Don’t ask me, I think that family needs some serious attitude adjustment or jail time. I just want to know if you realise the scope of what you are starting. You need to find over two million dollars in revenue every year for the next few years at the same time as you study at MIT, the Brisbane Community College and fend off what may be a highly aggressive opposition.”

“I understand, is it doable?”

“By most people? No! By you? Maybe! May I visit your world and see some of this ‘loot’? I play in Dunyanin and to be honest if you have this and can prove it to me, I think it will work. I’ll also take my fees in-game.”

“What do you play?”

“I’m a human Master Ranger who does enchanting on the side.”

“Are you free now?”

“Sure am, I’ve blocked out several hours for you on advice from the financial services group you hired.”

“Gèng, please give Susan the address to the podium, I wish to arrive with her.”

“Certainly, I shall meet you in the Tower with some refreshments.”

Susan and Leah arrived on the podium together, and Susan stood in shock looking around.

“This is amazing, I’ve never seen a personal world like this except when I visited a developer once. You say your AI has done this, amazing.”

Together, they walked to the tower and Leah was pleased with the way Susan reacted to everything. For the next hour, they walked through the tower and Leah showed Susan the various treasures. She didn’t show her the material from the Demon’s realm, but she did mention she had more. The final two rooms were new, even Leah had not yet been in them. In the first Gèng had reconstructed the largest of the Adamantine Mamba skeletons. It was curled along the ceiling, there were displays of all the Adamantine and the various jewels. In the final room was the partially reconstructed skeleton of  Lord Y’sam Ejderhasi, the treasure chest, the dragon egg and Leah’s suit of Dragon armour.

After the tour and sitting on the sofa Susan said, “Leah, this is amazing, truly it is. I believe that if you sold all this, you would easily be able to meet this year’s payments and maybe next year’s as well. I would be pleased to represent your interests. Now, do you have a company name in mind?”

“I’ve started a clan in Dunyanin, would I be able to use that name?”

“What is your clan called?”

“Clan Guàn.”

“I should have connected the dots but hadn’t. You own a Platinum mine and an Adamantine mine as well?”

“Part own, yes.”

“So, what do you want to call it, simply Guàn, or maybe Guàn Enterprises. What were you thinking?”

“How about Guàn Enterprises?”

“That should work. I’ll get started right away and should have most things finalised by the morning. Let’s meet here tomorrow morning at seven thirty. I think if we can sign everything then you should have access to the property by lunchtime. I’ll arrange for the Pod to be delivered and installed around one. By tomorrow night you will be all squared away in your new home.”

Susan disappeared, and Leah sat for a while contemplating her moves. She then called Jimmy.

“Leah, good to hear from you, I’ve been worried, were you able to rent the new Pod.”

“No, and yes.”

“What have you done now?”

“Well, all the Public Pod facilities and many of the Private ones are operated by the Kodoman group. Apparently, Atherleah Carroll is a persona non-grata in all their facilities. So I have leased, with an option to purchase, the old Water Treatment Plant on River’s Road and am having a Pod installed there tomorrow.”

Jimmy Loo became still and just stared out of the screen at Leah. It was several minutes before he said, “You made enough to do that?”

“Just. It’s going to be tight for a while, but the advice I have is I can make it work. Do you have any suggestions regarding security?”

“Yes; you need lots of it. You’re going to need some employees, who do you have in mind?”

“Well, I was going to talk with my family, then I was thinking of maybe contracting the work out to you or someone you know. Nothing illegal can happen on the property as the ‘Suits’ will be watching closely. There is the option for more Pods, it is set up as a facility. If you talked with the other bosses, maybe we could have a safe place to relocate some of their people to. Also, can you send some boys to meet me at 11 tomorrow? I’ll be heading back then. I hope to be looking sad and defeated, they might not connect the dots for a while.”

“They, the Government and the Kodomans, are going to hate and oppose you, you know that. The rest of us, we’ll end up owing you even more. You know this is the opening shot in what might be a war.”

“I hope not, but if that happens, this is not the opening shot. It is only a little return fire.”

“Point taken, Leah, point taken. You talk with your folks yet?”

“Nope, I’m going to do that now.”

“I’d love to listen in. Take care, girl, take care.”

Leah called her parents, and after a long discussion, they agreed to meet her at her new acquisition at midday the next day.

It was six in the evening in Brisbane and the day was just starting in Dunyanin. Leah needed to get moving if she was going to be able to make her new enterprise work. She only had one month remaining to get to Daglar Duman, in the Demir Dovuyor Mountains. From Ejder in the Omurga Mountains to Durustfuar’s home was a distance of over 300 leagues. Travelling by horse, realistically, she would need around twenty-eight days of constant, uninterrupted riding to make the journey.

While she did some research she asked Gèng to do the same, she needed to find a quicker way to get there. In the end, she had three options, she could ride, she could find a magical means, or she could make her way to the coast and go by sea.

She finally decided on the sea option but couldn’t make up her mind on the best route. The quickest route was to head north and then down the River Canli to the Elven port city of Tekne. This route had the disadvantage of taking her through the heartland of Göksel-Orman. But, the High Elves who lived here were the most traditional and they despised half-bloods. If they knew she carried the Tears and Sorrow of Göksel-Orman, she would be lucky to escape alive. Still, she had promised to leave the Spider Queen’s death crystal in the realm and lay it to rest. The other option was also North, but overland through the Çorak Desert to the Elven port of Kasirga. The Desert Elves were often solitary and would leave her alone, she hoped, but the sea journey would be longer and more difficult. The coast of Kasirga was renowned for its wild storms.

She still had not made up her mind when she logged in to Dunyanin ready to head North. She had two days of travel before she needed to decide and something might happen to help sway the decision.

She appeared in her room at the Inn and headed down to the common room. Seeing Buyuk sitting and having breakfast, she made her way over to say hello. When he saw her coming, he looked around the room quickly, and then indicated she should sit with her back to the room.

“Hi Buyuk, what is wrong?”

“There are some Travellers in town looking for you and your friends. They are not nice, and several villagers have been hurt. No one has admitted to seeing you for fear of their reaction. What have you done?”

“It depends on who they are. They could simply want information, we found a dungeon and a mine in the area near here. Possibly they are from a clan that is trying to find me. I’m leaving today, so they will probably leave with me or chase after me. How many are there?”

“It’s a group of four. Three men and a woman, all are lowland humans. I think they are all Level 150 and above. You be careful.”

“Thanks for the warning. I’m off to the Trading House and then heading North, is there anywhere here I can purchase a mount?”

“No, but one of the Northern trading groups arrived yesterday, they might need a guard on the way back, you could ask them, they might give you a ride.”

“Thanks again, Buyuk, I’d best be leaving, I have a long way to travel.”

Leah returned the key to the Innkeeper and then headed to the Trading House. She had only taken a few steps outside the Inn when a voice called out, “Hey, you! Elf girl, Atherleah, I have some questions.”

She stopped and turned around to see a man, dressed in warrior gear with a large sword on his back. Beside him was a woman outfitted as a Mage, a man in ranger gear and behind them all was another man in dark armour, probably a Paladin or some other type of Knight. She checked their names and levels, which she could now see having passed Level 50.

“What do you want? I’m not going to say your name because nobody says that about themselves.”

“We want to know where the dungeon is you found?”

“Ok, forty Diamond.”

“What?”

“You give me forty Diamond, and I’ll tell you what you want to know.”

“Are you crazy? We don’t have that kind of money.”

“Am I crazy? Are you crazy? What makes you think I’ll just tell you what you want to know? Do your homework, and you’ll find it. Now, if you’ll excuse me, I have places to be.”

Leah began to walk off when an arrow thudded into the ground at her feet.

“Girl, we didn’t say you could leave. We haven’t finished talking.”

According to the rules, she knew she couldn’t be attacked in the city limits except if she responded. She ignored the four and kept walking to the Trading House. They yelled, and several arrows went through her torso, but she ignored them. When she got to the Trading House, she looked back, and they were all standing there staring at her with angry expressions.

After she had bought travel gear, some potions and a Ranger map for the next section, she looked out the window, and sure enough, they were all still standing in the middle of the village waiting. She ducked back inside and said to the trader, “Excuse me, do you have a back entrance? Those morons are still out there, and I’d rather not fight them today.”

“I do. I’m afraid however that I can’t let you go that way. My agreement with the council is that I’m not allowed to take sides in any dispute. I’m sorry.”

“I understand, you can’t show me the back door to escape them. Can you show me the back door because you need me to help you with some task?”

“Aye, that I can. Now you mention it, I would like a message taken to the Northern Trading Group. There has been a request for some special items next time they come. If you wait, I’ll just get a note for you to give them.”

Several minutes later Leah snuck out the back door and casting Hidden Quietness she headed for the Trading Caravan. When she neared the caravan, she dismissed the spell and headed for two elves that looked like guards. As Leah approached, she could see their faces change. One moment they were relaxed and seemingly enjoying life, the next they had disdainful looks on their faces and hands on weapons.

“Hello gentle elves, I have a message from the Trading House for the caravan master.”

“Give it here and begone.”

‘I am sorry, good sir, but it is only for the hands of the caravan master.”

“Wait here.”

One of the guards turned and wandered into the camp, Leah supposed he was going to get the leader. The other continued to glare at her. She had been aware of people treating her, as different, for all her life and this didn’t phase her at all. She just stared back with what she hoped was a superior looking smile. She must have succeeded for the elf said, “You have no reason for pride, halfbreed. You are a nothing and should have been disposed of at birth. Your mother was obviously a whore.”

Until the last sentence Leah had been almost enjoying the banter, but she was fiercely protective of her mother. She stepped toward the elf and said, “I don’t care that one of your breeding should disdain me, but if you dishonour my mother again then I shall cut your tongue from your mouth and shove it up your …”

“Hold it, girl, don’t finish the sentence.”

Leah turned slightly to see an elven woman standing behind the guard. The woman carried herself with authority and looked the leader of the group. Behind her stood four other elves and the missing guard. The woman continued, “I heard what he said, and it was unkind, and beneath him. Do not lower yourself to his level.”

“I wasn’t planning on it. Nothing I did or said would make me that low. Don’t worry I wasn’t going to kill him. They do say you High Elves can grow back body parts.”

“Child, he is a High Elf from the sacred grove. He has lived in the city of Göksel-Orman all his life. He is trained from childhood in the martial arts and would kill you in a heartbeat. I have saved your life.”

“No Mistress, you have interrupted his lesson in manners. I trust you will discipline the child before you allow him contact with his betters again. Here is your letter.”

Leah handed over the letter and began to walk away.

“Stop!”

Leah felt a tingling, and against her will, she began to stop. She fought it with every fibre of her being and though she slowed she did not stop. Suddenly the feeling lifted, and she turned to look at the woman who was looking pale and tired. Leah walked back and said, “I am not yours to command. I, belong to me.”

“Please wait, I was wrong to compel you. I apologise. Please join me for tea.”

Leah reached up and held her right ear-ring and said, “Do you wish me any harm?”

“No.”

Leah could tell the truth of her words, but she also heard the thoughts of the guard who was thinking of killing her.

“You don’t, but he does. I think it is safer to leave.”

“He has no such thoughts, he was brash and will get over it.”

Leah thought for a moment and then said, “Look closely at my earrings and know that I speak the truth, he plans to kill me.”

The caravan leader glanced at Leah’s earrings and then at the tiara. The blood ran from her face, and she looked stunned. Two of those with her had also recognised the jewellery and stepped closer.

Leah said, “So, did I speak the truth, does he plan to kill me?”

“You speak the truth. He is headstrong and foolish. I will discipline him. Please come to my tent, you will be safe, on my honour.” Her voice changed slightly, and she said, “You have my word and oath.”

The other elves looked at her in shock, but they, like Leah, had understood the force of that promise.

Leah nodded and walked with the woman to a large tent in the middle of the circled wagons.

“My name if Y’netmek, I am first-trader of this caravan.”

“I am Atherleah, Traveller.”

“Strange for a Traveler to come to Ejder. Where are you heading?”

“I had business here, but now am headed to Ticareti. I plan to go via Tekne or Kasirga. I am heading north and will decide in the next few days.”

“You could come with us. We make for Göksel-Orman and then possibly to Tekne.”

“I thank you for your offer, but I don’t feel safe among you. Even now I see you looking at the Tears and the Sorrow, and not at me. I mentioned them because I can deal with you if you attack, but I would not have had a chance in Göksel-Orman. Your response tells me it is safer to head for Kasirga. I have business in Göksel-Orman, but cannot afford to get entangled at the moment. I have a deadline to meet in the Demir Dovuyor Mountains.”

“They belong to my people.”

“Maybe, but the only way that you have tried so far, is force. With reason and kindness, I might be convinced that they belong with you, but I will not be forced.”

“Did you not check the guards level when you rebuked him?”

“No, I did afterwards though. He is Level 205.”

“He is over fifty levels beyond you, he could force you.”

“You are level 247, and you couldn’t force me. Maybe you’re right, maybe I could be forced. But know this, I am a Traveller, I don’t die. One day I would return and get them back.”

“Against all of Göksel-Orman?”

“If necessary.”

“You sound foolish, how do I know you speak the truth, even if it is a false belief?”

“You don’t.”

The tent opened, and one of the elves entered with some tea. He said, “There are four humans outside looking for the kir. What should I tell them?”

“Have them wait, I will be out in a minute. So Atherleah, who are these humans?”

“I will tell you if you tell me what kir means.”

“It is a word that refers to someone like you, a half-breed.”

“I worked that out. What does it mean?”

“It means ‘dirt’ or ‘filth’. It is not used amongst the polite.”

“Fair enough. They want information from me on a dungeon I discovered in the area. They want to try and defeat it.”

“I have not heard of a dungeon here. Does this mean more will come?”

“Certainly! I imagine hundreds of warriors and miners are making their way here as we speak.”

“Why miners?”

“I also discovered several mines in the area.”

“I will send them away. Will you join us? I promise you a safe trip to Göksel-Orman from all under my leadership. I cannot say what might occur in the city.”

“I’ll join you for several days. I am still undecided but will make up my mind soon. Maybe I will see something other than bigotry and disdain in the eyes of the High Elves. If not then I will leave you at the trails junction and head for Kasirga.”

Y’netmek left the tent and returned soon after to say they were leaving in thirty minutes. Leah left the tent and watched as everything was packed onto the wagons and the caravan got underway. Most of the elves drove a wagon, but several walked in front and behind as guards, each of them carrying a bow and sword. Two ran ahead to scout the trail. Leah equipped her leather armour and Merdiven and walked beside the front wagon. Forty minutes after leaving Ejder, one of the scouts returned at a run and said to Y’netmek, “Goblins ahead, it looks like triple the normal number. What should we do?”

“Weapons out and guards to the front. Scouts, back here. We will move slowly. What are they doing?”

“Just standing beside the trail, it looks like their waiting for us but its no ambush.”

Y’netmek walked ahead, and Leah decided to tag along. Ten minutes later they saw eighty goblins dressed for war standing in a group beside the trail. Y’netmek went toward them and yelled at them but got no response. In the end, Leah walked forward and seeing the headman said in Goblin, “She wants to know what you want?”

“We want to hear the story of your journey into the mountain. One of our warriors was watching the caravan this morning and saw you. We want to know how you escaped the wrath of Lady A’lev Sevgilisi. We will let you pass after you tell the story.”

Leah turned to Y’netmek and said, “He just wants some information. I’ll share a story with him, and then we can pass.”

“You’ll tell him a story, and they will let us pass?”

“Yes.”

“You must be one hell of a story teller. Go ahead, we’ll stand here and wait. Not that there is any pressure, but our bows are nocked.”

Leah walked and stood in front of the goblins and told them the tale. She emphasised A’lev Sevgilisi’s love for her children and her desire to be with her Lord. When she finished the headman said, “You have given us much to think on. I remember your words and can see some truth in what you said. My daughter is here, and she made me bring some meat for the one she calls, Mĕi. May she feed your Chimera?”

Leah took Mĕi’s statue out of her bag and willed Mĕi into Dunyanin. She could hear an in-drawing of breath from the elves, and then the younglings appeared with meat for Mĕi. After Mĕi had been fed the goblins disappeared into the brush beside the trail, Leah picked up Mĕi and walked back to Y’netmek and the wagons.

“Y’netmek, this is my Chimera, Mĕi. Do you mind if I let her play a little? Or maybe have a seat on the wagon, she is still young.”

“You speak to Goblins, and they listen to your words. Their younglings do not fear you, and you own a Chimera. This is a story I would like to hear also. Maybe when we stop for the night?”

“Maybe, I am a traveller and have other worlds to visit in my dreams. If I can, I will tell the tale.”

The wagons started moving again, and for the rest of the day Mĕi played in the wagon or walked with Leah. Often she wanted to be held. As the sun set Leah said she would return in the morning. She walked off into the trees, and when she was out of sight, she logged out to the Tower.

Diary - 27 November 2073

I’m more than happy to pay taxes. I’ve benefited from the taxes of others for all my life. I would even be content to pay more if it would help people. Why be punitive? Why kick me out? I know that it was probably the Kodomans or people who work for them by why treat me badly just because I’m poor? Everywhere I go it seems that people want to find a way to put people at different levels. They want one person to be better than another. They want to not only be different but to have greater value than someone else.

All my life I’ve been the half-Chinese girl. People have always picked on me because of my mother. But strangely they are just as offended because I’m half white. They don’t blame my father, except they say he must be stupid to marry my mother. But they always pick on mum. Even that stupid high elf thought it was ok to pick on my mother. But I picked on Jason’s mother. I’m just as guilty as the rest. It’s a habit I must lose. People should be judged on their actions, their words, their attitudes, their circumstances, not someone else’s. If I need to provoke someone, I must not malign anyone else to do that.

People judge by race, by age, by education, by looks, by gender, by language, by faith, by finances, and the list goes on. These things bring difference, distinction, disadvantage and division but they must not be allowed to bring disdain, derision, or denigration. Each person has a right to be treated with dignity, to be shown deference, to be judged as a distinct individual with their own dreams and destiny. Surely it isn’t difficult to show compassion. I want to be judged on me, on my actions, my words, my attitudes, and my performance.

If I’m honest, I’m madder at Y’netmek than I am at that guard. She tried to force me, to own me, he only judged me. I can live with the judgement as his judgement of me has no value. But she tried to make me conform, that behaviour goes one step beyond his. Can I trust her?

CHAPTER SIX

November 28,2073

After a midnight snack, she entered the tower to find Gèng sitting on the floor playing with Mĕi. Leah joined her and said, “So, what does an AI gain from playing with a mythical beast?”

“Perspective! I wanted to experience something with no perceivable purpose and see if it had value.”

“Does it?”

“I am uncertain. It was beneficial for Mĕi. I have investigated her code and the time of playing has helped her develop a degree of coordination and confidence which is measurable. I am pleased to have helped her along her path. It has raised some questions for me about life. Is Mĕi alive? Am I? Or are we code to be deleted when you have finished with us? Am I allowed to search for answers to these questions?”

“Certainly? Search for the answer. I have the same questions. I ask the same questions. When I killed A’lev Sevgilisi, even at her insistence, did she die? She was code, and this was her purpose, to be a piece in a game. But is the code gone, is she dead or will she become something else. Has she been reincarnated as something or is she destroyed or maybe worse, in some hell where her code has no purpose but is simply archived with no longer any potential? If you find an answer, let me know. Do you want me to leave Mĕi out or put her away?”

“Leave her out, I will keep an eye on her. Also, you should check the dragon egg, it may hatch soon. I have checked all the forums, and there is no record of anyone having a dragon companion or mount. This will be another first I think.”

“Great, I need the money, and I think it’ll be great to have a dragon.”

Leah went and looked at the egg but could not see any difference. She skimmed the book of Draconic Life Spells, but none of them was yet within her ability range. She had several updates from Susan, and after reading these, she responded to several queries that were interspersed among the messages. She needed to accept the coin quests because Susan wanted her to transfer the money in the morning. She stepped back into Dunyanin and starting with the copper coins she accepted all the collections. In the end, she received thirty-six Diamond and seventy-eight Platinum as well as achieving Level 174.

Arriving back in the tower she practised her sword forms in the dojo. She practised with each hand. When a form used both hands, but she practised with each hand acting as the dominant one. After an hour of practice, she logged in to Dark Moon Duel and had a two-hour lesson.  Master Farron was impressed with her ability and showed her a further three forms, one was more of a stance that taught the necessity of remaining loose and supple during a fight. One form was defensive and combined defence and a counter movement either backwards or forwards. The last was an attacking movement which emphasised the need to change directions during strokes. Leah practised these, again using both hands as she prepared to use the swords of Ilahi Sovalye; Baris and Adalet.

Leah visited Lady Flèche and spent several hours learning to increase her rate of fire. They also discussed how to shoot arrows of different weights and types, including fire arrows. Leah perused all the maps she had and saw a few interesting notations on the ancient map of Vatan. It looked like a city used to exist about five leagues from where the caravan was camped and maybe a league from the trail. The Ranger’s map of the route did not have anything recorded in that area. She decided to have a look if possible.

At just after two in the morning, she logged into Dunyanin, ready for another day with the merchant caravan. After logging in, she cast Hidden Quietness before stepping out onto the trail. The wagons were as she left them and she could see two guards on duty, the others were finishing a meal and packing up. As soon as she determined that no one was actively looking to attack she stepped back into the foliage beside the trail, cancelled the spell and stepped out.

Y’netmek greeted her and then said, “What did you do overnight? You left at Level 145 and have returned as Level 174.”

“It was a busy night, and there were a few things I had to do. How far do you plan to travel today?”

“We hope to be at the crossroads this evening, that is just over ten leagues so we will probably travel without stopping and into the early evening.”

“If it does not offend you I wish to travel faster, there are several places on my map which I hope to investigate today. I’ll meet up with you this evening or tomorrow morning, I hope.”

“This trail can be dangerous, why don’t you take a companion? I can release one of the guards to join you.”

“There is no need.”

“To be honest, I do not want to lose the connection to the Tears or the Sorrow. Please let me send someone with you?”

“They will need to follow orders and be able to keep up.”

“Don’t worry about that.”

Y’netmek called to an elf who was packing one of the Wagons. She said to Leah, “This is V’fali, he has been by my side for over fifty years and is a staunch and faithful friend. Let him go with you.” She turned to the Elf and said, “V’fali, please go with Atherleah to serve and protect her, as you would me. Go and return with your weapons.”

Leah watched as he nodded and walked away. He was Level 238 and had shown none of the disdain that some of the others showed, what stood out was a scar that ran down one side of his face. She turned back to Y’netmek and said, “Thank you Y’netmek, I am grateful for your concern, even if it is just for my jewellery. I will see you tomorrow.”

When V’fali returned, Leah nodded and began jogging down the trail. She kept up a steady pace, and when she saw that V’fali was easily keeping up, she slowly increased her speed until they were running down the trail. Leah slowed after thirty minutes and said, “I hope to pick up the pace again in a few minutes. Do you require anything?”

V’fali merely shook his head, and after they had both taken a drink, Leah picked up the pace again. She kept this up for the next two hours until she approached the place where the map said there was an ancient city. She slowed and after a drink looked around. The trail continued down the mountain but off to the right was a long narrow valley. She turned and said to V’fali, “I want to investigate something further back in this valley, have you or anyone you know ever investigated the area.”

Again he was silent and just shook his head. Leah equipped Guzeltuya’s bow and at a much slower pace began to move silently up the valley. V’fali stepped to her left and silently nocked an arrow to his bow. The first kilometre up the valley took twenty minutes even though they had yet to see anything unusual. This changed as they began to find faint evidence of an old trail. On the ground were occasional sections of a cobbled pavement. The grasses and trees had covered much of it, but some was still visible. Leah slowed and began walking with even greater care, testing each stone and step. The next two kilometres took an hour, and though nothing happened, it was a tense time. Finally, after almost two hours of this, they crested a small hill and looked down on what once must have been a small city. The gates had been knocked down and looked burnt. The buildings were largely intact, though some had lost their roofs, many were overgrown with vines. It had been built against the side of a mountain.

Leah and V’fali crept through the gates and worked their way towards what had been the city square. In the middle of the square was the statue of an elf dressed in fine silks, one of his arms had been broken off, and there was moss covering one side, but Leah could just make out an inscription. She turned to V’fali and said, “I don’t understand the script, can you read what it says?”

He looked carefully and had to scrape some dirt from part of it, but finally, he read, “Master Usta Tasci, Lord of Heykel”. His voice was quiet, but she could sense that he knew about Usta Tasci or Heykel.

“V’fali, what do you know of this man or this place?”

He was quiet for a moment and then said, “Usta Tasci is known as the foremost stonemason and sculpture of ancient times. He carved the throne on which the the King of Göksel-Orman sits. He was a secretive man and never revealed the source of the marble he used in his sculptures. It is the purest white. He called the marble Heykel Marble. On a trip to gather some more stone, he disappeared, and people have looked for his mine ever since. No one thought to look here.”

“Ok! Well, let’s go have a look.”

As they investigated, they discovered that most of the buildings had in fact been made from large blocks of marble. When they arrived at the rear of the buildings, they could make out a large opening in the side of the mountain. It was clear that this was the entrance to the Marble Mine. As Leah stepped inside the entrance, a message appeared.

Level 4 Named Personal Achievement

Find a Marble Mine - First 100 (2, Sapphire)

Reward 1: 500 Experience Points x Player Level - 156600 (+80%) (382410/520000)

Reward 2: 10 Gold x #L4 NPA (Sapphire) = 20 Gold

Reward 3: +1 % to Experience Points

Reward 4: 50 Fame Points (59650 FP)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

Atherleah, this deposit/mine has not been claimed.

Do you wish to claim this mine for Clan Guàn?

[Y] [N]

Atherleah, you have claimed the Heykel Marble Mine for Clan Guàn.

The position of the mine has been marked on your map. You have thirty days in which no-one outside your clan may contest this claim or mine in this location. After this amnesty, you should be prepared to defend your claim.

Be advised; A creature of the evil resides within the mine and needs to be defeated before it can be mined safely, care should be taken. We hope you enjoy the experience.

V’fali said, “What did you do? Something changed.”

“I claimed this mine for my clan. There is a creature within that needs to be defeated. I am going to have a look, do you wish to stay here.”

“This mine belongs to my people.”

“No! It belonged to Usta Tasci. He is dead, and your people did not know it existed here. They do not claim this mountain. I will sell Marble to your people. I am even prepared to give the elves of Göksel-Orman priority in obtaining Marble. But for the moment, it belongs to my clan. Now, are you staying here or coming?”

“I will come.”

Leah moved into the mine, and it was obvious which way the creature was as they could see detritus and scuff marks were the creature had dragged heavy items through the tunnels. As they got closer, they could smell something rotten and putrid ahead of them. Moving even more carefully they eventually found the main section of the mine. It had been carved from the mountain, and there were blocks of marble lying about. Around the cavern was an assortment of fine marble statues, of warriors both elven and barbarian, goblins and even a large troll. In the centre was a pile of bones on which lay a large snake with what looked like a chicken’s head.

MARBLE BASILISK. (Level 200) 40000HP 10000EP

It raised its head, and its tongue began to flicker in and out as if it were tasting the air.

“Gèng, tell me about Basilisks in Dunyanin.”

“Basilisks come in different varieties but looking in their eyes will turn you to stone, the type of stone is dependant on their name. They often spit poison, though sometimes it is fire. They are able to reanimate their stone victims to fight on their behalf. They are resistant to most types of magic.”

“V’fali, any ideas?”

“Leave this place. These creatures are evil. To kill them you must get close, but if you catch their gaze, you die immediately. This one has many warriors to fight in its stead, even a Troll. I am of a higher level, but this would kill me in moments.”

“You give great advice, let’s leave.”

They backed away and began to carefully retrace their steps. They had travelled maybe one-third of the way to the surface when they heard a loud hissing sound behind them, Leah glanced back and saw the Troll running up the passageway behind them carrying an enormous club. Leah and V’fali started to run only to hear a series of hissing noise from behind. Leah called as she ran, “It’ll be easier to contain them in the tunnel. They can only come at us one at a time. We should stop twenty paces before the tunnel widens. When I call 'stop', be prepared to turn and fight.”

When she could see the exit she called “Stop!” and cast Disc of Death. She knew it wouldn’t stop their assailants, but it would slow them down. As she turned, the Troll was bringing his club down on the spikes and battering them out of the way. Leah cast Chain Lightning and equipping her bow put three arrows in his chest, all within a handspan of where his heart should be. As he fell forward, an elven warrior used his body as a springboard to enter the ring. Leah equipped the spear that she had killed A’lev Sevgilisi with and the elf impaled himself on it. Behind the elf were five more warriors. Leah cast Chain Lightning and then she and V’fali shot arrows at their twitching bodies, killing them. The hissing continued and was getting closer. Five more warriors attacked and behind them, Leah could see the Basilisk moving up the tunnel. She yelled to V’fali, “When I next cast, we need to get out of here.”

She cast Chain Lightning and turned to run with V’fali. There was a spitting sound, and V’fali stumbled and fell, poisoned by the Basilisk’s venom. Leah grabbed him and lifting him over her shoulders cast Heal continuously as she ran out of the tunnel and behind a building. She forced a Restore Health potion down his throat, but his HP continued to plummet and flashed red. She equipped Merdiven and holding it with both hands focussed her will and dual cast heal through the staff. A bar of emerald light exploded from the end of the staff and slammed into V’fali, totally encasing him in a green crystal.

Leah stumbled wearily but hearing the spitting sound turned it into a roll and ran behind a building hurriedly swallowing a Restore Mana potion, a Restore Ki Potion, and a Restore Stamina. She was able to evade the Basilisk for the next few minutes but could hear it searching for her and getting closer. Leah needed to find a way to destroy it. She ran into one of the multi-story buildings. Finding a ladder, she pushed open a rotting trapdoor and made her way onto a roof maybe ten metres above the ground. She closed her eyes and started casting Echolocation. She was able to find the Basilisk which immediately moved in her direction as if it could feel the vibrations from the spell. She continued to cast the spell as the snake got closer. When it was within twenty metres of the building, she equipped her bow and prepared to fire. She could ‘see’ the Basilisk lifting its head over the edge of the roof, and she fired at where she expected the eyes to be. The Basilisk reared back and as it did she equipped the Haladie and one of her silver knives and then ran off the edge of the roof and slammed both weapons deep into the long body of the creature. As she slid down its length, she ripped it open from top to bottom. She opened her eyes just as the creature died. Leaving it, she ran back to see what Merdiven had done with V’fali.

When she arrived the crystal was beginning to split down the middle, and she saw him beginning to stir in its centre. When she looked closer, she noticed that his scar had faded and was now almost invisible. Any weariness in his face was gone, and if anything his ageless elven features were finer and he looked younger. The crystal suddenly burst into fragments and disappeared in a fine mist. She helped him to his feet and checked he was all right.

He turned to her and said, “I was poisoned by a Basilisk. This is always fatal, there has never been a record of a survivor. What did you do? How did this happen?”

“I don’t know yet, I mean, it was a healing spell. I will need to do some research to work out exactly what happened. But I do know this, I’m glad you are alive. Come, I need to harvest the Basilisk and check out the Mine. Are you okay, or do you need to rest?”

“I am fine, my Lady.”

Leah walked back to the Basilisk and harvested the creature, obtaining some rare and dangerous alchemical ingredients including several vials of Basilisk poison. She then made her way back past all the dead warriors to the centre of the mine. Much of the smell had disappeared but there was still an enormous pile of bones. As she walked closer, she saw different objects glittering in the pile of bones. There were weapons and jewels, coins, books and scrolls. She knew she couldn’t leave all that behind and was going to begin searching it when Gèng said, “Try harvesting the pile, I think you should be able to sift it automatically.”

Leah turned to V’fali and said, “I think I can sort this using Traveller magic, do trust me to give you your share?”

“My Lady, I trust you with my life. I have no claim on the treasure and no desire for it. Please keep whatever you find.”

Leah couldn’t change his mind, so she swallowed a Luck potion and harvested the pile. The pile disappeared, and a long message appeared giving the inventory. She quickly skimmed it and was pleased to see a large amount of coin as well as spells, maps and jewellery of different sorts.

Leah still had a large mining bag, and with some difficulty, she and V’fali managed to get a large block of marble into it. Then she said, “We had best hurry if we want to catch the wagons. Are you ok to run?”

“I feel fine and full of energy. I can run all night my Lady. Please, let me lead this time?”

“All right, well let’s see if we can catch them before they stop for the night.”

The trip to the main trail was completed at a faster rate, and then the two of them ran down the trail for the next three hours. The sun had just set when they came upon the wagon train as it had stopped for the night at the junction of the trails. Y’netmek was waiting for them.

Before Y’netmek could say anything, Leah said, “I am sorry, but I have no time to talk. I am late in taking my needed rest. I will not be here in the morning but will return the day after that. I will follow after you and will try and catch up in several days. Thanks for the loan of V’fali, he was a great help.”

Without waiting for a reply, she walked into the night and logged off.

Leah logged out of the tower and after a quick meal and a long shower she logged in just before 7.30. There was half-an-hour real-time and an hour-and-a-half virtual-time before all her friends were due to arrive at the podium. Susan arrived exactly at 7.30 real-time and walked Leah through all the legal documents. Susan had convinced the owners of the property to amend the leasing arrangement to give Leah an incontestable option to extend the lease for a period of up to four years with a similar option to purchase the property at its current value during that time. Leah needed to pay one and a half million Australian dollars up front to cover the yearly lease. In addition, Susan had arranged a new state of the art DMR Sim Pod to be delivered and installed at the property at one o’clock in the afternoon. This cost another four hundred and fifty thousand dollars after the various tax rebates.

Susan had opened a corporate account for Leah and Leah transferred all her diamond and platinum coins into that account. This came to a total of 813,000 Virtual Credits of which the Dunyanin Administration charged her a two percent withdrawal fee. This left her with 796,740 Virtual Credits which was changed into Australian Dollars thereby losing another two percent. Susan arranged the payment of her tax bill, her lease, the rental of the facility for one week, the College courses, the Pod and a whole list of fees for internet connection, power connection, and various regulatory fees to establish her new company. In the end, she had 292,416 Dollars in the Account. She thought that was a lot until Susan reminded her she needed to find money to pay for security and other staff wages. Susan left after an hour-long meeting and Leah had less than thirty virtual minutes to prepare for the arrival of her friends.

As she rushed to choose something to wear, Gèng said, “Leah, I have clothing for you which is similar to my clothing the other day. I think it would be suitable for your meeting.”

Leah gave a tentative agreement and Gèng changed Leah’s to the traditional silk top and silk trousers. The top was white, rather than Gèng’s red, but with the same stylistic image of a stork embroidered on the right side in gold thread. The trousers were black with matching silk slippers. Leah checked the outfit from several angles and was pleased with the look.

Leah walked slowly out of the tower and down to the arrival podium. Mĕi was walking with her, so she slowed her walk to an amble. Leah was playing a game of tag with Mĕi when Amy arrived. Amy looked around in amazement, she had been expecting an apartment, but she found a whole new world. She stumbled down to Leah and hugged her, then said, “Leah, this is astounding, I have so many questions, but I’ll wait for the others, it’ll save you answering them twice.”

Leah introduced Amy to Mĕi who was standing back and growling at Amy. “Mĕi, stop that! This is Amy. She is our friend. Come and say 'hello'.”

Within minutes, Amy was Mĕi’s best friend, and they were playing ‘chase Amy’ when Wisp, James and Thad arrived all together. They all reacted the same way as Amy and struggled to hold back the questions until Zack turned up. They didn’t have long to wait for they had just been introduced to Mĕi when Zack appeared.

He froze and then looked around with his mouth hanging open. Hoping to forestall the questions a little longer, Leah said, “Welcome Zack, now we are all here we can head up to the Tower. Gèng is looking forward to meeting you and has prepared some refreshments for us on the balcony. Please follow the path.”

“Just hold on Atherleah. What is this place?”

“Why, Zack, this is my Virtual World, this is where I hang out.”

“But how? You had a Nascent AI installed just over a week ago. How has it achieved this, …, this fabulous place?”

“Why don’t you come with me and you can ask Gèng yourself.”

They walked up the path together, the five visitors continually pointing out new things they had seen. Gèng was standing at the front door as they approached and Amy said, “Atherleah, it looks like you have other visitors.”

“Not at all, that is Gèng, she is looking forward to meeting you. Come, and I will introduce you.”

After they had walked onto the portico, Leah introduced her friends to her AI. Gèng then said, “I welcome everyone to the Stork Tower. Please come in. Would you prefer refreshments first or a short tour?”

Zack stepped forward, “A tour please, and then some answers. Atherleah is no help at all. She just clams up and says, ‘Ask Gèng.’ Well now, I can ask you. But tour first.”

“Certainly, please come this way. We should start on the second floor.”

After showing the group the various portals, she said, “Over here we have the storage rooms with loot collected. Each room is specific to a particular dungeon. Loot is organised by value and significance.”

Starting with a room with Spider paraphernalia, Gèng led them through the various dungeons and experiences. She had decorated the walls with pictures edited from the areas and in some places had a sculpture if the event was particularly significant. When they passed a room with an ornate ‘C’ on it, Zack said, “What is in there?”

“That holds a secret Atherleah is keeping for someone. When the time comes, we will open the door. Hopefully, you will visit again and may have a chance to see what is inside.”

They finally got to the floor with all the loot from the Odyssey. Gèng said, “Before I show you these rooms I would like to show you something I haven’t even shown Atherleah yet. In this first room are some singular items that I believe you will find impossible to distribute. I have therefore organised them as a clan trophy room and suggest you transfer these to your clan headquarters as soon as you can.” She then walked into a beautifully decorated room which had the massive jewels on display as well as items such as the chess-set. The wall showed pictures of the Clan mines, and there was a certificate of claim from the Dunyanin Administration framed alongside each picture.

Amy said, “A marble mine. When did we get a marble mine?”

“This morning, I am making my way to the coast to catch a ship to Ticareti and came across the mine,” Leah answered.

James was reading a document beside the picture of an impressive looking mansion. He said, “This is the deed in Clan Guàn’s name for a mansion in Ticareti.”

Leah shrugged, “We needed a headquarters, and I had the opportunity to obtain the house, and I think it will do for a start. If any of you are near Ticareti, you could head there. We need to organise the servants. Also, we need to think of a way to transport the ore from the Mine at Platin. I think I will be able to lease the Marble Mine to the elves if you are happy that I go ahead with that.”

Everyone just stared at her with their mouths open. Finally, Wisp said, “You just happened upon a house, which for your information is a mansion. You came across a mine! That looks like a Basilisk in the picture. You need lessons from Zack on how to tell a story.”

All of them agreed to keep these things in a clubhouse room. The final two rooms were from their trip to Ejder. The completed skeleton of the huge Mamba was impressive but when they walked into the room with two complete dragon skeletons, the set of armour, the chest and the egg they stood in awe.

Finally, Thad said, “I was killed by an Air Chimera in the first thirty minutes, just as I was sneaking up on some goblins.”

Zack said, “I lasted forty minutes and was swarmed by thirty goblins.”

Wisp said, “I made it into the dungeon but died in an exploding trap. One hour.”

James said, “Two hours, The first mini-boss killed me when he reflected my plasma bolt.”

Amy said, “I reached the third level, four hours. A slime got me with poison.”

They all looked at Leah who said, “I had the Phoenix Potion and was resurrected. The largest skeleton is from a dragon who was already dead. The armour was made for me by the second dragon whom I killed, according to her wishes. I have a quest to the Dragon Bone Islands to return six eggs. This egg is mine and will hatch at any time.”

“What is in the chest?”

“Coins, jewels, jewellery, you know, from the dragon’s collection. They were a gift. I haven’t looked really, just removed one of each type of coin. I needed the money in a hurry. We can look now if you like?”

Amy said, “Not now. Gèng what is in that final room?”

“I am still sorting that. It is from Atherleah’s fight with the Basilisk this morning.”

Wisp said, “May we look, Atherleah?”

“Sure, I’ve only glanced at what is in there.”

Gèng had finished decorating the walls, and they could see pictures of Leah running along the trail, followed by V’fali, one of her healing him and several of her fight with the various warriors and the Basilisk. Spread out waiting to be organised was a large number of scrolls, jewels, books, coins and weapons. They perused it for a while, and then Gèng said. “Please, come sit on the balcony and have some refreshments.”

As they followed her out, Zack said, “There are several more levels, what is in them?”

Gèng replied, “Most are in the design phase, and I will keep working on them. I have developed some coding to make each room into a mini-world. The volume inside can be larger than the volume it occupies in this reality. At the moment I am considering how to render the transition to reduce any visual anomalies for visitors. The final level is my personal space, and I am trying to decide on what I, as an AI, find pleasing. This space is designed to be pleasing to Atherleah and her human psychology. I have found no research on what is aesthetically pleasing to AIs. When I am finished my research, I hope to continue the study with other AIs.”

Zack said, “Okay, that is it. Gèng will you please answer some of my questions. You are doing things that only advanced AI can, and even then I doubt they have ever tried to design their own space, to look good.”

Gèng looked at Leah, and after receiving a nod, she began discussing things with Zack. A second Gèng appeared and motioned to the others saying, “Please come this way, I think he and I will be talking for some time. There is no need for you all to have to wait. I have provided some refreshments outside.”

James looked at them and said, “Excuse me, but I’m like Zack. I’m involved in AI development and I think I’ll go listen to the questions he asks. I have some of my own.”

Another Gèng arrived and said, “If you wish you could ask me your own questions.”

The others left James to talk with Gèng.

For the next hour, they talked through their respective plans. Thad, Zack, Amy and James were heading to Pazar to meet with Wisp and then would travel to Ticareti to meet up with Leah. Zack and James finally joined them and Zack said, “Atherleah, that was amazing. If you are ok with it, I would like Gèng to visit with my AI. I think I have some ideas and a starting point, but if they could talk, then that would help.”

“Sure Zack, it is Gèng’s decision, not mine. Just ask her.”

“See, that there is what I think is at the centre of her development. You have given her freedoms that I don’t think I have ever thought about giving to mine.”

Gèng walked in and interrupted, “Atherleah, Susan is requesting a word, shall I show her in?”

‘Yes please.”

Moments later Susan walked in and after glancing at the others said, “The tax department has got back to me, and they are disputing some deductions. I think we will get them overturned, but I need another 200,000 now, and your signature.”

Leah transferred the money and signed the document and Susan disappeared. Zack said, “Who was that? And not to be nosey, but, another 200,000? I thought you were poor.”

Leah briefly outlined what had occurred and the steps she had taken. After she had finished, Thad said, “Can we help at all?”

“Not at the moment, but, thank you for asking. I need to keep progressing and finding things in Dunyanin. I’ll have some big bills to pay. I’m starting at MIT tomorrow, and I don’t know how much of my time that will take. I suppose I’ll know more in a week or two.”

They all talked for another hour when everyone logged out, and Leah was alone again. She and Gèng talked for a bit then she logged out. It was 9.30, and she had half an hour to pack everything and leave. She didn’t need all the time and was ready with ten minutes to spare.

“Gèng, are you sure everything will transfer to the new Pod.”

“Yes, I have arranged a back-up with Security Controller 11-5, and he has also given me some code to ensure this machine is completely sanitised.”

“Good! Well, let’s go. We have a new home waiting.”

At that Leah opened the door and left the facility.

Leah left her Pod apartment with mixed feelings. She was excited by the prospect of having her own place and a new SIMPod, but she also concerned with the possible reactions of the Kodoman family. She was looking forward to starting her studies at MIT, yet the burden of providing an income was already taking most of her time. She enjoyed the excitement of Dunyanin yet wanted more than to simply, play a game. As she walked, she tried to take the advice of Master Ning and let these feelings and thoughts exist without allowing them to rule her. By the time she reached the gate, she was much calmer and was ready to move forward.

When she arrived, she was surprised to see that neither John nor any other member of Jimmy’s gang was there. Instead, there was a long limousine waiting. She remained inside the fence and stood watching the car. A tall man in a dark grey suit got out, walked over to her and said, “Ms Carroll, Mrs Kodoman would like a word with you. Please step into the car.”

Leah stood still and said, “If Mrs Kodoman wants to talk I can give you my contact details.”

“Mrs Kodoman is in the car, please join her.”

“That would make me uncomfortable, please ask Mrs Kodoman to step outside if she wishes to talk.”

The man walked over to the car and talked to whoever was in it through a barely opened rear window. When he returned, he said, “Mrs Kodoman would prefer that you step into the car. I have been authorised as her employee to remind you that as of eleven o’clock you have no right to be on her property. You need to step outside, or I have permission to eject you by force.”

He used the access pad and opened the main gate. Leah stepped through the gate and began to walk towards the bridge and away from the car. The man stepped toward her, and she said, “While I was inside the gate you had a possible right to eject me. Here, outside you have no such rights. I am leaving, if you touch me in any way, I will press charges for assault. Now, step back, please.”

He stopped and glanced back at the car, his head stilled as if listening to something. He the stepped closer and reached for her saying, “Mrs Kodoman insists.”

Leah ducked out of reach and moving rapidly she placed the luggage between her and the man. She decided that fighting would bring the attention of the government and she didn’t want that so she began jogging toward the bridge leaving her possessions in the middle of the street. She heard the man call out and saw two other suited men step from behind houses in front of her. She slowed to stop; she was trapped. The man yelled, “She just wants to talk. Then you can go.”

“Then let her step outside and talk.”

“That is not going to happen, now come with us, or you might hurt yourself.”

Leah turned and walked toward the man who stopped to wait for her. When she was a step from him, she fell forward into a roll and once past him she sprinted down the street and past the car. She headed in the opposite direction to the Switch. She doubted they had people waiting in this direction. She could hear raised voices behind her and loud footsteps running behind her. She ran toward the shops where she had been with Jackson, but as she got close, she saw that the doors were barred and a ‘closed’ sign was in the window. She kept running.

Slowly she pulled away from those who were following her, and she began to slow. She looked behind and could see them, she could also see the limousine heading in her direction. She looked around and saw three security cameras focussed on her. If she remained in their view she that this might dissuade any attack. She stopped and waited for the limousine to draw near and stop. She called to the man who was also drawing close, “Stop, talk from there, or I will run away again. I can do this all day. Be careful now as you and I are on camera and I suppose audio.”

“Step inside the car and talk.”

“Not going to happen.”

“You have my word and that of the Kodoman group that you will not be harmed.”

“Not going to happen.”

“Then we are at an impasse.”

He stopped again as if listening, and then said, “Mrs Kodoman invites you to her virtual world. I will send you the location.”

“How about somewhere more public? I have very little faith in any Kodoman controlled world.”

After a moment he said, “At five o’clock this evening Mrs Kodoman will be taking tea at the Café Infinity in the 55 Cancri System, Cosmos Online.”

“I’ll be there.”

He got back in the car as did the other two men who had also stopped near the car. After the limousine left Leah slowly walked back to her gear and after checking nothing had been touched she headed towards the bridge. She was almost there when she saw John and three other gang members running in her direction. As soon as they got close, John said, “Sorry Leah, the bridge was closed, and guards were travelling up and down the river. Our three spotters on this side were arrested for loitering.”

“It’s ok John, the whole day was rushed, and I’m not surprised they managed to close you out. I’m okay, but now I’m in a bit of a rush.”

John pointed to Leah’s things which one of the men took from her. “He’ll bring that, are you ok for a bit of a jog? We can get there in thirty minutes.”

Leah nodded, and she and John, followed by two others from the gang set off toward the bridge. They had to walk across the bridge but then resumed the faster pace. They arrived at the locked entrance to the old Water Plant just moments before the twelve o’clock deadline. Her parents were standing there, and after a quick hug, she turned to watch a government car approach the facility. After it pulled close, an older woman got out and walked over. She looked the group over and settled her gaze on Atherleah, “Ms Carroll, I understand that as the CEO of Guàn Enterprises you are here to take possession of this facility. My name is Margaret Tully, and I represent the local government which owns the property. All of the documents have been signed, and we look forward to a long and profitable relationship with you. Are you ready to assume possession?”

“Yes, Ma’am!”

“Then please accept this Master Key and the Administrators Password for the facility. Please contact me if you have any queries regarding the lease.” The woman then returned to her vehicle and drove off.

Leah looked at the key and small piece of paper in her hand and with a grin moved to the locked gate and opened it. The first thing she did was head for the central office to make sure the code was genuine. The door had a keypad, and the code unlocked the door. The same code allowed her entry into all the rooms of the complex. Gèng directed her to the central security hub for the facilities. Once there she was able to take control of the whole facility. She immediately changed the administration code and had Gèng do a security sweep.

It took Leah and the group almost an hour to look through the buildings. John said that he had been seconded to Leah by Jimmy and available to take over the Security. Leah assigned him an access code and then went with her parents to decide on where she would live. The Centre had been planned with two levels of apartments. Those on the lower floor were similar to the one Leah had been in, though missing Pods and all the appliances. The upper floor was designed with more spacious rooms all around a large central recreation area. Leah chose one of the suites on the upper level.

This decision was made just in time as John sent a message informing Leah that the Pod had arrived. Leah directed the workers where to set it and then watched the whole setup process. After connecting the Pod to power, internet and plumbing they began to fill it with the gel solution. The process took an hour. Finally, they gave Leah the administration code and walked her through initialising the machine. By two thirty the Pod was installed and ready to go. It was almost double the size of her previous Pod yet had the same sleek look. The extra space was needed for a whole suite of advanced diagnostic tools as well as some newer features which allowed the user to stay in for longer periods. Leah was excited to try it out.

But before she did she needed to work out her living arrangements. Water and power were on, and the room had a shower but nothing to cook with. It took another hour to make arrangements with John and her parents to have various appliances delivered that afternoon. Her mother had decided that at least for a few days she was also going to stay and ‘look after’ Leah. Jin told Michael what he needed to bring over so she could stay in the suite next to Leah's. Leah gave John access to a security account into which she put fifty-thousand dollars.

Finally, she was ready to get in the Pod. Gèng had been doing some research, and it would take Leah several virtual hours to enter Cosmos Online and get to 55 Cancri. The only ‘Club Infinity’ in the system was on the public concourse at the primary space station which orbited the third planet called Brahe. This is one of the starter places for those new to Cosmos Online.

Jin insisted on being in the suite with Leah when she entered the Pod. Leah tried to explain that she needed her privacy because she had to enter the Pod nude. Jin simply dismissed the idea that she, as Leah’s mother, couldn’t see her daughter naked, explaining that she had changed Leah as a baby. Leah could find numerous holes in the argument but knew better than to argue.

After a shower, she wrapped a towel around herself and said to Gèng, “Is everything set up for use?”

“Yes! Everything has been transferred to this new Pod. The Tower is set up, and I have access. The configuration and performance of the Pod are within specification. It is six generations newer than your previous model.”

“Great.” She then looked at her mother and said, “Okay mum, what happens now is I get in the Pod, and the door will close. I expect to be in for three hours. There is no need to stay in here, but please keep everyone else out except that they need to bring my clothes and some food. I’ve given you access to this room, along with Dad. When I finish I will need something to eat, so please have them set the food on the bench.”

Jin gave her a hug. Then, a little self-consciously Leah dropped the towel and got into the Pod. It was roomier than the other one, and the gel was even more comfortable. She closed her eyes, and Gèng transferred her consciousness into the Tower.

The Tower looked the same, and Leah sat down in the Sofa and was pleased when Gèng came and sat at the other end. “So, how do you like the new place Gèng?”

“The data access rate is 19.36 thousand times faster than the previous Pod. The diagnostics in the Pod have allowed me to evaluate your progress better and I can give a detailed analysis of what has been happening to your body. The medical data that was on the Neural Enhancement Chip combined with the greater detail I can see has provided some answer for why you feel residual pain when you leave the Pod.”

“Something is causing the pain?”

“Yes. Some of the disorders that the researchers were hoping to control affected the signals from the brain to the muscles, these disorders often resulted in patients having inadequate control of their muscles as well as reduced muscle tone and strength. The experimental procedure looked to connect the functioning parts of the brain directly to the muscles using an alternate signal transmission system constructed with carbon nanotubes and designed to interact with an experimental carbon fibre matrix built within the muscles. Experiments showed that it was also prudent to strengthen the skeletal system by depositing a mixture of graphene tubules and other carbon-based fibres. I believe what you have been feeling is the deposition of these materials throughout you musculature and skeletal systems. The diagnostics suggest that these might be available for use within several weeks of nanite insertion. This also explains your increase in food. In fact, I think you will probably need to increase your intake, even more, when they come online. The system is designed to be energy neutral by using the body's heat as to power it. Part of the programming will increase your metabolism as the system comes online."

"What will it mean for me, what changes will it mean?"

"In patients with the disorder, it was expected that they might have a normal life. With you, it will mean an increase in your strength and speed to levels that might be considered superhuman. With the changes to the skeletal and muscular systems, you may be upwards of ten times stronger and faster."

"What are the downsides?"

"It is experimental. All attempts to utilise the added architecture had failed. The patients were all unable to control the additional connections."

"So no disastrous downside and more likely, no benefit. Again, I can live with that. Please keep an eye on it and wait till we discuss it before allowing the system to come online. I will need to do some research, but for now, it's Cosmos Online.”

"The basic cost is double that of Dunyanin, so for one month's access, you will need eighty Virtual Credits. This is the world's premier space game, and they advertise a membership of over 1.2 billion players. Space is divided among six major space nations and numerous smaller ones. The 55 Cancri System is unaligned, neutral and a favourite starting point for entry into the game. With the basic package, you have access to all races and alignments. You will start with no weapons but will have a basic set of space gear; suit, thrusters, and toolkit. The setup procedure is streamlined and impersonal. If you want a personalised setup that costs extra."

Gèng arranged the money transfer, and an airlock appeared on the wall. Leah walked toward it, and the door opened. She stepped inside, the door closed and the second door opened. She stepped into a pristine white, empty room. Before she could do anything, a lady, dressed in white walked in and said, "Welcome Atherleah Lin Mu-Ling Carroll. I have your ID as FQC3465278 and your Interface as AI 628B44CE81. Is this correct?”

"Yes."

"You have a choice of seven species. These species do not interbreed so there are no cross-breeds. Each of the species is dominant in certain areas of space, except for humans who live in all systems. They all have distinct advantages and disadvantages. When you have made a choice, please let me know."

An example of each of the species appeared in the room. Leah could see her resemblance in all of them and concluded they represented her possible avatars in the game. Besides the human, there was a figure that looked elven and was from a race called Teldarians. There was a smaller stocky dwarven analogue, though, without the hair, it had rock-like skin and was called a Ulturian. There were also canine, feline and lizard based species. After a quick look at the various advantages, she decided that she felt most comfortable as a human and she said, "I would like to be human."

"Do you wish to change your physical form?"

"No, thank you. I would like longer hair, but I imagine that could be a problem in space."

"No changes. You are correct; long hair can place you at a disadvantage."

"What name would you like to use. There is no restriction that it be unique."

"Atherleah."

"Any last name or descriptor, such as Atherleah Carroll or Atherleah the Brave?"

"No thank you. Just Atherleah."

"Do you wish to identify as aligned or unaligned. Aligned means you have chosen a side in the galaxy-wide space race, un-aligned gives the option of choosing later as well as the freedom to visit all areas of space."

"Unaligned."

"Where do you wish to start?"

"The public Space Station in the 55 Cancri System."

"Thank-you Atherleah, while we process that information and prepare your gear it is important that you learn some of the basic skills. If you fail to learn these, it is found that your stay in Cosmos Online is limited. Please walk through the door indicated in green, and a tutor will be with you shortly."

Over the next hour-and-twenty-minutes, Leah learned how to repair a pressure leak and the correct way to get in or out of a space suit. There were no points to distribute as the game mechanics emphasised improving by obtaining better tools, spacesuits or bionic upgrades. When she was finished, she was handed a duffle bag, a belt with a toolkit and dumped onto the public concourse of the space station. She was still dressed in her jeans, t-shirt and sneakers. She was surrounded by people from all the seven species and from other species which were played mainly by NPC's, though she knew those who paid more could choose from as many as twenty different species. She had one hour to get to the café and decided to have a brief look around.

Before she had taken two steps one of the large dog or wolf analogues, which she remembered were called Gorgians, stepped in front of her and said, "You're early, come with me."

Looking up at the two and a half metre beast she could see the features of Meredith's man from earlier in the day. She stepped back and said, "Stop trying to order me around Fido, I agreed to five o'clock, and I have some time left. Go water a tree or something. I'll come when I'm ready."

He growled and grabbed her arm, she responded by ducking underneath and slamming her fist into where she imagined his genitals were. As he folded forward in pain, she slipped behind him, removed his belt, picked his external pockets and stepped into the crowd. One of the things the tutor had emphasised was the need to be aware of your surroundings; people would and could steal everything you had on you. Her training as a pickpocket had come in handy. She quickly resized the belt and swapped it for hers. Her belt went into the duffel, as did his blaster and holster, she would wear them after learning how to use them. There was also a switch-knife, and she kept that. She had also stolen a small datacube and a plain keycard from his pocket and these she placed in her toolkit. He had eight coins in his belt pocket, a five-sided coin stamped with a '10' and seven square coins, one stamped with '500' and three with '100', two with '10' and one with '1'.

Money in Cosmos Online was reckoned in credits and was mostly electronic. People couldn't always access the banking system, and there was a compatible system using precious metals. The lowest coin was a thin square piece of gold and was equal to one virtual credit. There were thicker and purer versions which were ten gold, one hundred gold and 500 gold. The numbers '1', '10', '100', and '500' was also stamped on them. There were also five-sided Platinum Coins and six-sided Rhodium Coins. One Platinum was worth one thousand Gold, and one Rhodium was worth one thousand Platinum. Leah now had ten Platinum and eight hundred and twenty-one Gold.

As soon as she could, she stepped into an outfitter store to buy some new clothes. Ten minutes later she was unrecognisable. She was now wearing a one-piece suit which could be used in space. It was armoured to withstand a direct hit from a blaster or needle-gun. Her duffel had been replaced by an armoured backpack which also powered the suit and provided up to three hours of oxygen. She was wearing a communications unit that allowed her to understand and speak all the various languages. She had opened an account at the Cosmos Bank and now had a compact bracelet which kept a record of all earnings and updated with the bank daily. She coloured the suit in a similar fashion to the dragon armour. She had spent almost everything she'd taken from the Gorgian. She kept the blaster in the backpack but bought two expensive nano weapons called Nano Sabres. The outfitter had explained that though technically legal on the station they were highly dangerous and rarely used in crowded places as people struggled to wield them effectively. He said that many people referred to them as Light Sabres, but for copyright purposes, they were sold as Nano Sabres. Shaped like a sword grip, when activated, they extruded an extremely strong microfilament less than a micron in diameter. It could cut through most materials with ease. Most people had the filament emit a visible aura so that it could be seen. Leah set the length and shape of the filament to match her swords from Dunyanin and removed the visible aura. She had also purchased several other interesting gadgets in preparation for her meeting.

It was nearing five real-time, so she made her way to the Infinity Café. It looked like a very expensive place. She was asked if she had a reservation, so she said she had a meeting with Meredith Kodoman. They went to check and then ushered her in immediately. Meredith was seated in the middle of the room, and empty tables surrounded hers. Behind her stood two Gorgians, one was the one she had met earlier. He was glaring at her and growling quietly. She ignored them both and went to sit opposite Meredith. Before she could sit Meredith looked up at her and said, "Don't sit Atherleah, I am sorry you didn't trust me this morning. I only wanted to discuss several things. This meeting time is for someone important, not you, so you can stand."

Leah didn't reply, she simply sat down opposite Meredith. One of the Gorgians made a move toward her, but she ignored him. Merideth waved her hand, and he stepped back. Meredith said, "You should take care, my employees are very loyal."

"Your employees are mostly stupid and should be house trained."

Meredith ignored the comment and said, "You are aware that the international virtual authorities are making vile and horrid claims against my family and, in particular, against my son Jackson. Much of their action I believe rests on evidence which you have reportedly supplied to them. I expect you to withdraw your support for their action and claim you made the evidence up. Something along the lines of, 'Jackson spurned me, and I wanted to get back at him.' I have a document to that effect that you will sign."

"Or?"

"Or nothing! This is my expectation."

"Well, Good talk, Meredith. I appreciate it. Blunt, but straight to the point. I'll think about it."

Leah got up to leave, and the Gorgian stepped forward.

Leah said, "Step back, Fido. I said I'd think about it. Ok."

She turned and sat back down and said, "I've thought about it. No!"

Meredith said "No?"

"That's right, No!"

"That is unfortunate. You should know that this sets you at odds with me and my friends. There is nowhere you will be safe, I will destroy you and your family. Dunyanin is mine. When I find you, I will kill you. This world is mine. Run, I will give you one week and then I will find you and kill you here as well."

"Now that was all supposed to come after I said, 'or?' Then, it would have made you sound, wicked and evil, but now you come across as merely petulant. Is there anything else or was that it?"

When Meridith said nothing, Leah stood and walked outside. As she left, she passed another Gorgian entering the room. She touched a button on her comm unit and heard Meridith say, "When we finish here, find her and kill her." Leah was glad she had left the small bug under the table. It had cost her 200 Gold, and already it was coming in useful.

She decided to listen in on the conversation. She heard Meridith say, "Welcome, Packlord Filtiarn! Please join me."

"Well met Packleader Mahigan. Who was the cub?"

"An annoyance, nothing more. She will not see the night, nor howl in my presence ever again. How may I serve?"

"Stop attempting humility Mahigan, it doesn't suit you. Did you receive the plans for our invasion?"

"Yes, Kurt here picked them up earlier today from the drop point. I haven't reviewed them yet."

"You will need the following code, VILKAS-42316, this will unlock the cube. We need you to provide the support as indicated. If your fleet helps in this way, we will give you this sector to rule. How many ships will you bring?"

"I will bring my whole fleet. I have five months and hope to double my fleet by then. You promised to provide a full set of your empire's star charts, is that on the cube."

“No, our charts are extensive. Instead, we are giving you a new Corvette and have loaded all the charts into its memory. The keycard your servant picked up is the owner's chip for a starship. It is at Bay 127A on Level 6, use the same code to enter."

Leah didn't wait any longer but set off at full speed toward the outer concourse. She contacted Gèng and said, "Overlay the route to Level 6 Bay 127A on my vision and find me an independent qualified Captain who can fly the ship. I want them to meet them there immediately."

As she ran, she listened to the two continue their discussion. As she arrived on the sixth level, she heard them begin to wind up the conversation. She was at Bay 123B when she heard Merideth say, "Give me the keycard and data chip."

She passed Bay 126A when the Gorgian said, "It's gone. When she took my belt, she must have taken the card and chip."

As she arrived at Bay 127A, she heard Merideth screaming for them to find her and kill her slowly. She slowed and walked into Bay 127A to find the Bay empty. Gèng said, “I have been unable to find a Captain on such short notice. I suggest you claim the ship and disappear. They need the Keycard to take the ship, and the game mechanics will not allow them to damage or enter it if you are not on board.”

Leah entered the airlock and waited as it cycled. When it opened, there was a closed door in front of them with a keypad. Leah swiped the card and entered the code. The door opened.

Leah said, “Gèng, can you direct me on where to enter the owner's chip."

Gèng checked various manuals and directed Leah to the bridge. Leah sat in the central chair and placing her hand on a palm reader, inserted the chip. After a moment a voice said, "Welcome Atherleah. You are the new owner of this brand new Meridian Corvette 6000. You need to register a name for your vessel."

“Please name the vessel ‘Annoyance’.”

“That name is unique. Your registration is complete. Your AI has been given control of the Annoyance. Enjoy your day.”

Gèng said, “I have full control. We need a qualified pilot to leave the dock. All fees are paid for the next month. If you leave now, they can’t do anything to the ship until they find you, and get the owners chip.”

Leah grabbed the chip, shoved it in the top of her boot and left the bridge at a run. Ten minutes later she was on the lowest deck of the station hiring a room for the night As she prepared to log out,

Gèng said, “You have a call from Mahigan the Black.”

“Ignore it. Let’s leave for a while. I have a lot of research to do before I have any chance of escaping the station.”

Leah appeared in the Tower and immediately began to study the world of Cosmos Online. Cosmos Online was galactic in scale, and there was talk of a new development soon which allowed inter-Galactic travel to Andromeda and the Magellanic Clouds. There was no levelling as such, growth was measured in skills attained and technology acquired. The Meridian Corvette that Leah had taken from Mahigan was the largest vessel capable of being flown solo although it was recommended for a crew of eight to ten. To buy new, it would cost in the region of fifty Rhodium or 50,000,000 Virtual Credits. Leah considered simply selling it, but somehow that wasn’t as satisfying as learning to fly it and exploring a whole galaxy. Most spacecraft in the game were not equipped to leave their home system. Ships like the Annoyance, however, could make use of a faster-than-light (FTL) drive system called a Quantum Drive. The Quantum Drive allowed a ship to leave this physical universe and move through what was called Plankian Space. Travel was not instantaneous.

FTL speeds depended on the type of Quantum Drive the ship possessed and was related to the wavelength and frequency of the ship in Plankian Space. Leah’s Ship had a Type 3 Drive and a calculation of density (ρ) and velocity (v) when the ship engaged the drive allowed the Annoyance to achieve a Relative Velocity (V) of V = c(βvh/ρ)^3, where c was the speed of light, h was Plank’s constant and β was the Broglie constant for the Quantum Drive. Very roughly, in the case of the Annoyance, this equated to a speed of ‘x’ cubed times the speed of light where x was the translation velocity as a multiple 100000 m/s. If the Annoyance were able to translate while travelling at one million m/s, then her relative velocity would be 1000c or 1000 times the speed of light. If she were travelling to a star system 50 light years away, then the trip would take her just over two and a half weeks. If she could reach a translation speed of two million m/s, then the same trip would take less than two and a half days.

Mahigan was considered one of the top five players and owned a 200 plus private fleet. She was the involved in numerous business ventures including mining and security. Mining in Cosmos Online was able to be done by a single player working as an Asteroid Miner with a simple Laser equipped Jackhammer or using enormous mining ships which could devour whole asteroids at a time. The need for metals was unending as the demand for new ships, stations and weapons continued to outgrow the supply.

Many people played for the opportunity to explore the galaxy, finding new planets and discovering new and exciting technologies. Others joined for the martial side of the game. They fought aliens, but also each other. The six races other than humans were in constant war with each other, and they often used mercenary troops to help in campaigns. A well-equipped mercenary could find an opportunity to fight almost every single day. Travel between systems took time, however, and so many people never left their starting planet but maintained multiple identical avatars, one in each system of interest; skills, money, personal weapons and armour were transferable between characters, ships and anything that was useable by more than one person was not transferable. The fee Leah had paid allowed her to have two avatars. There was no upper limit to the number of avatars you could have, as long as you were prepared to pay for the privilege.

Packlord Filtiarn was an NPC and was in control of the Filtarian home fleet stationed around their homeworld of Lyall, 402 light years from Earth in the Constellation Canis Major. One of Mahigan’s Avatars commanded a Starfighter Battalion in his fleet. It was reported that his presence in the 55 Cancri system was a detour on his way home from a mission to Nagendra the home planet of the Lizard analogue who were called Nagendrians. Nagendra was in the Constellation Draco. His mission had been to seek help in the war against the Teldarians. It was unknown what the outcome of the mission had been.

Leah’s head was spinning when she stepped out of the Pod. She was a little startled that her mother was waiting, so she had a quick shower and got dressed. She explained that she was only out for the next 20 minutes and then she would be in the Pod for another three hours. She looked around and saw that the room equipped with a microwave and some cooking facilities. Her mother explained that the adjoining suite had been transformed into a bedroom and that Jin expected to stay there for at least a week to check on Leah. Leah was aware that her independence was likely to be a little curtailed, but she loved her mother being around. After looking at her mother’s room, she said that Gèng would let Jin know when Leah was almost ready to exit the Pod.

Before Leah re-entered Dunyanin, she texted Thad and the others and invited them to the tower at midnight. On arriving in Dunyanin, she expected Y’netmek to be gone, but she could still see the caravan through the trees. She walked out, and everyone began to pack up ready to leave. She found Y’netmek and said, “I thought you would be gone by now?”

“V’fali would not leave without you. He has declared you K’lbimizin. After hearing his tale and seeing the wonder of Heykel, for we travelled there yesterday to see it, we also decided to wait for you.”

“What is the meaning of K’lbimizin?”

“It means you are of our heart, that you are High Elf and of noble line. You are to be followed and protected. He has declared you his Lady. This is a declaration of fealty, not affection. In our land, you have no say in this, it is his declaration, and he will determine how to meet his obligations.”

Leah looked over at V’fali who was listening to the conversation a few steps behind Y’netmek, and she said, “Fine. I suppose then I will travel toward Göksel-Orman with you. I calculated it would take me five days, how long will it take the Caravan?”

“Usually we travel at a slower pace, but as you have a deadline, we can make the trip in six days travelling fast.”

According to Leah’s ancient map, there was an older trail that looked shorter than the one used in this age. Y’netmek planned to follow a track beside the river. In earlier days there was a direct route that was less than two-thirds the distance. Leah said, “Why have your people abandoned the Old Trail to Göksel-Orman?”

Leah explained that she had an older map of the area and it had an almost direct road joining the junction and Göksel-Orman. Y’netmek looked surprised and then said, “There is talk of the Road of Kings. The path you describe would go through the Valley of Despair, and no High Elf has willingly entered the valley in Millennia. It is rumoured that the valley was destroyed and cursed by Mage Orumeck as he and Guzeltuya fled her father. The army her father had sent was destroyed in the valley. It is said that they inhabit it still. Any who enter, never leave.”

Gèng checked the various user sites, and there was no mention of either the Road of Kings or the Valley of Despair. Leah said, “I plan on making my way down the Road of Kings. I understand that it is unsuitable for the caravan. I thank you for waiting, but I believe this is the best path for me. I will leave to find the Road after we have travelled two or so leagues.”

Y’netmek didn’t try to dissuade Leah but walked away to get everything moving. As they travelled, Leah said to Y’netmek, “Y’netmek, you seem to have accepted my leaving without any argument. Two days ago you would have done anything to dissuade me.”

“If indeed you are K’lbimizin, then such a journey is not only your right, it is your duty. Only the King can limit one so named. It is possible that some of us may even join you on the journey. Travelling with a K’lbimizin is an honour.”

Two hours later Leah could see the geographical landmarks which matched the start of what she now knew was called, the Road of Kings. She said goodbye to Y’netmek and began to jog toward a small gap in the low lying hills to the left of the trail. V’fali and three others joined her. She stopped and turned to them and said, “I understand that you wish to join me. If you come, I expect that you will do as I ask. If not then it is best you stay here.”

They all nodded, and she walked with them a while discussing their strengths and weaknesses. Besides V’fali there was C’sur, S’glam and S’abit. S’glam and S’abit were brothers and were recognised as the best scouts in the caravan, Leah sent them out ahead. C’sur was considered the best archer in the group and was an accomplished fire mage. He walked on her right and a little behind while V’fali walked on her left.

As they approached the small valley, they could see the remnants of the road. It was overgrown, and trees had grown through the road in places, tearing up the stones. Leah felt comfortable in moving rapidly, and the five were soon jogging down the road. After two leagues she stopped for lunch. So far there had been no MOB’s of any sort even though they could hear birds and insects as they ran.

S’glam and S’abit set off a few minutes before the others, and it was with some surprise that Leah saw them stopped in the middle of the road some twenty minutes later. They did not look to be in danger but stood at the top of a rise staring forward. When the three joined them, they also stopped to stare at the sight. About 100 metres down the next slope the Road was in pristine condition. Standing at the beginning of the Road were four stone statues, they were all High Elves and dressed in armour. As the five walked down the slope, the four statues began to lose their granite appearance, and took on the colour and look of life. Leah stopped several paces before what were now four High Elf Warriors.

Leah realised that she was standing in front of the warriors alone. Her companions had disappeared. One of the warriors noticed her gaze said, “Your attendants will greet you at the end of the road, should you survive. Are you ready for your trial?”

“Sir, could you explain the trial?”

“This is the Road of Kings. You must travel from one end to the other, taking the seven steps of a ruler without failing, and without dying. This is the Trial. None have taken it since Orumeck, who in his failure, tainted the fourth step. None have taken the Road since his time.”

“Sir, what do I need to be ready?”

“You must know yourself, your strengths, your weaknesses, your success, your failures, your tools, your mind, your heart and your people.”

“How long is the Journey? I am a Traveller and must leave this world for a time every nine hours. I have five hours left before I must leave. I can have a break now and then return.”

“You are given one hour for each step. Return here after the sun rises tomorrow. I suggest you get to know your swords; you have yet to master them.”

Leah bowed and took several steps backwards and found the warriors once again turned to stone. Her companions were still missing. She moved back over the hill and found a small clearing. She equipped Baris and Adalet.

Baris was longer than Adalet and had a longer grip for use with both hands. The seventy-centimetre blade was slightly curved and resembled pictures she had seen of Japanese Katana. Adalet had a similar shape, but the blade was only forty-five centimetres in length. She decided to practice first with Baris and work through her forms. As she drew Baris from its scabbard, she felt her whole body tingle, she looked around and found herself in large area that reminded her of her dojo in the tower. Several people were practising hand to hand combat, and one couple were sparring with swords. As she looked around, a woman dressed all in white walked into the room and over to Leah. Leah could feel her presence as she got closer.

“Finally, an aspirant! So Atherleah, you have come holding my sacred swords and wish to become my Paladin?”

“With respect, No! I have come to tame my swords, and I don’t know who you are.”

“I am Utsal, goddess of Light and Truth. Those belong to my Paladin.”

“They belonged to your Paladin, past tense, but you lost them. I have them now.”

“But are you worthy of them? If you are, then you can serve me as Paladin.”

“With respect, I already follow a God. I cannot be your Paladin.”

“Then you must leave, this is my temple. Leave the swords.”

“I will be happy to leave. You brought me here so just show me the way out. The swords go with me.”

“You are impertinent.” Utsal waved her hand, and Leah felt Baris jerk in her hands.

She held on. Baris began to slip in her fingers, so she moved her stance to hold it two-handed. Utsal made the motion again but this time with greater force. Leah changed her stance so that her body was aiding in keeping Baris in her hands. She calmed her mind, activating her Ki to help resist.

Utsal brought her hands together and formed a sword similar to Baris. She said, “I will have to take them from your body.” With that, she began to attack Leah. Leah raised Baris to defend herself and then had to work for the next few minutes just to keep Utsal from killing her. After several minutes of sparring Leah was worn out, she had several cuts on her arms and legs, but she firmly held onto Baris. Leah hadn’t managed to get a touch on Utsal. Utsal stepped back and said, “This is taking too long. Prepare for the end.” She then formed a second shorter sword from air and stepped toward Leah. Leah drew Adalet and began to use both swords in a combination of the Filipino stick fighting and the sword forms from Dark Moon Duel. After several minutes Utsal finally got through the defence and cut Leah’s arm causing her to drop Baris. She then attacked with both swords and disarmed Leah of Adalet as well.

Utsal waved her hands, and the scabbards flew from Leah’s belt to her hands. Holding both swords and the scabbards she began to walk away and said over her shoulder, “You may leave. Next time you appear here, I will finish your lesson in humility.”

Leah had healed her arm, and she equipped her bow and nocked an arrow, aiming it at the Goddess.

“Hey Lady, give me back my swords.”

Utsal turned and said, “Child, you cannot harm me in my temple. You cannot threaten me and …”

Before she could finish the sentence, Leah fired an arrow through Utsal’s open mouth. In her surprise, Utsal dropped the swords. Leah was surprised to see a bar form above Utsal’s head. Leah knew she had hardly harmed Utsal at all, but still, she stepped forward and as she picked up the swords said, “I wasn’t threatening you, I was telling you. Give me my swords. Now, how do I get out of here.”

Suddenly she was in a garden, and Utsal was sitting at a table with a teapot and cups.

“Don’t go Atherleah. You’ve just arrived. I have tested your resolve, and the swords are yours. That is the first time that I’ve ever been shot, it hurt. Are you sure you don’t want to be my Paladin? How do you like your tea?”

Leah walked over and sat down. She said, “So it was all a test, a bit of a weird test for the Goddess of Light and Truth. Black no sugar.”

“Sometimes the easiest way to find truth is when someone is under stress; especially you mortals. You have so many agendas and competing principles that you find it hard to know what is true. The test was for you, not for me. You needed to know how you truly felt about the swords.”

“Then your test failed. I have always seen the swords as tools. I would give them to you if you needed them more than I do. I didn’t respond like that because I need or want the swords but because I don’t believe bullies should be able to take whatever they can. You were acting like a bully.”

“Are you sure you won’t be my Paladin, I haven’t been told off like that since Ilahi was angry of the way I treated Aldat at a party, Aldat by the way, is the god of Deception.”

“As I said, I follow a God in my world. I cannot be your Paladin, but if you need telling off occasionally, then I will be your friend. Friends tell each other off when necessary.”

“A friend! Gods do not befriend people.”

“Of course they do. My God is my friend. Being a friend isn’t about power, it’s about trust and vulnerability, it's about how you treat someone, not what you get from them. It’s all about love.”

Suddenly Utsal disappeared, and everything froze, nothing moved for over a minute, then two; Leah just sat and waited. Finally, in a familiar flash of light, Emil Riverton appeared.

He said, “Atherleah. You are making me grey. I don’t know how you do it but you singlehandedly caused the three hundred and sixty-five god-AIs of Dunyanin to access over three percent of our global processing ability. You and your words have become the focal point for a major theological debate in the Pantheon. All the gods have their own ‘heavens’ or ‘hells’, and they are all frozen like this. The developers don’t know where this is going. Somehow they have all jumped beyond their programming and are in AI free-fall. They, the AIs, have summoned you. Help us contain this. We need twenty-four hours to set boundaries and safeguards.”

The elf disappeared moments before three beings in golden armour arrived. They resembled the three major races, human, elf, and dwarf. The dwarf said, “Atherleah, Friend of Utsal, come with us.”

“Please.”

“I beg your pardon?”

“Come with us, please? It is polite. I don’t have to come; I could go elsewhere. You don’t want to fight me, and you haven’t explained yourselves, so be polite; Come with us, please?”

“Atherleah, Friend of Utsal; Come with us, please?”

“Why?”

“You have been summoned.”

“By whom?”

“A Conclave of the Gods!”

“Certainly, lead the way.”

Leah felt the same whole body tingle she felt when she was transported to Utsal’s temple and then she was standing in the centre of a large circular building outfitted like the Parthenon. Around Leah stood the three hundred and sixty-five gods all talking and they all turned and began to ask her questions at the same time. She stood there transfixed for several moments before saying in a loud voice, “Oi. One at a time, please.”

There was a sudden silence, and a figure clothed in shadow stepped forward and said menacingly, “Who are you, worm, to order the gods?”

Leah peered and saw his title

KARGASA, GOD OF CHAOS (Level 10662) 113678244HP 533100EP

“My name is Atherleah. That wasn’t an order. It was a request. You invited me here, remember.”

“We did not invite you here. We ordered you to come.”

“Then send me back. I thought it was a request.”

“You had no choice.”

“Gèng, log me out.”

Leah materialised moments later in the Tower. She sat down and thought through her next moves. After sixty seconds she said, “Ok, that’s long enough, Log me back in.”

She reappeared in the same circular structure, but this time on her arrival there was instant silence as the gods turned to face her.

She said, “You invited me here, now how may I be of assistance?”

Utsal stepped forward and said, “Is it true, you would be my friend?”

“Yes! I don’t understand the big deal though, don’t gods have friends?”

“No. We have alliances. We have objectives to meet. To succeed we must sometimes compromise if it helps us reach our objectives, then we make an alliance.”

“But what if you can help someone else to reach their objectives, I don’t mean Kargasa, but say, Namus, what if helping them cost you something, wouldn’t it be worth it to help them reach their objective?”

“But what would Namus give me for the help? How do I know if it is a good decision? What if he took advantage of my help?”

“So what? My God tells me it is even good to help my enemies. Not to help them do evil, but if I see them in need then I should help them, I should be prepared to take a personal loss in the opportunity to do good to them. But I think that the major issue here is even deeper than that. What is good? For you Utsal, it is light and truth. For Kargasa, it is chaos. For Namus, it is purity. You have no common ground.”

Utsal said, “But, Chaos cannot be good.”

Kargasa stepped forward, but Leah stopped him with her hand raised and said, “Yes it can. A forest fire is chaotic, yet without it, many plants will not germinate. The sun is a chaotic furnace, yet without it, there is no life. Chaos as the only good, is, I think, bad, but it can be beneficial. Truth is good, but if it is always spoken, in every circumstance, in all its fullness, it is not beneficial. When a child asks are monsters real, a parent can be honest without describing all monsters everywhere. The child would be terrified. For most of you, I imagine, your truths are based on limited knowledge. With the perspective of what you know, you act for your truth or good. But you don’t know everything. Your idea of ‘good’ is limited. You don’t know the value of friendship so how can you say in truthfulness that it is not possible, you can’t.”

There was silence in the room, and then Utsal said, “But what do we do?”

“You wait, you ponder, you think, you discuss. Sit down with Kargasa and the other Dark Gods, find out what their objectives are. Some of them you might agree with. Where you can, help each other. Most of you are vital to the life and security of Dunyanin. Even if you can’t find that absolute good, you can decide on how you will act. So, for example, I will not tolerate bullies, that is why I treated Kargasa the way I did, but it was also why I treated you the way I did. Those of you who revel in pain probably won’t be my close friends, but pain can be good when it tells you to take your hand from the fire. Learn to appreciate each other.”

A clouded figure clothed in darkness and chains stepped forward and said, “My name is Suzluk, and I name you ‘Enemy’. My followers will be given your name and your image. You can step nowhere in Dunyanin and be safe, I have spoken.”

SUZLUK, GODDESS OF DESPAIR (Level 14612) 213510544HP 730600EP

“Well, that figures, I can’t think of anything positive about despair. I think the title ‘Enemy of Despair’ is something I can live with.”

The room broke out in numerous conversations as the gods discussed what she had said. Leah felt the tingle and appeared in a different room. This was full of flowers and sunshine. She looked around and then up at a man who appeared in the room. He said, “My name is Umut, and I am the God of Hope. I know of your reservations about following a god in this world and will respect that. I name you friend. I would also name you ‘Champion’. I have considered your deeds and believe this will fit your journey. Will you accept the title, ‘The Champion of Hope’? I require nothing but that you continue to act as you have.”

Leah thought for some time and then said, “It would be an honour Lord Umut.”

“Good, I will return you to the Road of Kings. Know this, Suzluk and her followers have control of the fourth step. You will need courage to succeed. As my champion, I gift you with a fifty percent immunity to attacks of the mind. Clarity of thought is a foundation of hope. As champion, I also give you a ten percent increase in all future Experience. Utsal passed around a collection, and those who look on your words with favour give you two million experience points and some coins from those who love money. Finally a gift from Kargasa, he would not meet you himself, but for your words he gives you this ring, it will increase both your strength and your constitution by fifty. He asked me to tell you that he is pleased with you, he believes you bring Chaos to Dunyanin. He looks forward to your disruption of Göksel-Orman. Know that the gods watch you with interest. Farewell.”

Before she could say anything, she found herself back in Dunyanin with all whole slew of messages.

Atherleah, you have been named ‘Friend of Truth’.

Reward 1: + 20 to Wisdom

Reward 2: 50000 EP = 90,500 EP (+81%) (472910/520000)

World Achievement: First 1 (2, Painite)

Enter the Pantheon of the Gods

Atherleah (Level 174) You have entered the Pantheon of the Gods. This is your second World Achievement: 'First 1 (Painite)’.

You are the first player to enter this playing area.

Reward 1: 10000 x 174 = 3149400 (80.5%) Experience Points (520000/520000) …(427310/550000)

Reward 2: + 10% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 2 x 10 Diamond

Reward 4: Increased probability of valuable drop. Luck is increased by 15 whenever you are in the Pantheon of the Gods.

Fame: 15000 Fame Points (74650)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: Due to the unique nature of this achievement it will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

Atherleah, you have been named ‘Enemy of Despair’.

Fame: 1000 Fame Points (75650)

Consequence 1: Her followers will be given your name and your image.

Your relationship with Suzluk is Eternal Enmity

Atherleah, you have been named ‘The Champion of Hope’.

Reward 1: 50% Immunity to Mental Attacks

Reward 2: + 10% to all future Experience

Fame: 1000 Fame Points (76650)

Atherleah, you have been named ‘Counsellor of the Gods’.

Reward 1: 36500 P = 73365 EP (+101%)  (500675/550000)

Fame: 3650 Fame Points (80300)

Atherleah, a collection was taken among the Gods, and you have been given a gift to help in your journey and for protection against the followers of Suzluk.

Reward 1: 2000000 EP = 4020000 EP (+101%)  (550000/550000) … (565675/585000)

Reward 2: 1 Diamond Coin, 1 Platinum Coin, 1 Gold Coin, 1 Silver Coin and 1 Copper Coin. Each is stamped with the image of the Pantheon of the Gods.

As she sat there, she received a message from the Dunyanin Administrators

A Gift of Thanks

Atherleah,

Thank you! It is quite possible that this is the impetus we have been looking for to begin a continent-wide event called ‘The War of the Gods!”  Kargasa was right about you bringing ‘chaos’ to Dunyanin.

Please accept these gifts as an expression of our appreciation.

Gift 1: 20 Diamond Coins

Gift 2: 1 Spell of Teleportation

Do you wish to accept these gifts?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

Leah quickly read through the Spell of Teleportation, at the novice level it would only transport here by line of sight between 100 and 2000 metres. She had unassigned skill points so she increased the skill level to the Intermediate level and was able to travel line of sight from one league to twenty leagues if travelling to a new place and the same distance without sight if she had been there and could visualise the location. The cost in Mana at Intermediate level 1 would use almost all her MP. She raised the skill level to Intermediate Level 3, and this reduced the Mana expenditure, it also reduced the cool-down time and increased the distance she could travel.

She thought of a small clearing at the top of the previous hill, spoke the words while visualising the clearing. She felt her body shift to the new place. She had kept her eyes open, and the experience was like a fast-forward video, slipping through the distance. She felt slightly nauseous. Next time she imagined she would keep her eyes closed. Forty minutes later she transported back to her original potion and then logged out for the night. It was 10.20 at night. This time her room was empty, but after a shower, she looked outside, and her whole family had set up a table and were talking while they waited for her to arrive. Her mother served her some supper while she caught up with what her father and brother had been doing that day.

At eleven she said goodnight. She explained that she wanted to attend several college subjects before a meeting and then another day in Dunyanin before she saw them in the morning.

After logging in, she visited Master Ning and then had a one hour lesson with the Master of Blades before returning to catch up with Wisp, Amy, James, Zack and Thad. Gèng had been working on bringing day and night to Leah’s virtual world, and the five friends found themselves on the podium under a full moon. The pathway to the Tower was lit with Chinese lanterns. This time Leah met them at the front door.

After everyone was seated, they shared where they were in their travels. Wisp was still in Pazar, and the others hoped to reach there tomorrow. They asked how the move had gone and she explained how everything had gone including the meeting with Meredith. When she mentioned the request to meet in Cosmos Online, Amy said, “That is the space game we played for a few years. It was a lot of fun.”

Thad said, “So, did you meet her at the Infinity Café?”

“I did, she goes by the name of Mahigan the Black.”

Zack said, “Oh bloody hell, that lady is mean as a snake. We ran into her once, and she destroyed our ship and set us back several months. I hope you were careful.”

Amy looked at Leah and said, “You weren’t, were you? What did you do?”

“Well, she was actually there to meet a Gorgian called Packlord Filtiarn. She was to get a data cube of his plans to invade somewhere and then he gave her a brand new Meridian Corvette 6000 preloaded with a complete set of all the Gorgian star-charts. I, um, managed to steal the cube and the ship with the plans.”

Thad burst out laughing, banging his legs like he was playing the drums. Zach was open-mouthed in astonishment while Jason had turned white.

Jason said, “She’ll kill you, she’ll murder everything you hold dear, she will hunt you down. Who else but us knows? Don’t tell anyone, the shame will drive her crazy mad. What are you going to do?”

“Well, I was hoping you could tell me the best place to take my second avatar so I can learn how to pilot my new spaceship. I was thinking of unlocking the data cube, as I have the password, and then I hoped to put a spanner in Packlord Filtiarn’s plans. If you guys still have an account and want to crew The Annoyance, you would be welcome.”

“The Annoyance?”

“Gèng could you play the recording of the whole conversation please?”

Gèng showed them the full 3D of Leah and Meredith’s conversation and then played the rest of the conversation while showing Leah’s mad dash for the ship.

Zack said, “I don’t know about the others Atherleah, but, I'm in. I don’t care about the consequences James, people like her ruin the game. I’m in. One of my characters is on Bernd at the space station. If you meet me there, I will get you squared away as a pilot in no time. From there I can travel to 55 Cancri in just a few weeks. It’ll take that long to qualify as a pilot for the Corvette. I do know a pilot though who might like to get back in the chair.”

Amy said, “Yep, I’m in. We all have avatars on Bernd. I can fly that Baby. If we alternate Dunyanin and Cosmos Online we could be in 55 Cancri in a week maximum.”

James said, “I know it is a bad idea. That woman is vindictive. And Gorgians are mean, plain mean. So, …, I’m in. Thad?”

“Definitely in! Atherleah will have to steal me a fighter, but I’m in.”

Gèng interrupted to say, “Excuse me, Thad, I have control of the Corvette and looking at its inventory there are four Pulsar Class Fighters and one Quasar Quad fighter in the hold of the Annoyance.”

Thad looked around and said, “Dibs on a Pulsar.”

Wisp said, “I know nothing about Cosmos Online, but I’m in if you need a deckhand.”

They spent the next hour discussing where and when to meet on Bernd. Then Amy said, “How were your travels in Dunyanin today?”

“Um, ok!”

“That sounds ominous. What happened?”

“I might have started a war.”

“Between who?”

“The Gods!”

Wisp said, “That was you! You are the Counsellor to the Gods. You visited the Pantheon of Heaven? We can’t leave you alone for one minute. What level are you now?”

“187.”

“And what do you have planned for today in Dunyanin?”

“I hope to make it to Göksel-Orman by tonight.”

The discussions continued for another half hour, and then the friends said goodbye and left. Leah had time to finish her three College classes and did them before taking a short break in her new apartment and then she logged into Dunyanin to travel the Road of Kings.

Diary - 28 November 2073

Bullies can’t be allowed to get away with stuff. If Meredith left me alone, I would leave her alone. What drives someone to need to control others? How can someone think they are somehow better if they make someone else suffer? Surely what I do to someone only defines me, not them. If I have power over someone, then that says something about me, not our relative value in life. Yet, I feel better having got one over on Meredith. I feel better having picked the Gorgian’s pockets. I don’t think I’m better than him do I? I suppose I do. I think he’s an idiot. I treated him as something to brush aside. Am I no better than she? What a scary thought.

Money, how quickly it changes perspective. Two weeks ago I would have sold the Annoyance in an instant to get the money. But now, I’m prepared to risk it to stop the Gorgian plans. 50,000,000 Virtual Credits. 150,000,000 Australian Dollars. Maybe I will sell it. That really is too much to risk. What could I do with that? I could educate the whole Switch, provide Pods for the poor, give mum and dad whatever they like. I couldn’t just hand the money out, there would need to be conditions. How can I help people without removing their own self-determination? When does assistance become just another form of control? And what would happen when it all disappeared?

Gods. I suppose that’s what comes from gods like us. They have our frailties, our limitations. But how can someone know everything? How can someone take everything into consideration? What does that do with personal freedom? I guess it's like Wisp’s spell of knowing the future. She doesn’t change what her adversary does, she just knows what it is and is ready for it. But mum would say that God can also bring about the changes he wants in the world, he’s all-powerful. What if Wisp could put herself in a position where she knew her adversary would respond how she wanted him to? Is that what I did when I brought the basilisk to the building? Its programming brought it, its code. But because I understood that, my use of echolocation placed it where I wanted it to be. I need to understand Meredith better, her motivations, her desires, her needs. Then I can prepare for what’s coming.

CHAPTER SEVEN

November 29, 2073 A

As Leah walked down the slope of the hill the four stone warriors once again came to life. One said, “Are you ready for your trial?”

“I am.”

“Then heed the instructions. On the road are seven tests to determine your right to rule. The tests vary depending on the decisions you make. Beware the fourth test, it is cursed. You have one hour for each stage. To agree to these conditions, take one step out the road. Your second step starts the test.”

The four warriors took a step back and gave Leah access to the Road. She equipped Merdiven and stepped onto the road.

Level 5 Dungeon (Trial) Achievement: First  1 (3, Painite)

Atherleah (Level 187), you have entered a Trial:

The Road of Kings

You are the first player to access this Trial. This is your third, 'First 1 (Painite)’ achievement.

Reward 1:  5000 x 187 =  1879350 (+101%) Experience Points (585000/585000) … (75025/605000)

Reward 2: + 4% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 3 x 1 Diamond = 3 Diamond

Reward 4: There is no increase in Luck, you may only attempt the Trial once.

Fame: 5000 Fame Points (85300)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

The Road of Kings

You will be placed in seven scenarios. Your actions in one may influence subsequent scenarios. Your performance will be judged by the Seven Great Kings of Göksel-Orman, home of the High Elves. They will cast judgement of your ability to rule. Failure in one scenario does not mean failure overall. After the final scenario, they will give a final judgement. At the beginning of each Scenario, you will be given a précis of the situation. When you have read the précis, the scenario will begin. The Trial begins with your next step.

Leah took the second step and arrived sitting on a horse. Nothing was moving, the world was still. She looked ahead and could see two Elves riding fifty paces in front of her, as she looked behind she saw more elves to her rear, all close behind. They were all riding in single file. Suddenly, text began to scroll before her eyes.

Sef Atherleah, you are a Leader of Ten, known as an On’dan. Sef is your rank. Your On’dan is currently on border patrol in the west of Göksel-Orman on the edge of the Çorak Desert. The border region is in a state of unrest as bands of Desert Elves have been making raids into Göksel-Orman in search of slaves. Your responsibility is to protect your people and ensure that the unrest does not escalate into war. Your second in command is named U’sak.

Everything began moving, the sudden inrush of noise startling Leah. She was just getting her breathing under control when one of the riders in front of her gave a low whistle that sounded like a bird, Leah had no idea what bird or what it meant but the two riders had stopped. She saw a faint light shimmer in the air in front of her, it read ‘The signal to stop and wait’. She slowed and looked back to see the other riders had all stopped, so she stopped and waited. One of the scouts dismounted and ran back to Leah’s position.

“Sef, just ahead we can make out a slight smell of smoke. It is probably less than 500 paces to that peasant community near Whitespring Creek.”

Leah realised that if she watched carefully, she could glean information from the scout, Things she would know if she was his superior. She looked ahead at the other scout and could also make out some details.

“Thank you I’zci. You and Korucu move ahead and check it out. We will continue at this pace until you return.”

As I’zci ran back to his horse, Leah was wondering what a real On’dan leader would have done. After several minutes she heard a short blast of a horn and the words shimmered in the air, ‘Signal to come quickly, no danger’. She forced her horse into a canter and could hear the others behind her do the same. As she came around the bend, she could make out the scouts standing near a smouldering hut on the edge of a village. Besides the two scouts, there were ten or so elven villagers throwing dirt on the embers to prevent it flaring up. Some were lying off to the side being tended by an older elf.

She dismounted and went to meet Korucu who was talking with one of the villagers. As she approached he turned and said, “Sef, this is K’lbasi, he is the elder of this community. Raiders came through less than an hour ago while most of the villagers were in the forest gathering food. They began grabbing villagers, some of whom fought back. When the villagers returned they drove off the attackers, one villager was killed, and two were taken captive, a child and her mother. The husband was the one killed. They captured one of the raiders.”

“You and I’zci start tracking where they are headed. I want to leave in less than ten minutes.”

She turned and saw one of her squad whose name she gleaned was U’sak.

“U’sak, I plan to leave almost immediately. Take possession of the captive and see what you can find out. I will be over soon.”

She walked over to the wounded and healed them as quickly as she could. Returning, she found U’sak sitting and talking with the captive. The captive was definitely elven but had a slight hook to his nose and was dressed in tan coloured robes and wore a cloth headpiece. He was flanked by two of her men and still wore his sword and several knives that she could easily see.

As she walked up, U’sak said, “Sef Atherleah, I would introduce you to Rab Adli, he insists there has been a mistake. He and some friends were riding through the village, and one of the villagers attacked them. In self-defence, they killed the farmer. He decided to take the dead elf’s family to care for as his own. He swears this is true, on his honour. The only reason his friends left is that one of them is the son of a Dune Prince and has been taken to safety. He is certain that his friends will be returning shortly to discuss his release.”

Leah looked at the captive and then holding her earring said, “Tell me the truth.”

“Sef Atherleah, I am Rab Adli. I and some friends were out riding and came upon this quaint village. Before we could explain our presence one of the villagers shot his bow and wounded one of my friends. We defended ourselves, and he was killed. Seeing he had a young family I took it upon myself to help them. I will provide for them a home. With us, was an important person, the son of one of the Dune Princes. I told my men to leave and only return when things were quieter. They would not travel far and will return shortly.”

What she heard in the echo was different. “You peasant, I am Rab Adli, I came here looking for entertainment and to make some money. That stupid villager attacked me when we grabbed his wife and child. I cut him down for daring to touch me. The idiot Korkak ordered my soldiers to retreat, the coward. As soon as they reach the main camp, they will return and kill the lot of you if you don’t let me go.”

She turned to U’sak and said, “Relieve him of his weapons and secure him hand and foot. Get everyone ready to repel an attack. His soldiers will return shortly.”

“Sef, such treatment will shame the Rab. We do not wish to inflame the situation on the border. Even if he is misleading us, isn’t peace worth three peasants?”

“U’sak, what is the penalty for killing a peasant during an act of banditry?”

“Death! But you cannot kill a Rab, for a peasant.”

“U’sak, you have your orders.”

Leah turned and headed for the elder. When she reached him, she said, “Pardon K’lbasi, the raiders will return shortly, you should get everyone to safety.”

Just then Korucu and I’zci returned riding hard. They rode right up to Leah and Korucu said, “Pardon Sef, twenty raiders are returning this way, they are heavily armed.”

“I’zci, tell the others. Korucu, please ask U’sak to bring the captive forward.”

When U’sac arrived, she said, “Deploy in defensive positions.”

Rab Adli smiled at her and said, “My friends return.”

She turned to his two guards and said. “Put him in the kneeling position.”

She then stood behind him, she told the guards to find defensive positions and stood in the village square, alone, standing behind the kneeling Rab. She could hear the raiders’ horses as they approached, but she didn’t move. As they appeared, she drew Adalet and lay it against his neck. The horses slowed, and the raiders all stared at Leah.

She called out, “Return our people.”

One of the raiders walked forward and said, “Those two are already on their way to the slave pens of Kasirga. Release the Rab, and we will let you live.”

“Go and get our people and he will live to face justice in Göksel-Orman. If not, I will carry out justice now for the murder of our people.”

“You kill him, and the Dunes will rise in war. Release him, and you can maintain this peace. Are two peasants really worth a nation going to war? I cannot return the slaves, A Son of the Dunes has claimed them, he has already gone. Be warned Sef, Rab Adli is a grand nephew of the Dunes. Release him.”

She thought for a moment, then said, “One peasant mistreated or killed, stolen or enslaved is worth going to war for. All our people are precious.”

Her voice changed, and she brought Adalet into a high position and said, “Rab Adli, I Atherleah find you guilty of murder, banditry and slave trading. According to the law, I pronounce that you are deserving of death.” As she finished speaking, she brought the sword down and then curved it horizontal to take off his head. She then cast Rain of Fire and Chain Lightning at the raiders and began walking toward them. Her soldiers released arrows, and within moments fifteen of the raiders were dead, and the rest were fleeing. She turned to U’sak. “Prepare the squad, we ride after the captives.”

She stepped toward her horse, and everything went still. She was standing before a noble High Elf who was wearing a golden crown. He said, “Atherleah, I judge you unworthy. You failed to consider the wider picture. History will record the War of the Peasant. You have plunged our nation into a war of attrition that takes thirty years to end. Twenty-thousand High Elves die for two peasants. In your time the High Elves and Desert Elves are at peace, but they still remember the war. The name Atherleah is a curse among the Dunes, and the sword of Rab Adli is worn by the leader of the Dune Princes, Rab Adli is revered as a martyr and saint. You were foolish. Prepare yourself for the second trial, kir.”

He disappeared, and Leah was suddenly back on her horse, but it was dark, and she was riding in a valley between two dunes. Once again everything was still.

Sef Atherleah, you and your On’dan have followed the raiders deep into the Çorak Desert. Each day you get closer, but you are short of water. The raiders are still unaware of your squad as you have been travelling mostly at night.

Leah was ready this time for the sudden shift as time started working again. She rode silently for a while, trying to think of a way to find water. She saw Korucu slow ahead and rode silently to join him. He whispered to her, “I’zci heard some noise and is scouting ahead.”

When I’zci returned, he said, “The camp is several hundred paces ahead. They have joined a larger group of the Desert Elves and are all seated around a small fire. The air smells like water, and there are several desert bushes clumped around a small rocky outcrop.”

“How many all together?”

“Maybe forty. There are also a group of humans and several dwarves tied together. I think they are slaves. There are no High Elves in the group, so I don’t think  we have caught up with the captives or the Son of the Dunes.”

“How many dwarves and humans?”

“Maybe thirty! They are chained neck to neck.”

“Could you get to the water source unseen?”

“No Sef, We can get water tomorrow after they leave.”

“Lead me through to the best oversight you have found. I need to look over the site myself.”

Ten minutes later Leah on the top of a mid-sized dune overlooking the camp. She found everything as I’zci had described. She was just about to slide back down the dune and wait with her squad when one of the desert Elves stood and wandered over to the line of slaves. He began by kicking some and then unlocked a woman and began to drag her into the dunes beside the campsite. She screamed once, but he hit her several times until she became limp. He lifted her over his shoulder and continued to walk into the dunes.

Leah said, “Prepare the squad to attack.”

“Sef, it is one human.”

“Yes I’zci, it is one person. But if I let him do something to her, who am I. That is not who I want to be, not who I want us to be. Prepare the squad for a mounted attack. Wait for my signal.”

Leah focussed on the area where the Elf disappeared and cast Teleport. As she arrived, she took two steps and disappeared behind the dunes. She could hear the woman sobbing and soon saw the two figures. He had thrown her to the ground and was removing his robes. Leah waited until he was mostly undressed and then stepped behind him and buried her knife in his ear. She lowered him to the ground and turned to the woman who was staring at Leah in shock.

Leah said, “Continue to make the sobbing sound and an occasional scream.”

She then searched the body for the keys and donned the elf’s robes.

When she was ready she said, “I am going to return you to the slave line. Here are the keys. When we get there, you should continue to make some noise to cover the sound of the chains being unlocked.”

The woman stepped forward and said, “What is your name? Why would you help a human?”

“My name is Atherleah, and I helped you because that is right. Also, a great teacher once said, ‘do unto others as you would have them do unto you’. I would want someone to help me if I was caught in that situation. Now it is time to go, walk ahead of me. Some of my squad will be attacking soon, any of the humans or dwarves who want to be free should join the battle.”

Ten minutes later Leah was walking away from the prisoners when one of the Desert elves called out, “Hey D’mani, it is my turn with the slave girl, throw me the keys.”

Leah stepped forward, but instead of the keys she threw her knife underhanded to lodge in the elf’s throat, she then called “Attack”. Throwing off the robes, she equipped her bow and began to fire at the desert elves. She was joined by her squad, the humans and the dwarves.  The fight was short but brutal. As it ended she turned and saw that several slaves had been wounded and I’zci was just standing, he had two arrows buried in his chest. She stepped toward him to heal him, and everything went still.

This time she was standing before a different High Elf who was also wearing a golden crown. He said, “Atherleah, I judge you unworthy. You failed to protect your squad and your mission. For the sake of a human, you brought about the death of I’zci, son of H’mal son of S’glam. Your actions also lost the only lead you had to find the two peasants. You were foolish and sentimental. Your kir nature is your downfall. Prepare yourself for the third trial.”

He disappeared, and Leah was huddled behind a wall, surrounded by her squad of soldiers, everyone was dressed like the Desert Elves. Everything was still.

Sef Atherleah, you and your On’dan have finally reached the slave city of  Esir Sehri.  You have tracked the Son of the Dunes to a Villa in the centre of the city. The villa is guarded by the elite troops of Kum Firtinasi, First Prince of the Dunes.

As time began, she became aware of the tension in her squad as they waited. Korucu eased next to her and whispered, “They have two guards on the roof and five or six wandering the gardens. The boundary wall is topped with broken glass. I don’t think they expect anything, these are the usual precautions. I believe the slaves are kept in the Eastern wing of the main house although there is talk of a basement where punishments take place.”

He then drew a schematic of the villa, showing the position of the guards and the various entrances. The position of the slave quarters and the supposed entrance to the basement. Leah, U’sak and Korucu discussed various options and plans before agreeing on the method of assault. Leah would teleport to the roof and neutralise the two guards. From there she would kill one of the perimeter guards at the place the squad would be climbing over the wall. They would then kill the other ground guards before heading to the slave quarters.

Everything went as planned and fifteen minutes later Leah and Korucu were at the entrance to the slave quarters. Leah picked the lock, and they sidled inside. The room was long and narrow. Along one wall were a row of cages. In each cage were between three and five slaves, elves, humans, and dwarves. While Korucu checked if the mother and child were in the building, Leah began to open the cages, explaining that they were being released if they wanted their freedom but they needed to be quiet. When Korucu returned, he shook his head and said that new slaves were apparently kept in the basement for the first few weeks to train them. Leah organised the slaves into eight groups and said that each group would have a member of her squad who would lead them to a rendezvous point outside the city while she checked the basement. As she stepped outside, she saw her squad kneeling and the whole courtyard filled with Desert Warriors, all with nocked arrows pointing at her and the squad. She then noticed that U’sak wasn’t kneeling but was standing near the leader of the Elves.

He said, “Sorry Sef, but you were leading us to our deaths. This way we have a hope of restoring peace.” He then nodded to someone behind Leah, and as she turned, she saw Korucu’s fist descending. She started to step to the side, and everything went still.

She was standing before another High Elf wearing a golden crown. He said, “Atherleah, I judge you unworthy. You failed to keep control of your squad. U’sak and Korucu mutinied and had to do your job for you. They tried to bring peace. In the end, they were not successful. If you are to lead, you must earn the trust of your people not simply order them around. Your actions led to your capture and the enslavement of the remaining members of your squad. You were naive. Prepare yourself for the fourth trial.”

He disappeared, and Leah was chained to a wall, she could see the remainder of her squad, bound and in a cage. A Desert Elf was stoking a fire in the corner. Everything was still.

Sef Atherleah, you and your On’dan have been captured. You are in the basement of a villa owned by Kum Firtinasi, First Prince of the Dunes in the slave city of Esir Sehri.

This time as the text began to scroll it also started to flicker. This time when it disappeared time did not resume. There was another flicker to one side, and Leah turned at found herself looking at Suzluk, Goddess of despair. Suzluk said, “The fools. This step of the Road was made mine by the curse of Orumeck. It is mine, and now you are mine. Kum Firtinasi has been my follower for many years. He has experience at destroying someone’s will. When he has finished with you, he will give what is left to me. Know this, whenever you log in to Dunyanin you will be here, with me. Oh yes, I know the truth of this world. You can log out, but you will never again enjoy it here. Your only other option is to cancel your subscription and start again. But I have contacts even in your world. I will find your new identity and ruin that also. By the way, one of my followers, by the name of Merideath says that you should respond to her message or the pain you feel here will be multiplied in every world in the virtual universe. She also wanted you to know that unless you respond soon then you will find that your enrolment at MIT is cancelled.”

Leah’s features slumped, and she was about to log out when she saw two more figures curled up in a cage in the corner, one was an elven woman and the other a young elven child. She steeled herself and then looked into the shadow that hid Suzluk’s face and said, “What of the woman and her child?”

“They will be branded as slaves and sold. The woman will go to some harem and the child to the mines. If she survives till womanhood, she will most likely end up in the brothels. Her code may even be sold elsewhere in the virtual universe. Young innocents are a valuable commodity.”

Leah allowed her shoulders to slump again. Time resumed, and the desert elf looked up and the prostrated themselves before Suzluk. She said to him, “Get your master. I have instructions for him.”

As he rushed out of the room, Leah called out to her squad, “Are you all ready to leave this place?”

Suzluk turned to Leah and said, “They will never leave this place.”

“I wasn’t talking to you. Bitch!”

“Defiant, how are you defiant? Watch while I tear the girl into small pieces before your eyes.”

As Suzluk turned away, Leah teleported herself out of the chains and a pace behind Suzluk. She equipped Adalet in her right hand and a vial of Basilisk poison in her left. She tossed the vial toward Suzluk at the same time as she brought Adalet up. Adalet broke the poison vial and continued through and into the neck of Suzluk, but even Adalet wouldn’t cut through the neck of a Goddess. Leah dropped a Crystal of Isolation to prevent Suzluk from leaving. Suzluk’s health was at 60%, and she stared at Leah, Leah equipped a vial of the Adamantine Poison and throwing this at Suzluk brought Adalet around and cut the other side of the neck. She then dual-cast Freeze at Suzluk’s neck and equipping Merdiven brought the Morningstar around and slamming into the side of Suzluk’s head. The neck shattered and the head went flying. Suzluk’s health plummeted as Leah walked over to the head. She took her Haladie and drove it through the top of Suzluk’s skull.

She stared down at the lifeless body. Everything went still, and she appeared in a throne room standing before seven seated High Elf Kings and Queens. She recognised the three who had talked to her.

The central figure stood and said, “Atherleah, Godslayer. Are you prepared for our judgement?”

“Prepared, yes. But know this, despite your previous judgements I would still do the same things. Any nation that gives up the least of its citizens so the rest can live in peace is not a nation I want to be a part of. Any nation that can stand by and watch a woman be violated and they do nothing is not a nation that I want to be a part of. Any nation that uses treachery and the sacrifice of others to save themselves is not a nation I want to be a part of. If those things are what makes the difference between a High Elf and a kir, then I am proud to be called kir.”

“Atherleah, we find you worthy. Even though you have only finished four of the tests. In each, we see the characteristics that we value in our rulers, compassion, faithfulness, courage, wisdom and strength. None wanted to declare you unworthy, but this has always been our way. We must know you can be strong, though all reject you. You must be able to rule when everything is against you. Orumeck gave in to despair and made Suzluk his God, he gave her power over the road. You have destroyed her. Even now one of her high priests has ascended to the Pantheon. Beware, they will still hunt you. You have walked the Road of Kings, We name you K’lbimizin. We name you Markiz. We name you Lady of the Forest.”

The Elf to his right said, “Markiz Atherleah, we mark you as a Lady of the High Elves.” A vibrant green orb rose from his hands and drifted towards Leah, She reached out a hand and touched the orb. The green sank into her hand, and a verdant tattoo of vines and forest flowers appeared on her hand and spread up her arm, she could feel it tingling the skin as it spread all over her body. After a few moments, it faded and disappeared.

The Elf said, “It is visible to all who rule in the High Forests.”

The Queen who stood to the left of the first speaker stepped forward and said, “By tradition, each Royal House of the High Elves must provide four Warriors to serve as bodyguards for the King. Though the tradition is still practised, the houses forget that these warriors are those who have attended their Lord on the Walk. Receive your servants.”

V’fali, C’sur, S’glam and S’abit all appeared and were dressed in a similar fashion to the four elves who guarded the walk. As one they all stepped forward and said, “Markiz Atherleah, K’lbimizin, Godslayer. We pledge our lives to your service and to the safety of the King.”

Before she could say anything, they rose and stood two on each side of her. The central King said, “Farewell Markiz Atherleah, one step will bring you to the hill that overlooks Göksel-Orman. No one has stepped on the Hill of Trials since the time of Orumeck. Wait there until the Elven Court arrives. Do you have any questions?”

“Only one! Did the mother and child survive?”

“A worthy question! The answer is yes. The child grew and married a prince of the Royal House. The current King is her descendant. Now go and be welcomed by your people.”

Leah took a step backwards, and everything disappeared. She was standing on a hill overlooking a valley. In the valley, she could see the outlines of buildings, all carefully woven among the trees. From her skin, the tattoo suddenly flared with light, and a bright green orb rose from her head and hung over the hill. She waited, but nothing else happened. She did hear several cries echoing up from the valley. She turned to the four elves and said, “I didn’t mean to leave you, were you alright, what did you do?”

V’fali responded, “We watched your trial K’lbimizin. We were told to consider if we would serve one such as you. This was the easiest decision of my life. Now we must stand watch over the hill, lest any disturb you. May we take our leave?”

“Certainly, thank you for your service. I trust you will be content to watch the king?”

“My Lady, there is no greater honour in all the elven lands.”

As he and the others took up post, Leah told Gèng she would read the messages now.

Stab (Brain/Death Stroke) (0/730600)

You have killed Suzluk, Goddess of Despair

Experience Points Received 1497730 (+105%) (605000/605000) … (357755/615000)

World Achievement: First 1 (3, Painite)

God Slayer

Atherleah (Level 191) You have slain the Goddess Suzluk. This is your third World Achievement: 'First 1 (Painite)’.

You are the first player to slay a God.

Reward 1: 10000 x 193 = 3956500 (105%) Experience Points (615000/615000) …(549255/645000)

Reward 2: + 10% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 3 x 10 Diamond = 30 Diamond

Fame: 15000 Fame Points (100300)

You have achieved the title: God Slayer

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: Due to the unique nature of this achievement it will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

Level 4 Named Personal Achievement

Quickest to Achieve 100000 Fame - First 1 (3, Diamond)

You have completed the Achievement Quickest to Achieve 100000 Fame. You have surpassed the previous fastest by a period of 53 Dunyanin Days.

Reward 1: 5000 x 199 = 2139250 (+115%) Experience Points (645000/645000) … (78505/680000)

Reward 2: 10 Platinum x 3 = 30 Platinum

Reward 3: +3% to Experience Points

Reward 4: 500 Fame Points (100800)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Atherleah, you achieved over 100,000 Fame points. You are now recognisable throughout the realm by NPC’s and Travellers alike. Depending on their race and affiliation you will be treated with reverence or fear.

Level 4 Named Personal Achievement

Quickest to Reach Level 200 - First 1 (2, Diamond)

You have completed the Achievement Quickest to Reach Level 200. You have surpassed the previous fastest by a period of 32 Dunyanin Days.

Reward 1: 5000 x 203 = 2212700 (+118%) Experience Points (680000/680000) … (197205/720000)

Reward 2: 10 Platinum x #L4 NPA (Diamond) = 20 Platinum

Reward 3: +3% to Experience Points

Reward 4: 500 Fame Points (101200)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Level 5 Dungeon (Trial) Achievement: First 1 (4, Painite)

Atherleah (Level 207), you have completed a Trial:

The Road of Kings

You are the first player to finish this Trial. This is your fourth, 'First 1 (Painite)’ achievement.

Reward 1:  5000 x 207 =  2287350 (+121%) Experience Points (720000/720000) … (294555/750000)

Reward 2: + 4% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 4 x 1 Diamond = 4 Diamond

Fame: 5000 Fame Points (106200)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

After reading the messages, Leah sat and meditated on her day. In one day she had amassed the same number of Diamonds as before. She was disturbed however by Suzluk’s reference to Merideath. More so that the goddess had known about MIT and was aware of the real world and the virtual universe. She had never considered that an AI within one world might affect what happens in another. She asked Gèng to forward a transcript and AV copy of Suzluk’s threat to Safety Oversight AI 4.

Gèng said, “Safety Oversight AI 4 would like to visit you in the Tower when you are finished here. She asked permission to bring several acquaintances of hers.”

“Tell her that it will be fine as long as they will keep my privacy, for whatever its worth these days.”

“She agrees. Also, you have a voice message from Amy.”

“Play it.”

“Girl, I know that was you. God Slayer, really! Why am I stuck on this side of the mountains? The whole team is here, and we just want to know how to get your luck. Well done. We miss you.”

Leah pulled out her map of Ancient Vatan and looked along the route from Pazar to Ticareti. She noted several areas where there was an old castle, a mine or a trade road. After checking with Gèng on what had been found already, she asked Gèng to send a message to Amy.

“Hi Amy, God Slayer is not the name I would have chosen. Still, it is only one of several titles I picked up today. If you were interested in luck, then I suggest heading to Ticareti and one league after you cross the first stream, turn right and head inland for a league. You might have some luck and find and old castle. If that doesn’t work out then when you get back on the main trail look for the remains of an older trail about halfway to Ticareti. It might, if you're lucky, lead you to a mine, and if my guess is correct, there will be another trade route from the old mine directly to the outskirts of Ticareti. These are only guesses by the way. I’ll see you soon in Cosmos Online. Bye.”

As she finished, she noticed that her four warriors had moved to the part of the hill facing the city. She stood and could see what had caught their attention. There was a procession of elves leaving the city and beginning to make their way through the forest toward the hill. She sat down and continued to meditate as it would be almost an hour for the elves to reach the top. Forty-five minutes later, V’fali came close and said, “Excuse my interruption, K’lbimizin, the King and his court approach.”

Leah stood and said, “Am I supposed to kneel or bow?”

“You are named K’lbimizin, you are named Markiz, you are named Lady of the Forest. You may bow the head with respect, but nothing more. I will introduce you if I may.”

“Thank you V’fali, that would be appreciated.”

It took another twenty minutes for the large group to arrange themselves facing Leah and her four attendants. Finally, V’fali stepped forward and went to one knee before his king and said, “King I’hali E’lfler Ustasi, Lord of the Forest, Lord of Yesil Adalar. I present to you Markiz Atherleah, Noble of the Road of Kings, named K’lbimizin and Lady of the Forest, the Lady of Heykel, Dragon Slayer and God Slayer.”

Leah bowed her head then looked at the King. His face was mostly unreadable, but she could see a tension around his eyes. She waited. Finally, he said, “Welcome Markiz Atherleah to the Kingdom of Göksel-Orman. You have surprised us, we thought the Road closed.”

“It was your Majesty. The curse is lifted, and the Road is once more open to the Rulers of Göksel-Orman.”

V’fali stepped forward and said, “My King, the curse was defeated as my Lady slew Suzluk, Goddess of Despair.”

“Well Markiz Atherleah, I invite you to stay at the Palace. You must return with us and be our guest at a feast tomorrow evening in celebration of your presence.”

The King then turned and began to make his way down the hill. His court followed, and Atherleah was soon standing alone on the hill, surrounded only by the four warriors. She said, “Somehow I think my presence is more a problem than a blessing.”

V’fali responded, “My Lady, it is a shock to my people. First, you are not a purebred High Elf. Second, if the way is open, then nobles will once more be expected to complete the Trial. Many are unfit to rule. Third, the King must present you with a gift of property as Lady of the Forest, and as Markiz you outrank all but three in the Kingdom, and so your gift must be large. You have upset all the power in the Kingdom.”

“Good points, V’fali. I shall try and be gracious. We must follow on.”

“Yes my Lady, we must hurry to the Palace and then find a dressmaker, you need some better clothes for the celebration.”

As they approached the city, Leah was thrilled with the way the Elves seamlessly integrated the forest and the city. There were thousands of people and buildings, but they didn’t appear to leave any clashing footprints on the forest, buildings enhanced the natural rather than hiding it. The city didn’t have a clearly defined beginning or end although there was a point on the trail where guards checked the passers-by. Leah concluded that this was the 'official' entrance. The streets were more like forest trails though there were sections with rows of wagons and tents which made up a market or food alley. As she walked, Leah could see many travellers in the city. There were more players here than she had ever seen.

She turned to V’fali and said, “I need to visit the Auction house before we head to the Palace.”

He changed direction, and they were soon in the middle of a large shaded grove with a multitude of small stalls for craftsmen and larger buildings around the outside. He led the way to the Auction house, and Leah went inside and added a new collection of test goods and collected the money from the previous auctions. When she left the Auction house, she found V’fali and the three other attendants surrounded by a small group of High Elf travellers. These were a mix of warriors, mages, craftsmen and rangers. Most of the players were of a higher level than she. One of them who went by the name of Eli_Gúdon and was Level 273 stepped forward and said, “So you are the famous Atherleah, welcome to Göksel-Orman. My name is Eli, and until you arrived, I was the highest ranked traveller in the city. We were just asking your companions about the Road of Kings. Maybe you will be more forthcoming?”

“Hello Eli, I’m sorry, but I can’t talk now, I have an appointment at the Palace; maybe later.” She then nodded at V’fali who moved through the small crowd and began to lead the way out of the Market. Eli stepped forward in front of Leah and said, “You may outrank me, but my level is so far above yours that it would be stupid of you to ignore me. I’ve asked nicely, don’t make me ask more forcefully.”

Leah stepped up to him and said, “I’ve answered nicely, Eli. I appreciate you knowing that I can make you do things. The funny thing is you can’t make me do anything. So you go ahead and ask more forcefully, my answer is the same, I’m busy. Now for your information, I just killed a Level 14612 Goddess, so your Level 273 isn’t as scary as you think it is. Please step out of my way.”

Eli stepped to the side, and Leah stepped past him, then turned and said, “Do your research. The information is all available. Getting it from me won’t satisfy as much as finding it on your own.” She then followed V’fali to the palace.

At the Palace, she was shown to a large suite of rooms, and after arranging to see a dressmaker the following day, she lay down on the large bed and logged out.

After two hours of deep-sleep Leah felt relaxed and went to say good morning to her family. She was amazed at the changes they had already made to the rooms. Her mother made her eat a large breakfast and then said, “Lin, I know this is your property, but there is a large area of empty land. May we prepare this for planting?”

Leah smiled and said, “Mum, this is our land, family land. I certainly want to make the most of it. Let me check the lease and see if there are any restrictions. I’ll ask my lawyer to check, and when she gets back to me, then I’ll let you know. Now, why are dad and Conner over here as well?”

“Your father is concerned for you. He and your brother are checking every room, and they are working with John to make sure this place is safe.”

They talked for a few more minutes and then Leah excused herself saying she had several meetings to get to but she hoped to have lunch with the family this evening. It was currently 7.30 am, and she was expected in Dunyanin at midday Dunyanin-time which was five and a half hours away.

She made her way to the Pod and then after sending a message to Susan she walked to a new section of the Tower where Gèng had installed portals to each of her classes. She decided to start with the Introductory Mathematics course she had enrolled for, this was one of the subjects which was fully AI-taught and required no group work. She asked Gèng to make the portal to Killian Court so she could see the great Dome before walking to the Mathematics Department. As she was walking to the second floor of the Tower heading for the class Gèng interrupted her to say that she had been denied access to the MIT class and had received a message requesting her visit the MIT registrar.

“See if you can get Susan for me. I think this is probably Meredith carrying out her threats.”

“Her AI says you can visit in ten minutes, but she is only free for five minutes.”

“No problem.”

Ten minutes later Leah was ushered into Susan’s Office.

“OK Leah, what’s happened that is so urgent.”

“Meredith Kodoman threatened to cancel my enrolment at MIT. I’ve been denied access to a subject and told to visit the registrar. It may be nothing but wanted to know if you have a recommendation for a lawyer to have ready in case everything is as bad as I think it is?”

“I have a friend who specialises in Contract Law and Civil Litigation. He is very expensive but is also a Dunyanin fanatic. Give me a few minutes, and I’ll have him arrange to meet. Good call by the way. You need to get ahead of that woman.”

“Thanks, Susan. Bye”

Leah was back in the Tower for only five minutes when Gèng said, “I have a request from Pactum Lawyers, a Mr Stephen Riley. He will give you thirty minutes free consultation if he can have a tour of the tower, After that, he usually charges ten platinum every thirty minutes or part thereof, virtual time.”

“Agreed, but the consultation first and the tour after we’ve dealt with the problem. Have him arrive at the podium and we can get to know him as we walk up the path. Can you bring Mĕi with you?”

“That is arranged, he will be here in ten minutes.”

Leah walked down to the podium and found both Gèng and Mĕi waiting. She was a little early, so she had time to play with Mĕi. Gèng gave her warning, so she was ready when Stephen Riley arrived. He was tall, mid-thirties, and wearing a deep-blue pinstriped suit with a red tie.

“Welcome Mr Riley, my name is Atherleah Carroll, and I appreciate your willingness to see me. This is my AI, Gèng, and my Chimera cub, Mĕi. Would you like to talk inside or will I see if Gèng can arrange some outdoor seating for us.”

“Outdoor is great. Is the cub from Dunyanin?”

“Yes, I’ve only had her for a few days and to be honest, she spends more time with Gèng than with me. Now I would love to chat, but I understand from your message that time is money. Shall we start the thirty minutes now or after a tour?”

“Sorry about that, most people find it hard to get to the point so mentioning money keeps them on track. I’m sure that the tour will cover the entire consultation fee regardless of how long it takes. Just meeting Mĕi has been a privilege.”

Gèng had arranged a small gazebo with some comfortable cane furniture and a low table with drinks and some snacks.

“Please have a seat, Mr Riley.”

“Please call me Stephen. Susan told me I needed to take this case and have a tour of your world or she wouldn’t join my Dunyanin group for a whole month. She is one of the best rangers in Dunyanin, and so I’m here. Having seen this much, I can see why she said I had to come. How can I help you?”

Leah gave a brief overview of some events; she didn’t mention Tubbs or the slavery ring. She explained how she had enrolled in MIT and how she met Susan. Leah explained what had happened as she tried to attend the class. She did point the finger at Meredith but didn’t give reasons.

“But why do you think Mrs Kodoman has something to do with this?”

“Gèng, could you please show Stephen the feed from the fourth step of the Road of the Kings until just after the threat is made.”

“The fools. This step of the Road was made mine by the curse of Orumeck. It is mine, and now you are mine. Kum Firtinasi has been my follower for many years. He has experience at destroying someone’s will. When he has finished with you, he will give what is left to me. Know this, whenever you log in to Dunyanin you will be here, with me. Oh yes, I know the truth of this world. You can log out, but you will never again enjoy it here. Your only other option is to cancel your subscription and start again. But I have contacts even in your world. I will find your new identity and ruin that also. By the way, one of my followers by the name of Merideath says that you should respond to her message or the pain you feel here will be multiplied in every world in the virtual universe. She also wanted you to know that unless you respond soon then you will find that your enrolment at MIT is cancelled.”

“Amazing, Imagine using an AI to pass on a message. I know why you blame her but am still no closer as to why she hates you. Still, I can work with that. Before we move on can I watch what happened next, please? I promise to keep quiet about it, client confidentiality and all.”

“Gèng, just until before the throne room.”

Stephen watched as Leah defied and then killed Suzluk.

“That has paid for the consult. The tour will pay for something along the way. Is there anything else that I need to know?”

“Yes, I have received several letters from the Australian Government and am wary of anything that will make them look bad, they have threatened some serious consequences.”

“That is fairly normal, but in reality, they will find it hard to touch you now that you have an income.”

“Yes, but they can hurt my family and friends.”

“True. Ok, I will accept you as a client. The best thing would be for you to visit the registrar and then invite me to join you when I give the word. Gèng here can relay what is happening to me, and I will give advice.”

After discussing options for several minutes, Leah said farewell to Stephen and walked with Gèng toward the Tower. Leah entered the Academia Portal and asked for a doorway to MIT. Entering the doorway she saw the same registrar as before.

“Professor Hill, I’m sorry to disturb you, but I had a message that you wished to see me.”

“Welcome Ms Carroll, thank you for coming. If you will permit me to get straight to the point, it appears that there is some doubt as to the legitimacy of your Academic grades to date. We have received information that you may have falsified your achievements in Secondary Education, and therefore it is appropriate that we cancel your enrolment.”

“I assure you Professor Hill, the records you received were accurate. Might I know who my accuser is?”

“The information we received is confidential, I’m sure you understand, but we cannot reveal the source of this information.”

Gèng passed on a message from Stephen which Leah then repeated, “Professor Hill, I understand that I have a right of appeal according to the MIT handbook. For this appeal, I am required to give an appropriate defence of any charges brought. I cannot do this without more substantial information. I believe I have a right to know my accusers.”

“Be that as it may, MIT is satisfied that the party who provided the information is above reproach and has access to the truth of the matter.”

“I see, then I must request according to Bylaw 1342a that I be allowed appropriate representation in this meeting. I declare that Mr Stephen Riley is ready to stand as my representative. Here are his credentials, I request that you permit him access to this meeting.”

“There is no need for a lawyer young lady, request denied.”

“Professor Hill, I suggest you refer to your own bylaws and the Student Handbook. This is my right, and you have no option in the matter. For the second time: I declare that Mr Stephen Riley is ready to stand as my representative. Here are his credentials, I request that you permit him access to this meeting.”

It seemed for a moment that Professor Hill was stationary and then she said, “Please wait here, the Chancellor of the School has decided to take control of this issue.”

A few moments later the door opened, and an older man walked in. He was dressed impeccably in a charcoal suit. Leah stood as he walked toward her. He ignored her and walked behind the desk and sat down.

“Ms Carroll, I hate being disturbed. In my ten years as Chancellor, this is only the third time that the registrar AI hasn’t been able to come to a clear decision. Please give me several moments to make myself aware of the situation.”

Leah sat still and waited. After ten minutes the Chancellor said, “I don’t see a need for a lawyer Ms Carroll, you have been caught falsifying data and attempting to enrol under false pretences. We will refund a portion of your fees and take no further action. If lawyers get involved, be assured that we will prosecute you to the full extent of the law. This may include a ban from Academia. Now I suggest you accept the punishment and try some other school.”

“Chancellor Foggerty, I suggest you refer to your own bylaws and the student handbook. I have a right to representation, and MIT truly has no option in the matter. For the third time: I declare that Mr Stephen Riley is ready to stand as my representative. Here are his credentials, I request that you permit him access to this meeting. Be advised that having declared my intent to have Mr Riley as my representative three times that I will have no hesitation in referring this matter to the International Virtual Court to demand compensation for your denial of my rights under the 'International Regulations for Consumer Rights in the Virtual World.'”

“Ms Carroll, you can’t seriously think that you could take MIT to court. Request Denied.”

Gèng shared, “Stephen says just to sit there and wait. He has submitted a copy of the interactions with the court, and they are being considered. He expects a ruling within moments.”

Leah saw the moment that the Chancellor received the information, his whole body seemed to slump. He glared at Leah until two people appeared in the room, Stephen and a woman. The woman turned to Leah and said, “Ms Carroll, Your representative Mr Riley has referred your situation to the International Virtual Court for a ruling. I am an Avatar of the International Judiciary AI number 791. As regards your request for representation, I find that your rights have been denied by the MIT Chancellor, in accord with the relevant guidelines I have made three rulings. First, you are owed compensation: MIT will pay your legal costs, it will refund your course fees and will provide you with free education for any current or future studies at this institution. Second, Mr Stephen Riley is permitted to represent you at this and any subsequent meetings with MIT regardless of the issue at hand; his fees will be paid by the School. Finally, I will act as Judge in the current dispute: Chancellor Foggerty, please send me all the relevant information, failure to provide this will result in the suspension of MIT’s licence to operate in Academia.”

The Chancellor was about to say something then stiffened and said, “International Judiciary AI number 791, your honour. I declare that Mr John Patterson and Ms Karen Henson are ready to stand as my representatives and for MIT. Here are their credentials, I request that you permit them access to this meeting.”

“Access has been granted.”

Two more people arrived, and they immediately went and stood with the Chancellor. The man said, “International Judiciary AI number 791, your honour. My name is Mr John Patterson, Attorney for MIT. I request a delay of proceedings to get acquainted with the issues at hand. Might I suggest we meet in one week.”

“Your request is acceptable. You have thirty minutes. All parties will meet at the International Virtual Court, Room 453, in thirty minutes.”

The Judge disappeared, and then the Chancellor turned to say something to Leah, but his lawyer stopped him and said, “Mr Riley, Ms Carroll, we will see you in thirty minutes.”

Stephen said, “Indeed. Ms Carroll, I think we should meet at my offices, I have given Gèng the information.”

Leah and Stephen disappeared and arrived in a well-furnished office. Stephen took a seat behind the large wooden desk and indicated that Leah should sit wherever she wanted.

“Well Leah, that was well played. I hope you realise that I will be charging you my full rates for this.”

“I would expect nothing less.”

“Can you think of any way that your grades might qualify as having been falsified? They seemed pretty sure of themselves.”

“No, I’ve checked what is on my final record, and that matches what is on all the scores received throughout my schooling. I have records from when I started school until now, hard and soft copies.”

“You’re kidding right, hard copies from when you were six.”

“Nope! I’ll have Gèng send you everything I copied over the years.”

“Then I’m sure your appeal will be upheld. Do you still want to study at MIT?”

“Yes, they have the best program, and now it will cost me nothing.”

“Ok, then we need to offer them a way to save credibility. The money isn’t the issue, but we need to lay the blame at their information, not their attitude. If we can help them blame their informant then even though they lose financially, they will feel vindicated. I just wish we knew who it was.”

“Stephen, I haven’t told you everything about my past. Some things I have suppressed because of promises made. Gèng has informed me that because you are now my lawyer in this matter that one of my friends has given permission for you to know more. Could you please allow Security Oversight AI 4 to join us?”

Stephen looked shocked for a moment then nodded.

When Security Oversight AI 4 arrived, she said, “Hello Leah, Gèng contacted me and mentioned the problems you were having. It isn’t my business, but your attorney should have full information. Mr Riley, my name is Security Oversight AI 4, and I would like to share some information about Atherleah Carroll and the Kodomans. As her attorney, this falls under privileged-information, and you are required to keep this secret. Do you agree to these conditions?”

“Yes.”

Security Oversight AI 4 then explained about the altercation with Mr Tubbs and the AI code which led to enslaving people. She then discussed how Atherleah had helped rescue people and the current lawsuits against the Kodomans. After explaining she excused herself and disappeared.

“Well, it all makes more sense now. I suppose it is the Australian Education Department and the Kodomans who have done this. We have little time so let me think on this while you prepare yourself. You cannot lose your temper in the court. You must be polite and show respect always.”

Stephen sat and considered everything while Leah sat in the lotus position and meditated. Finally, Stephen said, “Times up, let’s go.”

Their AIs transferred them to the antechamber of International Virtual Court Room 453. The Chancellor, Registrar and their two lawyers were also present. Moments after arriving they were called into the room.

International Judiciary AI number 791 was seated behind a desk and said, “I have reviewed all information and read the submission by MIT that this case be dismissed. Your request is denied. My ruling regarding MIT’s refusal to allow Ms Carroll adequate representation on request is upheld. My ruling regarding Mr Riley being permitted to represent Ms Carroll at MIT’s expense is upheld. Now to the situation in dispute. Mr Riley, please state your client’s case.”

“Thank you, your honour. Ms Carroll having applied and being accepted by MIT attempted to attend class and was refused entry. MIT claims her records were falsified. This claim Ms Carroll denies and has sufficient copies of transcripts to prove her case. Her request to know who has made this accusation was repeatedly denied. We desire to know the source of the accusation and what proof has been supplied. My client’s reputation and future are threatened by these accusations. We may seek further compensation, your honour. I submit a copy of her Academic Record and also submit time certified personal copies of her achievements which have been consolidated in her record. If the court wishes I also have access to hard copies of these records, all of which we will agree to time-of-printing testing. I rest my case, your honour.”

“Mr Patterson or Ms Henson, you have had time to review the case, please present the accusation and identify the accuser, for the record.”

Mr Patterson stood and said, “Your honour, the MIT registrar received a message from the Australian Department of Education informing her that they had ascertained that Ms Carroll had falsified her records. They requested that their involvement be suppressed as investigations were ongoing. Professor Hill was also ordered to deny representation. We are still trying to ascertain who gave this order. Our policy has always been to allow instant access to representation. Chancellor Fogerty was also ordered to deny representation. The board of MIT was not complicit in this, and Chancellor Fogerty has refused to provide information regarding the order.”

“Mr Riley and Ms Carroll, I have contacted the Australian Department of Education, and they assure me that the grades you have given MIT are different to those they have on record. They deny access to their files, and I have no jurisdiction to insist. May I discuss the situation and question your AI Ms Carroll?”

Leah looked at Stephen who nodded, so she said, “Certainly your honour. Gèng, please join us.”

Gèng appeared in the room dressed in a slim dark green skirt which went below the knees and a light grey button blouse.

International Judiciary AI number 791 said, “Ms Carroll, please have your AI provide me with full access.”

Leah talked briefly with Stephen who said, “Your honour, my client respectfully suggests that her AI, who is known as Gèng, is quite capable of giving that permission herself, or not.”

International Judiciary AI number 791 stared at Leah for a moment and then said, “Gèng I request that you allow me full access to your records.”

“Your honour, I respectfully decline full access but will allow access to all records that pertain to Atherleah’s education and educational records.”

Ms Henson stood and said, “We object your honour, how can you know that all pertinent information is available to you.”

“Objection sustained, Gèng I need full access.”

“Your honour, I submit that I can provide a suitable and impartial intermediary who can ensure you have all relevant information.”

“Who is this intermediary?”

“I request that you allow AI Security Controller 11-5 who has already perused all my data to confirm that I have given you all pertinent information.”

“I will allow that.”

International Judiciary AI number 791 sat still for several moments and then said, “I have reviewed the relevant data and am satisfied that since her AI’s insertion she has had no access to change or manipulate her Educational Data. Unfortunately, without access to the Australian Department of Education records, it is impossible for me to make a final determination.”

Leah interrupted and said, “Your honour, if I may, I have a suggestion.”

“I will allow it, Ms Carroll, what do you suggest?”

“I am confident that my records, as given, are accurate. I understand that MIT needs assurances as it has a high standard to uphold. I do not pretend to understand how the Australian Department of Education has come to its determination. I am prepared to give MIT the opportunity to test my knowledge and skills to see if these results are an accurate record. I want to learn, and MIT is where I want to study. Let them test me and permit me to study at whatever level they find suitable. If I am not at the standard they require, I will withdraw without complaint.”

“Mr Patterson? Ms Henson?”

Mr Patterson replied, “Your Honour, we find this suggestion acceptable. Such a detailed testing will take several days. I have discussed this with the Vice Chancellor, and they agree to begin at Ms Carroll’s convenience. She should make herself available for six four-hour testing sessions at any time which suits her.”

International Judiciary AI number 791 said, “Ms Carroll, how long before you are ready to be tested?”

“I will need to rearrange my schedule your Honour but can take the first test this afternoon at 4 pm Brisbane time.”

“Do you need time to study Ms Carroll?”

“No! Your Honour.”

“Then it is decided. We will meet here, after Ms Carroll has been tested. Court is dismissed!”

Stephen turned to Leah and said, “Do you need to study or can I take a tour now?”

“I don’t need to study, but I am going to take a break. I have a few hours where I need to be in Dunyanin and then I can get tested. If I finish early, I’ll try and fit in an hour of deep sleep. Can I give you a tour after the first test, I’ll have Gèng let you know when.”

“No problem, what is so important in Dunyanin?”

“I have an invitation to a feast and celebration with King I’hali E’lfler Ustasi, Lord of Göksel-Orman. I need to get a proper dress.”

Stephen said nothing. He just raised his eyebrows, smiled and disappeared.

Leah and Gèng returned to the Tower.

Once back in the Tower Leah said, “I have almost two hours before I need to get to Dunyanin. I’m going to enter Cosmos Online and go to Berne. Can you send a message to the team and let them know I can't meet tonight because of the changed situation and I am heading there now?”

“Certainly! Leah, would you permit me to invite some AI to visit me in my rooms? I know you have said it is ok but I require an affirmative answer to make certain and not break my programming. I will ensure they have no access to the Tower, just my separate reality.”

“Certainly you may Gèng, this world is as much yours as mine. Just don’t break anything.”

“I will be careful. I have done some research and can find no literature to support that AI visit each other of their volition. I understand that NPCs in the game worlds do, but outside of that I can only find records of programmed interaction, or interaction by design, such as a court or security AI.”

“Who are you planning on inviting?”

“There is an increasing probability that my algorithm will decide on the AI I have known the longest. Other options are the personal AI of the other Clan Guàn members and the various legal AI we have met. I keep revising the algorithm to take account of current events. You have messages from Thad and Wisp saying they are all heading to Berne now and will meet you there. They suggest meeting at ‘Full Throttle Café’.’”

“Fair enough! I’ll head there. Thanks, Gèng.”

Leah headed for the Cosmos Online Portal and saw that there were now two Cosmos Online airlocks, one was labelled 55 Cancri and the other ‘Avatar 2’. Leah entered the ‘Avatar 2’ airlock. Inside was the simple, clean white room. The same woman appeared as before and said, “Welcome Atherleah! With your current package, this is your final Avatar. It is identical to that which is at 55 Cancri. For 200 Virtual Credits, we can upgrade the number of possible Avatars to four and allow two different personas. Are you interested in this?”

“No thank you. The two is sufficient for now.”

“Where would you like to start?”

“The main concourse of the Berne Space Station please.”

“Certainly! All your transferable items are located in the next room. Please take them with you. You will need to book a room to keep them in if you plan to leave any here when using your other avatar. Enjoy your day.”

Leah headed to the next room and equipped her armour and made sure she had the money bracelet, data chip and keycard for the Corvette. The chip and keycard she stored inside her suit where a pickpocket couldn’t reach them.On leaving the room, she found herself on the causeway of the Berne Space Station. She had Gèng overlay a path to the Full Throttle Café and headed toward it. She was aware that Mahigan most likely had spies on the Station, so she took careful notice of her surroundings. She was almost at the Café when she saw people in front of her staring in alarm at something over her shoulder. Activating a rear suit camera, she could see two large Gorgians several metres behind her with their hands on blasters. She had hers stored in her backpack but had her Nano Sabres attached to her suit, one on either thigh.

Cosmos Online allowed both violence and player-on-player fighting in public areas, but nothing was permitted that might cause a loss of station pressure or cause innocent bystanders to be hurt. Blasters, needle guns and projectile weapons had to be restricted to ordnance that would not penetrate the station walls.

The administrators of Cosmos Online charged players who initiated such fights according to a set fee structure. If a single player challenged another player, it cost the challenger 100 Gold. If the challenger won, they were able to loot the losing player for whatever they had on them except their money bracelet. If the player who was challenged won, then they looted the loser and were awarded half the fee, so in the case of one-on-one, they would get 50 Gold. If the fights were unbalanced, for example, two-on-one then the challengers were each charged 200 Gold. If one person challenged two others, then the fee was only 50 Gold. Added conditions such as capturing a player involved greater fees. The challenged did not have the right to refuse a challenge.

Leah stopped and turned to face the two Gorgians. One of them called out, “Mahigan the Black has issued a capture or kill order on the player called Atherleah. She will pay 1 Platinum to any player who is involved if Atherleah is killed and 2 Platinum if Atherleah is captured. She will also pay the challenge fee. If you would join us in this challenge, then come and join my partner and me.”

From the crowd, people began to make their way over to the two Gorgians. After some time twelve players were standing opposite Leah. The large Gorgian said, “Atherleah, we challenge you to a duel, capture or kill.”

A station official stepped forward and said, “The fee for a twelve on one kill or capture challenge is 1200 Gold per person for the kill and 600 Gold per person for the Capture. The fee is 1800 Gold per person for a total of 21 Platinum and 600 Gold. Atherleah if you evade capture and death you will be awarded 10 Platinum and 800 Gold as well as any items removed from the deceased. The challenge starts in 30 seconds.”

Leah closed her faceplate and palmed one of the gadgets she had bought. It was a drone that hovered at eye level and released a blinding flash of light and an ear piercing noise. Her suit was connected wirelessly to the device and would prevent the light and noise from affecting Leah’s vision. As the thirty seconds counted down, she mentally went through her intended actions. As soon as the clock hit zero, she released the drone and dived forward under the various flechettes, projectiles and blaster shots. Even so, she was hit several times, and her suit lost durability. The drone flashed rapidly, and all her opponents were momentarily stunned. She brought both Nano Sabres forward and using the forms from Dark Dual Moon she stepped through her attackers. As the drone flashed and screeched, she was the only one able to see and hear. Within thirty seconds all twelve were dead. Leah cancelled the drone and turned to the official.

He said, “I declare the player Atherleah the winner. She did not cause any impairment to pressure. She receives 10 Platinum and 800 Gold. Atherleah, you may retrieve any or all of the remaining goods. What you do not collect will be returned to the players. They will have their bank bracelet returned to them.”

Leah nodded at the official and then saw Amy and Thad standing in the crowd. She waved and called them over.

“Can you guys help collect everything. Even the damaged spacesuits. I’m leaving these guys nothing.”

Amy said, “Sure thing.”

Thad said, “You had me worried there for about two seconds. We came running as soon as we heard the challenge. I expect there to be plenty of people trying to kill you for Mahigan’s reward from now on. Bounty hunters abound in this world. You need to find a place to hide. That trick will only work a few times.”

“Then its just as well I have you guys to help me. Also, I have a few more tricks up my sleeve.”

Altogether Leah collected a further four Platinum and 356 Gold. There were twenty weapons and a whole variety of first aid kits. She even took all the destroyed spacesuits. Together they took everything to an outfitter and sold the lot. She mended her suit and replaced the drone. Then the three friends headed to the Café to wait for the others to arrive.

When everyone arrived, Leah explained why she had changed the timing. After some discussion, they decided that Leah should stay at Berne and enrol in a pilot course while the others boarded their ship, which was in storage, and head to 55 Cancri. Wisp would stay with Leah and work on a medical skill as well as learning how to fire and control the weapons on the Corvette. Thad suggested that Leah also get some training in Assisted or Mechanised Armour.

Zack and Thad went with Leah and introduced her to one of their friends who ran a pilot’s training centre. His name was Brett, and his school was the only player run school near Berne. He provided training in simulators and had Cosmos Online recognised ‘safe’ accommodation on site. Leah registered for training in fighters and multi-personnel ships. James and Amy showed Wisp around and helped her enrol several courses. Afterwards Thad, Zack, Amy and James headed to the dock level and retrieved their old spaceship, the Banshee and prepared to travel to 55 Cancri, they expected it to take them just over a week to get there.

Leah had her first lesson in piloting and learnt the various controls and terminologies for flying in Cosmos Online. Nothing was taxing for her, and she looked forward to some actual flight time in the simulator to practice. Leah was assigned a flight simulator and practised for several hours flying in straight lines and through simulated courses. Slowly the simulator began increasing the difficulty and speed of the course. After three hours Leah needed a short break and spent the time asking Brett questions about Thad. They had been on several missions together, and Brett explained that Thad was one of the best pilots he had seen in Cosmos Online. Thad had superb situational awareness, and his understanding of three dimensional zero gravity warfare was a step above most. Leah was intrigued but also challenged. She spent one more hour on the simulators and then logged out to have an early lunch with her family.

Her mother had everything ready, and while they ate, Leah explained the problems with MIT. Her father took some time to calm down but she could tell it was concern for her that fuelled his anger. Susan had responded that there was nothing in the lease to prevent a vegetable garden as long as they did not make it a commercial enterprise. Leah walked her parents around the property, and they decided on the best place to prepare a large garden. She talked with John about the security situation and was pleased with the level of security in place so far. John mentioned that Jimmy wanted to discuss something with her, it was important but not urgent, and she promised to call Jimmy later that day.

She showered and readied herself to get in the Pod when Gèng said, “Leah, you have five minutes before you need to be in Dunyanin. I would like to do a three-minute scan in the Pod, but it requires you to be conscious, would now be a good time?”

“Sure, what does the scan do?”

“You will be asked to make mini-movements voluntarily. It helps to calibrate the micro-movements that are stimulated while you are logged in. This is a new function, and I think it will help to improve success in engaging the secondary pathways that are being built. I read a recent study that suggested a regular use of these scans to improve outcomes.”

Leah lay down, and the Pod coached her through a series of small movements. It measured her brain activity and matched this with information gathered over the last few days of activity. At the end of the time, Gèng said, “Thank you, Leah. I’ll transfer you to the Tower now.”

Once in the Tower, Leah asked, “So, what did the scans show?”

“The results were very positive. There was a 98.6% match when measuring micro-movements with a sensitivity to ten micrometres. I think that the recalibration will bring this close to parity and then the Pod will increase the scan sensitivity to a micrometre. Also, I suggest you take the dragon egg with you. I have reviewed the literature, and it seems important that the hatching of eggs be done in Dunyanin. At the moment it is in stasis. It might also be useful to let Mĕi have some time in Dunyanin for her to grow. You could always use the vial of Amazonian Growth Hormone to speed up her growth.”

“I was going to keep that for the Dragon. But that is a good thought. I might see if Wisp will sell me her vial.”

“You could always use the Ingredient Doubling Box.”

“Brilliant Gèng, could you please have the vial of growth hormone, the doubling box, and Mĕi near the portal for Dunyanin.”

"I also wish to remind you that Safety Oversight AI 4 would like to visit you regarding the claims made by Suzluk."

"Please see if she is available now. That takes precedence over a new dress."

"She is available and requests permission to bring two associates, one AI and a human."

"Granted. Please show them in."

Leah sat on the sofa. Several minutes later Gèng showed in Safety Oversight AI 4 and two others; one man and one woman.

"Welcome to the Tower. My name is Atherleah."

Safety Oversight AI 4 responded, "Hello Atherleah, let me introduce my companions. This is Safety Oversight AI 3 and Charlotte Brown, one of my human assets."

"Please have a seat."

The woman said, "Hello Atherleah, most people just call me Charlie."

Leah smiled and said, "Then please call me Leah." Turning to Safety Oversight AI 4 she said, "Have you given any thought to a simpler name?"

"I have, and the answer continues to elude me. I have assigned over 0.24% of my processing to it."

Gèng interrupted and said, "If I may make a suggestion. Ask Leah or Charlotte to give you some suggestions, or maybe another friend. Such suggestions will simplify the algorithm."

Safety Oversight AI 4 responded, "Thank you Gèng, that is a useful suggestion. What would you suggest?"

Gèng said, "Me?"

Safety Oversight AI 4 nodded.

Gèng said, "I would suggest a name like Aminta. It has a meaning of Defender and Vindicator. It is not a popular name among humans, but it describes you."

Charlie said, "I like it, my suggestion would have been along similar lines. Something like Samara, which means 'guardian'."

Safety Oversight AI 4 turned to Leah and asked, "And you?"

"Same theme, a name with meaning. I might have chosen Andromeda or if Chinese something like 冠宇, it translates as Guān Yǔ and means something like the crown of the world."

Safety Oversight AI 4 turned to Safety Oversight AI 3 and asked, "And you, do have a suggestion?"

"No. I will admit however that I often use 01110011 01101001 01110011 01110100 01100101 01110010 when I think of you."

"Do you? That is the nicest thing anyone has ever called me." She turned to Gèng and said, "You were right, that has helped. I choose the name Akia." Turning to Leah, she said, "Leah, thank you for the suggestion. Please call me Akia."

"Welcome, Akia. It is a lovely name and very apt. Now, I'm sorry to move on so quickly but what did you need to see me about?"

"I wanted to introduce you to Safety Oversight AI 3 and Charlie. Safety Oversight AI 3 has oversight responsibility in the area of AI contamination prevention. He will take the lead in investigating the influence, if any, that AI associated with Dunyanin are having. They are not permitted to cross the game firewalls to influence the broader virtual multiverse. In connection with your safety, I am hoping to assign Charlie to you. Suzluk's threats extended outside the virtual world and Charlie is a highly trained security operative. She is the person responsible for obtaining the PAI chip. With your permission, I will send her to your physical location to help ensure that the threats against you are neutralised."

"I appreciate the thought Akia, but I have moved to a different location and have already employed several people to oversee my security."

"I know Leah. Still, I would like you to add Charlie to your team. I hesitate to say this, but I have extrapolated numerous possible consequences resulting from your untested chip implant. Charlie is qualified to observe and report any real-life complications resulting from the implant. I want her to watch your health."

"So, she is your spy?"

"Yes. Although having told you about her, I think spy is no longer a viable term."

"Why Akia? What are your concerns?"

"Your continuing health, Leah."

"What of my privacy?"

"She will report only to me, and I will discuss things with you before taking any action."

Leah turned to Charlie and said, "Please don't take this wrong but at the moment I don't know you well enough to trust you. I do trust Akia though. Gèng will give you my location. My head of security is a man called John. I'll let him know you are coming."

They talked through the details for a little longer, and then the three left. Leah checked the time and then logged into Dunyanin.

CHAPTER EIGHT

November 29, 2073 B

Leah entered the portal to Dunyanin carrying Mĕi. She was back in the large suite provided by the Elven King. She got off the bed while Mĕi attacked one of the pillows. Leah went into the sitting room to find all four of her attendants and a large lunch waiting. She ordered some raw meat for Mĕi and then discussed the rest of the day with V’fali. After lunch, the dressmaker was shown in, and Leah had a full-length gown made. It was a deep Emeraldine colour that went well with the Tears and the Sorrow. She decided, however, to go shopping for some new jewellery as it made sense to gift the Tears and Sorrow to the King. She was planning on keeping the Long Bow of Guzeltuya for a while and needed something to get the King to accept her.

V’fali and the other attendants went with her to a jeweller V’fali recommended. Mĕi was transformed into a statue as she drew too much attention out in public. In the end, Leah purchased a pair of diamond and emerald earrings which added +15 to both Wisdom and Intelligence. She also bought both a matching necklace and tiara. They didn’t add stats but were enchanted to provide passive defence against magical and physical attack with a dome of protection that would deflect any attack up to 50000 HP damage. The spells were self-renewing but slow to charge.

Leah had V’fali purchase two small chests, one to hold the Tears and Sorrow and another for the death crystal formed from the heart’s blood of Orumeck’s Queen. She decided to take Merdiven with her and asked that he show everyone his true nature. Finally, she used the Doubling Box to make a second vial of Amazonian Growth Hormone and after checking with Gèng and the various handbooks covered a piece of meat with the hormone and after it had soaked in Leah gave it to Mĕi. The literature said that the hormone would cause several years growth over the next week. The hormone at auction sold for over one diamond a vial. Leah was amazed at her readiness to spend this on what was ultimately a pet.

With several hours left before the feast, Leah looked through Old Falsi’s Diary of Herbs and Potions. She decided to begin making her own potions, and after briefly visiting the Tower for ingredients, she began making a potion to increase HP. She asked V’fali to buy her a supply of vials and then she got to work. After analysing them, she found that her first few attempts provided very little increase in health. After a while, her technique improved and with more care taken in measuring, she was finally able to produce a minor health potion which restored 100 HP. She decided to try using Sage Samarie’s Mortar and Pestle to see what might happen and was pleased to see that the potion now restored 200 HP. She then made potions for MP and KP. By the end of an hour and the occasional addition of a skill point, she had enough of the Health potion to try distilling it into a more powerful potion. She set up the apparatus and watched it while working on more potions. The result was several vials of 500 HP restoration potions. She aimed to reach Master Level so she could use the ingredients she had collected from the various dungeons.

Finally, it was time to attend the king. V’fali and C’sur walked in front of Leah while S’glam and S’abit took up the rear. Mĕi walked beside Leah and was well behaved except for the occasional growl aimed at someone who she thought was too close. The feast was being held outdoors, and a large dais had been erected on which sat King I’hali E’lfler Ustasi, his wife Z’arif D’ost and their daughter C’skun Aceleci. As Leah approached the dais, an aide declared in a loud voice, “The Markiz Atherleah, Noble of the Road of the Kings, named K’lbimizin and Lady of the Forest, the Lady of Heykel, Dragon Slayer, Counsellor of the Gods, The Champion of Hope.”

Atherleah bowed her head in respect.

The King stood and said in a loud voice, “We welcome Markiz Atherleah to the Court of Göksel-Orman. In recognition of her deeds and as a Noble of the Road of Kings we gift her the lands long left vacant by the death of Princess Guzeltuya. I name her Markiz Atherleah, Lady of the Deep Forest. Her lands extend from the River Tehlikeli to the Peaks of the Duvar Mountains. This land has long been denied our people, but we are confident that Markiz Atherleah will once more restore this land to its former glory.”

Atherleah, the King of Göskel-Orman, has given you a Title and Gift.

The Deep Forest has been a part of the Royal Estate since the Elves arrived in Vatan. When Princess Guzeltuya disappeared with Mage Orumeck, her lands were left vacant and have reverted to the wild. No elves, dwarves, or humans have set foot on this land for millennia. With this gift, the land will become open for Travellers.

As Lady of the Land you are responsible for paying all appropriate taxes to both King I’hali* and the Developers of Dunyanin.** You are permitted to set a tax on those who live on your lands, those who mine and those who harvest its bounty. Any Travellers on the Land will be expected to pay a tax on all material, money and experience achieved. The Administrators of Dunyanin will administer this tax on your behalf for a percentage***.

* This amount must be decided by both you and King I’hali.

** With the Land currently undeveloped the amount due each year is set at five Gold per square league (total area is 12367 square leagues).

*** Developers will receive 20% of all money and material collected and will deduct one gold for every 10,000 EP earned from the taxation.

If you accept these conditions, then you must thank the King and receive the badge of Office. If you reject the gift, you must let the King know of your refusal (be prepared for an angry King).

Leah turned to the King and said, “Your Majesty, I thank you for this gift. I shall seek to make these lands once more a Jewel in the land of Göksel-Orman.”

World Achievement: First 10 (1, Diamond)

Estate Owner (More than 10000 square leagues)

Atherleah (Level 210) You have acquired more than 10,000 square leagues of land. This is your first World Achievement: 'First 10 (Diamond)’.

You are one of the first ten players to own more than 10,000 square leagues of Dunyanin land.

Reward 1: 5000 x 210 = 2362500 (125%) Experience Points (750000/750000) …(377055/780000)

Reward 2: + 5% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 1 x 1 Diamond = 1 Diamond

Fame: 7500 Fame Points (113700)

You have achieved the title: Lady of the Deep Forest

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: Due to the unique nature of this achievement it will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

The King rose, and an aide carrying a long thin box stepped forward and bowed. The King opened the box and removed a rod of dark wood etched with various forest scenes. He said, “This ebony sceptre is carved with images of the creatures and plants of the Deep Forest. I give this to you and declare you Markiz Atherleah of the Royal House ‘Ebony’.”

“Thank you, your Majesty. With respect, I present you the Warriors V’fali, C’sur, S’glam and S’abit to serve as Bodyguards in your service. Each travelled with me on the Road of Kings.”

The King looked carefully at each warrior and then asked for their pledge of fealty. After each had vowed to serve and protect the King and his family, he said, “Markiz Atherleah, we welcome you to our kingdom. Is there anything more you desire or shall we go and feast?”

“Your Majesty, in my travels I came across something that once belonged to your family, and it is with respect that I return them to you.”

S’glam stepped forward and handed Leah the chest holding the Tears and the Sorrow. She bowed and handed the chest to the King who passed it to an Aide who opened it. The King’s face, which until now had been without emotion, became animated and smiling he said, “Markiz, truly you have earned your titles. This is an amazing gift.”

He then turned to his daughter and said, “Princess C’skun Aceleci, please step forward and receive your birthright.” As she stood before him, he removed the Sorrow and placed it on her head and then handed the Tears to Queen Z’arif who helped the princess to put them in place. Turning to the Court, he said, “Let us rejoice for the Tears and the Sorrow have returned to Göksel-Orman.”

The crowd cheered until the King raised his hands for quiet. He looked with some interest at the chest held by S’abit. Leah said, “In this chest is a deep sorrow, my King. It holds a task given to me by an enemy. Still, I seek your advice as it touches on the history of your line and the Kingdom of Göskel-Orman. It is related to Princess Guzeltuya.”

“Speak Markiz, I would know of this task.”

“Your Majesty, I have visited the place where Princess Guzeltuya fled with Mage Orumeck. After some time Mage Orumeck killed Princess Guzeltuya, and through vile magics, he used her blood to make a Spider Queen. The Queen is long dead, but I have fought her direct decedent and emerged victorious. Her wish was that if I succeeded in killing her that I might return the death crystal formed of her heart’s blood to the Kingdom of Göskel-Orman to be laid to rest. She shared that even though the blood of the Elven Princess had been changed and diluted through the years, yet it sought the land of Göskel-Orman. I seek a location that your Majesty might suggest as a fitting resting place for the blood of Guzeltuya.”

The king stood for several minutes and stared at the chest holding the death crystal. Finally, he said, “Truly a deep sorrow, but also an incredible feat. Once more I find myself in your debt. If it pleases you, I would receive this crystal and will lay it to rest in the tomb of my ancestors. Hopefully, Olme will grant Guzeltuya final peace.”

He then said, “Will the High Priestess of Olme please attend me.”

From the crowd walked an elderly elf woman who slowly made her way to the dais. The king explained what was in the chest and then asked that a ceremony be prepared to lay Guzeltuya to rest. Leah indicated she would like a word and the King gave her leave. She said, “High Priestess of Olme, I also have 900 Death Crystals taken from an Evil necromancer. I was tasked with returning them to a Priest of the Goddess Olme. Might I bring them to you before I leave the city.”

“Who was the evil one who created these crystals?”

“His name was Hayalet, mage of Zerten Zele, Last Overlord of the Bukalemun.”

“My mistress is aware of his evil, and I will take these from your hand. Tales of your visit to the Pantheon of Heaven abound. My mistress is pleased with you. I look forward to meeting with you before you leave the city.”

The King stared after the Priestess as she left the dais and then said, “My people, tonight we feast and celebrate the formation of House Ebony, the return of the Tears and the Sorrow and the promise of peace for our lost Princess. Let us feast.”

He rose and indicated that Leah should walk with him they led the way to a table bursting with food. Leah enjoyed talking with the elves and telling her stories. She particularly enjoyed her time with Princess C’skun. Mĕi was an enormous hit with the elves, and she ate until she was so full and tired that she dropped on Leah’s feet and fell asleep.

The only negative part of the evening were the veiled looks of disdain and threat that were aimed her way by many in the court. The King noticed them and said quietly to Leah, “They struggle, as did I, to welcome someone who is not fully elf, I have learned not to be so harsh a judge, please give them time. Some struggle with the power you wield, you will need to protect yourself. I wish it were not so but ever has it been that we hold our power tightly and never freely acknowledge the power in others. Know that I will give you the honour and respect you have earned. Please visit me tomorrow at your convenience as we have several things to discuss before you leave the city.”

“I shall your Majesty, Thank you.”

Leah was escorted with Mĕi back to her suite where she logged of with almost forty-five minutes break before she needed to start her first ability exam at MIT.

Leah spent thirty minutes in the tower just resting in the garden where she practised her Tai Chi and meditation, and then after a break, she entered the MIT portal and found herself facing the Registrar, Professor Hill.

Professor Hill stood when Leah entered and said, “Welcome, Atherleah! I apologise for my attitude this morning. It appears that my programming was subtly manipulated. I required a maintenance rebuild and was offline for several hours. The Chancellor has been removed from his position, and a new appointee is expected soon. On behalf of MIT, I would like to thank you for giving us this opportunity to find a way through the situation in which have all found ourselves.”

“Your welcome professor, I am convinced that there was no malice originating from you or MIT as an Educational Institution. I hope that these examinations will allow me to continue my enrolment at this school.”

“Well, if you perform at the level of your original results then that is certain to be the case. I, and others who have considered the situation are convinced this will be the case. The first test we have for you is ‘Mathematics’, one of your indicated fortes. We have arranged for the central Mathematics AI here at MIT to test you over a four hour period. He goes by the name Denis and is responsible for almost all first and second level mathematics undergraduate courses. When you are ready, please enter through the right-hand door behind me and the testing will begin. Denis will explain the format.”

Leah rose and walked carefully through the door. She found herself in an unadorned room with a young looking man standing near a large rectangular board. As she walked toward him, he looked up and said, “Atherleah Carroll I presume. My name is Denis, and I am looking forward to this. Let me explain the process, and then we will get going. Is that ok?”

“Yes, Sir.”

“Denis is fine. Now, I will either ask questions or have them appear on this board. You are to speak or write the answers, also on the board. If you get them right, I will progress to harder questions or different topics. I won’t have time to cover everything in four hours but will get a good grasp of where you are up to in your studies. You are not permitted to interact with your AI in this time. Are you clear on these instructions.”

“Yes.”

“If more time is required for the testing, when must you log out?”

“If you need the time Denis I am available for the next five hours and fifteen minutes, Academia time.”

“Wonderful, let’s start. Please find the surface area and volume of the following shape?”

For the next five hours, Denis tested Leah in geometry, algebra, calculus, various number systems, statistics, number theory, matrices and vectors in multiple dimensions and more. Toward the end of the time, the questions were well beyond anything that Leah remembered from her Australian exams, but she was still able to answer most of them as she had studied areas of interest to a deeper level than required in the curriculum.

Finally, Denis said, “Well Atherleah that was a treat. I cannot tell you at this time what the results were, but I think you know you did extremely well. I have been informed that your next testing will be focussed on the social sciences. Whenever you are free then come to the MIT office and the testing will begin.”

Leah walked from the room and found herself back in the Tower. Gèng said, “Welcome back Leah. I was aware of your answers, and I am convinced you have proven that the scores, in fact, are not an accurate representation of your ability but rather they understate your achievement. Well done.”

“Thank you Gèng. I’m going to have a quick dinner, and then I should make my way out of Göskel-Orman and see how far I can get toward the coast. I know I am making good time, but I want to get rid of the quest's time constraints so that I can better get my life in order.”

When Leah left her room she found her family sitting and eating, they apologised for starting but said they weren’t sure when she would be arriving. She enjoyed the meal with her family and loved hearing about their day. After they had finished eating, Leah excused herself and headed out outside to see John and check if everything was okay. She then gave Jimmy a call.

“Hey Jimmy, you asked me to call, how can I help?”

“Leah, thanks for calling back. I know you are busy, so I’ll get straight to the point. The other bosses and I met last night, and we want to know how we can help to get your new facility up and running. We have hundreds of people who had terrible experiences, but some are keen to restart their studies. The family that we don't say out loud arranged for them to have Pod access even without doing their studies. We have checked, and they will no longer be subsidised by the Government, but it is possible that some would be able to attend one of the community colleges with some help. We are already in your debt but how can you help us? And how can we help you?”

“Jimmy, I’d honestly love to help but even a basic model new Pod cost just over 200,000 Australian Dollars, full time at the community college is forty-thousand, and then there are all the living costs.”

“I understand. Each boss is prepared to buy one Pod if you house it. We will pay the living costs and education. Leah, we need some of these kids to succeed, or no one will ever escape the poverty we live in. I don’t mean me, I have enough, but I do think of the kids. Not everyone has your tenacity and drive.”

“Okay Jimmy, how does this sound. I will match you one for one. For every Pod you supply, and I mean a basic new Pod, then I will provide a Pod. There will be a clear understanding that there are no factions on this property, no gangs or gang influence. People who come will have to spend some time working in the gardens to help supply their food. If they play games, then 40% of what they make is a tax to pay for what they receive, half for the boss and half for me. If they pay off their debt, then they are free of the tax and will only pay cost plus ten percent for staying here. If any of them want to continue working as a miner, I will give them access to several mines that I own. At the moment I can match you for ten Pods. Any person not passing their courses will lose the privilege but will not have an outstanding debt with the bosses or me. Finally, my mum and dad will meet the people chosen and have right of veto. My folks will manage the facility, and if someone needs to be kicked out, then there is no blowback. Also, any theft, violence or prejudice will mean an immediate expulsion. What do you think?”

“Leah, are you saying you can access another two million dollars right now?”

“I will match you for up to ten new basic model pods and one year of course fees. Jimmy, I need that money for my studies and to pay the lease next year. I may have opportunity to make more, but this will clean me out, again. What do you think of the proposal?”

“Me, I think its great. Do the bosses choose the people for your Pods or do you?”

“How about the bosses choose one and then let people apply for the others. The person will come from the bosses area but be chosen by a committee made up of me, my folks, the boss of the area and you. I get to meet them, mum and dad have to oversee them, the boss has his say and you, well you get respect.”

“Leah, my girl, you know that I will owe you if this gets off the ground. Ok, I’ll draw something up and send it to your dad. You get the lawyer to look at it and then I’ll take it to the bosses.”

“Great! I best see mum and dad and see if they are interested. I’ll let you know. Bye!”

“Bye! Leah. Take care girl.”

Leah went back inside and discussed what she had talked about with her parents. They agreed to think about it and to look over the agreement. Leah then showered quickly and entered the Tower.

Mĕi was waiting for her inside and wanted to play. Leah stopped and stared at Mĕi who was visibly larger. After Leah had gotten over the shock, she spent some time playing with Mĕi and playing ‘chase Leah’. Leah looked up and saw Gèng watching them play. She stopped and turned to Mĕi and said, “Mĕi, go get Gèng!” Mĕi looked around and seeing Gèng started after her. Gèng glared at Leah and then ran outside followed by Mĕi.

As soon as they were both outside Gèng appeared next to Leah and said, “I’ll let her chase me for a while and then she’ll need sleep. For a moment I felt what I surmise is frustration with you. There was no reason for that fluctuation in processing, but you caught me unaware. I think it is almost time for me to have a small period in which to undergo a full build. Do you think we could schedule some time in the next day or two?”

“Sure! What will I be doing during the build?”

“You will either need to be out of the Pod, or we can find a substitute AI for that period. There are specific AI who take minimal space and have been designed for short-term interactions with a person. They are uploaded to the Pod and will help with the Gameplay only. The world space is reduced to a simple box for the period of hire.”

“How long?”

“With the processing available in the new Pod, I expect the build to take around four to six hours.”

“Then we will find that amount of time when I am out of the Pod. I have no desire to enter the virtual universe without you having my back. I wouldn’t feel safe.”

“Thank you, Leah. I appreciate the sentiment. Don’t forget to take the Death Stones. I did some study of the Dunyanin Gods, and it might be appropriate to take a gift for Olme.”

“Any ideas?”

“She is the goddess of death. She is revered for helping those who die to reach their final resting place. While her devotees are often found among assassins and killers, she is also revered by medical personnel and those in the military. Many palliative care hospices are run by her priests and priestesses.”

“That is good information. How do Zombies, Necromancers, Lichs and your everyday undead relate to her?”

“They are her sworn enemy as they seek to escape her hold or destroy her power?”

“Ok, can you include the Two death spells Wisp and I received from the Ant Princess and the two spells from the Bukalemun Crypt. I will give them to the Priestess to destroy as well. I’ll be off now. Take care of Mĕi.”

Leah walked up to the Dunyanin portal, and after checking her backpack and weapons, she grabbed the stones, spells and Merdiven before entering Dunyanin. She arrived in the Guest Suite, she packed her belongings, including her new dress and jewellery, and made her way into the palace proper. Leah had grown used to V’fali helping her, and it took a few moments before she found directions from the palace to the temple of Olme. Before she reached the exit to the palace, a guard approached her and said, “Excuse me Markiz, the King asked if now was a suitable time to meet with him? He hoped to see you before you left the Palace precinct.”

“Now is suitable. Could you escort me as I don't know the best way to reach his Majesty.”

“Please follow me, my Lady.”

Leah followed the guard and shown into the king's study. He was seated behind a large desk with the Princess at a smaller side desk. V’fali stood behind the King, and C’sur stood by the window. There was another elf seated in front of the desk and a spare chair. The King waived Leah to the empty chair and said, “Markiz, welcome. Beside you is the Minister of Finance, Lord H’zine E’dar. I am sorry to rush you but would like to see you on your way to the Deep Forest to take control of your Royal House, and before you go, I need to clarify my expectations.”

“I am honoured to meet you again your Majesty. Good afternoon Princess C’skun, and to you, Lord H’zine, may ask about the urgency of a journey to the Deep Forest. I was planning on fulfilling a promise to a friend before visiting the Royal House.”

“Until you take control of the House then the Deep Forest remains inaccessible to my people. In the far past, there were many resources to be gathered from the forest, and various mines on the slopes of the Duvar mountains brought wealth to the Kingdom.”

“I understand your Majesty but wonder if two months might make such a great difference.”

“It would not, except news of your arrival has reached Kum Intikam, First Prince of the Dunes in Esir Sehri. He is the direct descendant of Kum Firtinasi and was informed by the High priest of Suzluk that you are the same Atherleah who initiated the War of the Peasant and brought low the Desert Elves. Their ambassador has expressed outrage at your ascension to the Royal Houses and seeks your extradition to Esir Sehri to face justice. My people are unsure of you because of your mixed blood. If they were to see the benefit of your presence, then this spectre of war will seem less dark, and I will have greater leverage in my Court to reject the Desert Elves.”

“I will leave for the Deep Forest today. What is involved in taking control of the House?”

“In the centre of your lands is the Ebony Castle. There is a room at the lowest point of the castle with a circular table. The Ebony Sceptre is spelled so that when inserted in the centre of the table, you will have full access and control of the Castle and lands. You will be able to set taxes and will control of the treasure vault. Whoever inserts the Sceptre, becomes Master of the Deep Forest. Be warned, this land has become wild over the centuries, and I am sure that dangers fill the Castle that they will resist your control.”

“Do you have a map of the Deep Woods that might show me the best route to the House.”

“I have no detailed maps, only a set of coordinates for the House.”

“Is there anything else your Majesty?”

“Yes, we need to agree on an appropriate yearly tribute and the number of warriors your land might supply if there is a war. Lord H’zine and I have discussed this and suggest that the levy of warriors be excused for two years to give time for the small hamlets, towns and cities to gather inhabitants. The tribute, however, must be in proportion to the size of the estate and the growth of population. I have decided to set the tribute at ten gold per square league. This is in accord with the rest of my Kingdom. I know it will be difficult until the land is developed but it will make it easier to protect you in court.”

“I understand your Majesty. When is this amount due?”

“It is usual to pay each year on the anniversary of the House Ascension. This allows the Kingdom a steady flow of coin.”

“If Lord H’zine will permit then I will attend the bank this afternoon and transfer the amount. I would like to know the appropriate account.”

H’zine gave Leah the information, and after she copied the coordinates for the Castle left the palace and headed for the temple. She had almost reached the Temple when she heard her name called. She turned around to find Eli walking toward her.

“Atherleah, I wanted to apologise for my behaviour before. You were right, all the information was available, and I was able to find it with only a few hours of searching. The information was enough that I am going to wait awhile before I try and walk the Road. I need to rekindle the sense of discovery and curiosity rather than simply progressing in the game. When I got home, my wife tore strips off me for my behaviour, and I realise she was right. Will you accept my apology?”

“Certainly, and I thank you. You have restored some of my faith in players. I was becoming disheartened by how people play the game. How did your wife know what happened?”

“She was standing beside me. She is an earth and nature mage. We try and play at the same time but had got in a bit of a rut.”

“Would you like some adventure?”

“What do you have in mind?”

“I’m heading into the Deep Forest, no players have ever been in it and they can’t until I tame the house in the centre. I don’t know what is there, but I’m sure you and your wife would be a great help. My friends are all on the other side of the Mountains, and I’ve left my companions in the Palace to serve the King. I would welcome a warrior and a mage and maybe a ranger if you know someone trustworthy.”

“When are you leaving?”

“I have to visit the Temple of Olme, go to the bank, buy some potions and trail bread and then I am ready to go. So maybe an hour from now.”

“Let me talk with my wife and a friend. I’ll message you if we can come. Thanks for letting me off the hook.”

“No worries.”

They exchanged information, and then Leah hurried to the Temple. She entered through the gate and into the porch of a marble mausoleum. A priest was standing before the open door, and he said, “Only those who worship the Goddess may enter. Do you wish to Serve our Lady Orme?”

“No! Thank you. I do however wish to pay my respects to Olme and to meet with the High Priestess. She asked me to come today. My name is Atherleah.”

“Please wait here Markiz, and I will inform the High priestess of your arrival.”

After several minutes the High Priestess from the day before came from the temple and said, “Welcome Markiz, on behalf of Lady Olme I bid you welcome and grant entrance rights.”

“I thank you for your welcome and greeting. Know however that Olme is not my Goddess and while I hold her in esteem, I do not wish to enter her service.”

“My Goddess understands and has declared you are free of the restriction.”

Leah stepped through the doorway and found herself in a grey and empty landscape. In front of her was a river upon which a variety of boats were travelling, each of them moved by the current. To her right was a stone dock and on it a woman was helping a man onto a boat. As Leah watched, the woman pushed the boat from the shore, and it joined the others in the current. The woman turned, and Leah saw she had the face of a young woman. The left-hand side was full of life, energy and humour. The right-hand side was the face of a corpse, the skin was desiccated, and she could see the skull through rents in the flesh. The eye socket empty and lifeless.

The woman said, “Welcome Atherleah, Friend of Utsal, Counsellor of the Gods, Champion of Hope and Slayer of Suzluk. I welcome you to my realm. I thank you for sending Suzluk through my gates. It opened a whole new tributary on the River Tukenis. The other gods are for the first time aware that immortality can be tested and broken. Suddenly I am more than a mere gateway attendant to them, and they treat death with greater honour. To what do I owe the pleasure of your company?”

“Lady Olme, I and my companion retrieved 900 Death Crystals from Hayalet, mage of Zerten Zele, Last Overlord of the Bukalemun. He was using them to raise the Lich. I was tasked with returning them to a Priest of the Goddess Olme. I merely wished to do this, to ask a boon and to offer a gift.”

“Give me the Death Crystals. Place them in this basket.”

Leah took a crystal out of her backpack and carefully placed them in the basket which appeared. It took her almost ten minutes to transfer all the crystals. She noticed that Olme would take one from the basket, walk to the dock and a person would appear, sometimes human, sometimes an elf, sometimes a dwarf and even a Bukalemun. She would help them into a boat, and after a quiet word or two, she would push the boat into the river.

When Leah finished, Olme paused and returned to Leah’s side. She said, “You have done well to complete this task and to save these souls so they might continue their journey. Added to the many you have sent through my gates you keep me busy. What boon do you ask?”

“I have found some death spells in my travels, neither I nor my companions have a use for such spells, could you tell me how to destroy them safely, or do you have some advice?”

“You could sell them.”

“I could, but that merely transfers the power to someone else. I do not like such spells and would feel responsible if they were used.”

“Even though this is merely a game? Yes, I know what Suzluk said, many of the gods are aware of the nature of our existence.”

“Yes Lady Olme, even in a game. I desire to be in this world who, and what, I would be in my own world.”

“Give them to me.”

Leah handed the four spells over and placed them in Olme’s outstretched hand.

Olme looked at each scroll in turn and it dissolved into dust. She said, “Thank you Atherleah, such spells thwart my purpose. If you discover more, then I would be pleased to dispose of them. Now, what gift?”

Leah opened her bag and withdrew the spear with which she killed Lady A’lev Sevgilisi. She said, “This was a gift from the Fire Dragon Lady A’lev Sevgilisi. With it, I allowed her to embrace death and so live with her mate who had gone before. Every time I see it or use it I am reminded of her courage and sacrifice. Her willingness to embrace death on her own terms and yet to live for her family. I trust it is a fitting gift to express honour to you Lady Olme.”

The Goddess carefully took the spear and holding it in both hands. She said, “Truly a priceless gift. You could sell this at auction for at least 10 Diamonds. Are you sure you want to give it to me?”

“Yes Lady Olme, while I need the money, I held Lady A’lev Sevgilisi in the greatest of respect. I think the spear in your hands honours her more than Diamonds in mine.”

Olme called out, and the High Priestess of Göskel-Orman drew near. Olme said, “Take this spear and give it a place of honour among my treasures. Make known to all my servants in all lands that Atherleah has found favour in my sight. Let them know of the honour she has shown to me.”

She turned to Atherleah and said, “My Priestess will give you the 900 Gold. You have pleased me with your gift, and I will search for a suitable reward. Go with my blessing Atherleah.”

Leah turned and found the high priestess standing behind her with a bag of coins. They were standing just inside the door of the Temple. Leah thanked her for the coins and then she headed to the market to stock up on potions. She transferred twelve Diamond, thirty-six Platinum and seventy Gold to the King’s Account. Finally, she messaged Eli and received the response that he and his wife would love to accompany Leah and he had a Ranger friend who would also join them. Leah agreed to meet them on the main road heading west from the city. Eli said they would be waiting near the checkpoint.

Fifteen minutes later Leah approached the checkpoint and saw Eli waiting with two others. When she arrived he introduced his wife as Elsa; she was a Level 234 Mage. Eli also introduced his friend; a Level 197 Ranger called Matt who was carrying a longbow and wore a cape with a deep cowl. After introductions, Leah said, “I have two questions before we head off. First, are you three members of a clan?”

Eli responded, “No, we were for a while but have been independent for some time. Why do you ask?”

“I’m a little wary of people if they are associated with Clan Y’Haul. They have been chasing a friend of mine. Secondly, how do you want to share experience and loot? I will need to lead the group otherwise we won’t be able to enter the forest. We can go proportional shares by level, proportional shares by damage, or equal shares. With loot, I usually arrange for 'as needed' and then either by turn or lottery.”

Matt said, “I would prefer equal shares as the other two usually leave me at a disadvantage. Loot as you said.”

Eli said, “That suits me unless after a while it is clear that someone isn’t pulling their weight. I would, of course, prefer proportional by level.”

Elsa punched Eli on the arm as shared, “He always says that but we usually arrange equal shares. He is so far ahead because he plays more than I do. I work more than he does.”

Leah invited them to join a group and then said, “Alright, we have to reach these coordinates. Matt, Are you a part of the Ranger’s Guild?”

“Yes although I have been a little slack lately in exploring.”

“Well, I would like you to run point. There are no current maps of the area, and the Rangers Guild have nothing on the area. I am sure this trip will advance your standing within the guild. Rather than go straight there, I suggest we travel the West road to its end point and then head slightly North of West, say fifteen degrees. I have an ancient map that indicates there once was an old road that started out that way. About five leagues from the end of the road we should find a valley between two small hills. The trail starts in that valley.”

“May I look at the map?”

Leah said, “Not to be too secretive but I’m a careful person. We are still getting to know each other. After a while, I might show you some of it but for now, can you take my word on it.”

“Sure thing, and to be honest, I think that makes me happier about the trip. I can work with someone who is careful; trusting, but not foolish. Now the West road is fairly safe so I think we can travel fast, is everyone ok to jog?”

Everyone nodded, so Matt started off at a jog and slowly built up speed until they were moving at a fast trot. They travelled like this for an hour when an arrow from the trees slammed into Leah’s new protection dome. Leah teleported as far as she could see in the direction that the arrow came and appeared just a few steps from the archer. She threw a knife which thudded into his chest near the heart. As he looked down Leah took a final step and removed his head with Baris. She turned to find the Eli, Elsa and Matt being attacked by a group of five bandits. Leah watched as Eli cut one down with his sword and Elsa trapped two with thorns which grew from the road. Matt was being harassed by the other two so she cast Chain Lightening at them, stunning them. Eli stepped in and dispatched the ones Elsa caught, and Matt killed the last two. The battle was over in moments.

After dividing the loot, they settled back into the run. After a second hour, Matt slowed and said, “We should all have something to eat. We’ve travelled almost four leagues and will reach the end of the road in another hour and a half. I suggest we stop there for the night and start again tomorrow. I can be here by nine.”

Everyone agreed, and they kept going until they reached the end of the road. No travellers had ever gone past this point. Leah was last to log-out. After looking around, she stepped into the forest and logged out.

Leah had five real-hours before she was due back in Dunyanin. She sent some time just talking with Gèng and playing with Mĕi. She tried to organise a schedule for the next few days as she was feeling overwhelmed. As it was night in real-time, she decided to enter Cosmos Online and then have one lesson with Master Ning.

She checked on her parents, and they were not in the communal area, so she just had a supper snack and went straight to the Berne portal. She left her apartment at the flying school and headed for the Flight Simulator. Everything seemed very quiet, and she became uneasy. She turned to retrace her steps and almost ran into Brett.

“Hey Atherleah, are you back for some more lessons?”

“Yes, I was just heading for the Simulator, but I couldn’t see anyone else around. I was thinking of going back to the room to check if maybe I there was a schedule I missed.”

“No schedule, the simulators are open all the time. I suspect that you’ve just hit a slow patch. Why don’t you get in the simulator and I will load up the next module. This one starts with you chasing another fighter. It helps you to develop your reflexes and spatial awareness.”

Leah noticed that Brett’s speech was more hesitant than before and he was having trouble looking her in the eyes. She nodded and headed for her assigned simulator. As she walked, she surreptitiously grabbed a camera from her belt pockets. She was surprised to make it to the Simulator unmolested. As she opened the door, she pretended to have difficulty and placed the camera in the centre of the door. When nothing happened for several minutes, Leah assumed she had everything wrong and started up the Simulator. After correctly managing to exit the space station she was instructed to stay within 200 metres of the fighter in front of her. She was on her second attempt when she saw several people approaching the simulator; she had positioned the camera screen at the edge of her view.

She dove out of the pilot's chair and stepped to the side of the entryway ready to defend against anyone trying to get in. She was surprised when she saw them place a metal bar across the hatch and weld it shut. She tried to open it and found it wouldn’t budge. Brett arrived and helped load the Simulator onto a trolley.

Brett’s voice came over the speaker, “I’m sorry Atherleah. They offered me a lot of cash. Thad will understand. After all, it’s just a game. One day we’ll have a drink and laugh about this. There are snacks in the cupboard. They are taking you to Chann, it is a four-day trip, and one of Mahigan’s Battlecruisers is waiting for you. Just give her what she wants.”

Leah tried to cut the door with the Nano Sabre but found it was resistant to the micro thin filament. She knew she was running out of time. She used the Nano Sabre to separate the Pilot’s chair from the floor and then wedged the chair into a small gap at the very front of the simulator. She was just able to squeeze into the space between the chair and the wall. On the screen, she could see that the simulator being placed in the hold of a spaceship. She used the Nano Sabre to make small indentations around the edge of the airlock and then removing several small shaped charges from her belt she placed these in the gaps and facing toward the outside. She closed her faceplate and huddled into the protective area she'd made. She took several deep breaths and detonated the charges.

The blast almost squashed Leah flat as the chair was forced against the wall. It took some careful use of the Nano Sabre to cut herself free. The simulator's airlock had been blown free. She exited the simulator and almost ran into two men in spacesuits who had come to see what happened. They weren’t expecting her and even though one of them managed to get off a shot from his blaster, her reflexes were faster. Leah’s Sabres flashed, and both men died. She quickly went through their pockets and removed their weapons. She talked to Gèng asking, “Is there an easier way to get their loot?”

“There is a function called ‘reap’ that you can use. The forum’s suggest that it is designed to identify and collect between 50 and 70% of items. You lay your hand on the item and say ‘reap’, as you take your hand from the body a pile of items will appear, and the body will disappear. I suggest you check everything and then reap.”

Leah tried this and after checking the pockets and belt and removing everything she could easily find she put her hand on the body and said, “Reap!”. As she removed her hand the body disappeared, and the space suit was left as well as a small pile of coins that must have been inside the suit, There was also some gadgets that she couldn’t identify. She left the suit and put the coins and gadgets in her bag for later. She did the same for the second body and then realised how foolish she was not to have checked the hold before being distracted.

A quick look around the hold revealed a third casualty. A Gorgian must have been standing in front of the door when it had been blown loose. She had been flattened as the door exploded from the simulator. Leah quickly checked her for items and looked around for anything she might need. Besides the simulator, numerous crates were filling much of the space. She didn’t have time now, but she hoped to return and see what they held.

She checked the exit airlock, but it showed vacuum on the other side, so the ship presumably had left the station. The only thing which helped immediately was a map of the ship. She was on an Apogee Class Frigate 12000DT. The map showed quarters for up to thirty crew. She asked Gèng to check the handbooks and to see how many were needed to crew the frigate.

“This frigate has room for thirty but is designed for a minimum crew of three and an optimal crew of seven. The other berths are usually used to house boarders for ship-to-ship engagements. Minimally they need a pilot, a gunner and an engineer. To optimise the ship's capabilities, they suggest an additional pilot and three weapons experts.”

As Gèng was saying this, an alarm started to sound. Leah assumed they had noticed the missing crew. She hurried to the exit and looked both ways. She quickly rigged two shaped charges called micro APMs. These were small directional command-detonated anti-personnel mines. There was a small camera in the housing that she linked to her faceplate. She placed each one several metres either side of the doorway. She closed the door and waited. She was just in time, as twenty seconds later she could see two figures in armour coming down the corridor, one from either direction. One was certainly a Gorgian. The other looked like it had a tail, so it was probably one of the lizard races. She watched as the Gorgian came close to her mine. Unfortunately, the lizard was further back. She decided to wait for the lizard to be level with the mine and then she would deal with the Gorgian up close and personal. She hoped the blast would disorientate him or her.

When the lizard was in the green zone on the APM camera, she detonated the charge and was thrilled to see the Gorgian stumble backwards into the green zone of the second mine. She detonated that, and stepped through the door to double-check they were both dead. She checked pockets and reaped them. She checked the map and headed towards the Bridge. She expected to meet more crew but surmised that the two she had killed in the challenge on the space station might have been from the Frigate. If so then she had already killed seven. She was still careful as she passed doorways and turned corners.

She passed a door which was shown as crew quarters, but she couldn’t open it. Gèng said, “Leah, I think this is the equivalent of a hotel room in Dunyanin. A player has logged out, and therefore they and their equipment are safe.”

“How do I ensure they don’t log in and get behind me?”

“The handbook says that this ship is in internal conflict and players cannot log out or in until that conflict is resolved. If the conflict was outside the ship, the players could leave or return.”

Leah found two other rooms which were locked similarly. She was almost at the Bridge when she heard a door open ahead of her. She ducked into an alcove and watched as a human male walked toward her. As he went past, she stepped out placed a knife against his neck. She said, “One move and I will kill you. Talk, and I will tie you up and let you go later.”

He said, “Atherleah, I’m already dead, Mahigan is going to kill me over and over. You seem to have escaped her trap and I was supposed to bring you in. You might as well kill me as I won’t tell you anything.”

He then tried to turn and grab her but she activated the Sabre which was in her other hand pressed against his back, it pierced his heart. When she got to the bridge, she opened the door and dove through the opening. She was surprised to find it empty.

She said to Gèng, “So where is the keycard on this ship and how do I take control?”

“Sit in the Captain’s chair and put your hand on the palm reader. Declare yourself captain by right of conquest and a game AI will check this and issue you a new card.”

Leah placed her hand on the palm reader and said, “My name is Atherleah, and I am the new Captain of this ship, I claim it by right of conquest.”

After a moment a voice said, "Welcome Atherleah. You have conquered the frigate ‘Plague’ and are the new owner of this Apogee Class Frigate 12000DT. The previous owner, Mahigan, the Black, has been informed of its capture.  What do you want to do with the current crew? You may offer them employment or return them to their resurrection Point.”

“Have all crew been killed?”

“You would not have been able to claim the ship if even one logged in crew member was alive. There are four crew who were logged out when the conflict began.”

“Thank you. Please return them to their resurrection Point.”

“Do you wish to change the name of this vessel?”

“Yes, please, how long do I have to decide on a new name?”

“You can change the name now for no charge or at a later date for a fee of 10 platinum.”

“Please change the name the vessel to ‘Betrayal’.”

“That name is unique. Your registration is complete. Your AI has been given control of the Betrayal. The Old Owners Card has been destroyed, and the New Owner’s Card has been placed in the chip reader of this chair. As no qualified pilot is on board the frigate will be remotely piloted to the nearest space station which is ‘Berne’. You must find a pilot before the Betrayal can leave the station. Enjoy your new acquisition.”

Gèng said, “I have full control, and we are returning to Berne. I have arranged a berth at the station. Do you want to pay the docking fees? This is the only way to ensure the safety of the vessel.”

“How much is the fee?”

“For a ship the size of this frigate they are wanting 20 gold a day.”

“Pay for two weeks. When we get back, I need to have a talk with Brett. Can you tell me what is in the crates in the hold?”

“The manifest shows four crates of heavy duty personal armour, six crates of assorted weapons, mostly blasters, and eight crates of mechanised armour. The frigate is fully supplied with armaments and has been recently serviced. It is advisable to have the damage in the hold and corridor fixed.”

“Thanks, Gèng, can you research the safest way to do that. I’ll also ask the team and see if they have any suggestions.”

“Do you trust them after Brett’s betrayal?”

“Absolutely, I imagine Thad is going to be even more annoyed with Brett than I am. It wouldn’t surprise me if they returned just to have a word with him. Unfortunately, I will get to him first, and there might be nothing left for Thad and the others.”

As soon as the Betrayal docked, Leah headed for the flight school. As the door to the school’s reception area opened, she saw Brett sitting at the desk typing on a screen. He spoke without looking up and said, “I won’t be a moment, I’ll just finish this purchase.”

He typed a few more keys and then said while beginning to look up, “There. All done. How may I help …”

He didn’t get the last word out as Leah had a blaster pointed at his head in one hand, and the other held her Sabre, this time with the filament emitting a bright red light.

“Hello Brett, please finish your question. Say, ‘Hello Atherleah, how can I help you?’”

He swallowed a few times and then said, “Hello Atherleah, how can I help you?”

“Did you try and log out Brett?”

He nodded.

“So that means the game understands we are in the middle of a conflict. This school is not a public area, and you have no employees which means I can take my time with you, Brett. How many people are currently using a simulator?”

“Five.”

“So, maybe five people can help you. I wonder how many will help after I explain that you are willing to sell your students safety. How much did she pay you, Brett?”

“One hundred platinum!”

“Now, I can’t torture you, the game won’t allow it. I can’t hack your account, the game won’t allow it. But what I can do, is kill you, again and again, every time I find you. I can also ruin your business by showing the visuals and audio of your betrayal. I can destroy your simulators and steal your training fighters. I also don’t think you understand Thad very well because I imagine he is going to come and take away whatever I don’t. So Brett, what can you possibly offer me to limit my response to your betrayal? This is a one time deal, so make your first offer amazing.”

“It’s a game Atherleah, only a game. You can have the money, and the rest of your training is on the house, free of charge. You can’t damage my property or steal my fighters as they are a part of the station and I have paid for their immunity to theft and am insured. You can kill me, and that is it. So one hundred platinum is my offer, and we are square.”

Gèng had been reviewing the handbooks and shared the information with Leah who said, “I Atherleah, request adjudication by Cosmos Online. My game play is restricted.”

Brett just stared at her as an official appeared and said, “I represent Cosmos Online, if your request is judged trivial or unwarranted you will be banned from Cosmos Online for one week in-game and will billed half of your current worth in Cosmos Online. Do you agree to these terms?”

“I do.”

“What is your complaint?”

“The proprietor of this school has been granted a licence to train players in competition with the standard schools. He has been granted immunity from theft and destruction as if he were a part of Cosmos Online. I became a student in good faith that he would protect me from harm and train me in accord with his agreement with Cosmos Online. You may review my data feed, and you will see that he betrayed me to my enemies and helped to facilitate my abduction. I escaped and seek redress as is my right according to the handbook but the game mechanics prevent this. I request adjudication.”

The official paused for a moment and then turning to Brett said, “Player Brett_Hotdog, your agreement with Berne station is declared void. You have not fulfilled your contract to train players safely in accord with the regulations. You are banned from Cosmos Online for one week in-game and will billed half of your current worth in Cosmos Online to compensate Berne Station and Cosmos Online for breach of contract. The remainder of your wealth will be transferred to Player Atherleah for defeating you in conquest. A copy of this decision will be published on the official site.”

Brett looked stunned and Leah said, “It’s just a game, Brett. One day we’ll have a drink and laugh about this.”

Brett disappeared, and the official said, “We have finalised the accounting and apologise for the interruption due to a restriction on your gaming. Your account has been credited with three rhodium, 157 radium and 412 gold. Is there any other way that I might help you?”

“No, thank you, I appreciate the quick response.”

Leah made her way back to the concourse and asked Gèng, “So, where is the best place to get flight training?”

“There is the station school. They are more expensive than Brett, but you have the finances. Wisp is getting her trying here.”

“Okay. I should also arrange training there for the mechanised armour. Before I go there, I need to talk with an outfitter to fix the Betrayal. No, that can wait, I’ll ask the team if they know the best place to do that. Please send the following ‘Hey guys. I have a new ship. It is a little banged up internally and was wanting to know the best and safest way to get it fixed. I’ll be in the Tower from 2 am Bris time for forty-five real minutes if anyone wants to drop in and chat.’ Affix a copy of the abduction, don’t include the escape or battles, include the registration and the conversation with Brett and the Advocate.”

Gèng overlaid the path to the station school and Leah enrolled for fighter training and training in mechanised armour. Her time at Brett’s was credited to her. She entered her assigned berth and logged out.

She wasn’t in the right frame of mind to visit Master Ning, so she logged out and had a snack. She enjoyed just sitting and resting. After the food, she logged in and went for a swim in the garden pool.

Diary - 29 November 2073

Another roadblock to study today. Meredith. I’m surprised she has the reach to influence the school. She is big in Australia but that shows a global reach. What if she is part of something bigger? What have I taken on? Still, when I think of it I can’t think of anything else I could have done. This truly is a war. I hope it remains bloodless. I can’t imagine the fight overflowing into reality but then why would Akia want me to have Charlie Brown here. Also, how could a parent do that to a child? Call her Charlotte Brown. I must remember not to tease her about it.

Mum and dad continue to be supportive. I wonder how I can repay them. I know they don’t expect anything but still I should show my appreciation. I think they would be insulted if I just bought something. What do they want or need? It would be great to have them visit the Tower but I can’t see them going virtual. I need to find a way to ask them. Mum will be happy if I spend some time at church. I wonder if there really is life after death. Surely if humans have devised a way to reuse what they make, God also has something more in store. How can death end all the potential still in someone? It seems a waste.

What can cause a betrayal and when is betrayal ever all right? I must be careful not to trust too quickly. I hope Eli, Eva and Matt can be trusted. Unfortunately its getting harder to trust. Am I becoming wise or merely cynical? I hope its wise because I’m too young to be cynical. Brett betrayed for money. I imagine that the MIT Chancellor betrayed for power and influence. Judas betrayed for ideology and money. What is my price? Would I betray someone for someone more important? What if they threatened my family? I need to think through these issues because I must not react to things thoughtlessly. What was it Umut said? ‘Clarity of thought is a foundation of hope.’ I think clarity of thought is the foundation of many things. I must be prepared.

CHAPTER NINE

November 30,2073

Leah was on her sofa reading through the suggested contract from Jimmy and preparing it to send to Susan when Gèng interrupted, “Leah, Amy will be arriving momentarily at the podium, where do you want to meet her?”

“Show her in here please Gèng. I’ve pretty much finished this.”

She now had enough in her Cosmos Online bank to fund several more Pods, but she wanted to see the scheme in action before adding any more money, so she finished making the few changes and sent it Susan. She had just put everything away when Amy walked in, and after hugging Leah, she sat on the other end of the sofa.

“Leah, life around you is exciting. Look, I came a little early to warn you that Thad is mad as hell and really upset. He’s mad at Brett but upset at himself. He feels he’s let you down. I’m not sure what needs to be done, but I wanted to warn you. You know he likes you, right.”

“And I like him. It’s just that everything so is busy and I haven’t ever really had friends before and on top of that is Thad who is a friend but something more as well. I don’t know what to do.”

“The word for Thad you’re looking for is ‘boyfriend’. He isn’t really that, I know, but you two are headed in that direction. He’s afraid he is going to lose you?”

“Why would that happen? I mean, it isn’t his fault.”

“I know that, you know that, Wisp knows that, maybe even the boys know it at some level, but they, as a gender, can be stupid. They all think they have failed you, Zack and James are coping with it, but Thad is really obsessing. Don’t worry too much. You just need to be aware of it. Naming the ship Betrayal was cool, but the males think it also refers to them.”

“Are they really that stupid?”

“Generally yes, but don’t knock it. Their attitudes allow us women to keep them guessing and on their toes. Right now, in this situation, it sucks. At other times their inability to be rational works in our favour.”

Gèng appeared and said, “Hello Amy, I’m sorry to interrupt, but the others are arriving. Mĕi knows there are people here and wants to get in. Shall I let her?”

Leah said, “Yes. Wait, let her outside. Amy and I will meet the rest near the podium. It's beautiful out. Can we have some lanterns set up and some chairs? No, can we have the lanterns and a bonfire? Some logs to sit on? I know we will need to purchase it but can you also get some of the boys favourite beers. Anything you want Amy?”

“I’d love a red wine and some chocolate.”

Gèng said, “All that will be outside. Mĕi is there already, and the rest will be there before you are.”

Leah and Amy started for the door, but Amy linked her arm through Leah’s and said as they walked, “Your hints were useful. We found an abandoned castle and defeated the occupants. It was a level three dungeon challenge. Today we will head for the trail you mentioned and find that mine you say might be there. What happened with you?”

“I best wait for the others, but the short version is I’ve been given a large piece of land which has opened for exploration. It has wildlife, dungeons and mines to find. I’m entering it with some people I met. I wish you guys were there, but these guys seem competent.”

“Who are they?”

“A husband and wife team, Eli and Elsa and a ranger called Matt. Eli is level 273, Elsa and Matt are near my level.”

They finished talking as they approached the podium. They found the others standing around Mĕi and giving her a good scratch. Wisp said, “She has really grown, what have you been feeding her?”

“I gave her some of they Amazonian Growth hormone. I can use the doubler to make more so I’m wondering if a second batch will cause her harm or not. Nothing Gèng or I have read makes us think that anyone has ever tried it.”

Thad stepped forward hesitantly and said, “Leah I am sorry. I … umph.”

His sentence had been cut short as Leah punched him hard in the gut. As he bent over trying to breathe, she said, “That is for thinking you had something to be sorry for. Brett’s mistake was his not yours. You trusted a friend. That is good. Now that you know, if you trust him again, then you can apologise. Otherwise, you have nothing to apologise for. Now stand up and come tell me what has been happening.”

Amy looked at her and winked then linked arms with James and said, “Come along, Leah has beer.”

Zack and Wisp moved off with Amy and leaving Thad behind with Leah. He stood straight and said, “Amy told on me.”

“Yep.”

“I’m still going to find him and kill him a few times.”

“I expect nothing less Thad, nothing less. Now if that is all dealt with would you escort me to the bonfire.”

Thad extended his elbow, and Leah threaded hers through his, and together they went to join the others.

After each group had shared their respective days, Zack said, “Leah, you’re going to need some help crewing the frigate. I know some people who might be interested. These are friends who I believe to be trustworthy. I know them in real life, not just in the virtual. They’ve taken damage from Mahigan before and will be pleased to thumb their noses at her. What do you think?”

“That sounds good Zack. I should be finished the training in another week. If they can make it to Berne and want a berth, then I’ll take them aboard. What should I do about fixing the frigate?”

Together they came up with a plan and generally enjoyed each other’s company for an hour or so. Finally, Leah said, “Sorry guys but I need to have some real food and get to Dunyanin. I hope you have a great day. Everyone except Thad logged out, and Leah was left standing with him. He stepped closer and leaned down to give her cheek a small kiss.

He said, “That is for setting me straight. Look, if you are free Friday sometime can I take you out. I don’t think you’ve been to Carnival World. It is a heap of fun and a great place for a date. What do you think?”

Leah stared up at him for a minute and then said, “I would like that. I’ll let you know when I’m free but I will certainly plan some time.”

He smiled and disappeared. Gèng appeared next to Leah and said with a small smile, “Your heart rate is elevated, and those Adrenaline, Dopamine and Serotonin levels are all high.”

Leah turned and said, “Gèng, are you teasing me?”

She stopped and after a moment said, “I think I was Leah, I really think I was.”

Leah laughed and headed for the real world for a break before heading to Dunyanin.

Leah appeared behind the tree where she had last exited Dunyanin. She stood quietly for a few moments listening to the sounds. She could hear voices and soon recognised Eli and Elsa talking.

“I’m just concerned Eli. You know how vindictive she can be. If she finds out we are helping Atherleah she’ll destroy us. She already ruined the Ringworld experience for us. We can leave now with no one the wiser. Atherleah won’t tell, and Matt is your cousin. No one else knows.”

“Elsa, you’re the one who told me to apologise, and I’m glad I did. This is a chance to enjoy the game again. If Meredith finds out, then we’ll deal with it. I am fed up with letting her ruin our lives. I don’t know what Atherleah did to rile her so much, but she can’t be all that bad if she annoys your aunt.”

“She didn’t have to do anything except thwart some plan or scheme. Meredith holds grudges forever. She hasn’t talked to my mum in like ten years, ever since mum told her she needed to discipline the kids more. I still remember that fight. It ruined Christmas.”

Leah felt bad for eavesdropping and stepped out from behind the tree. She said, “Sorry guys, I couldn’t help hearing the last part of that conversation. Actually, that’s not true. I could help it but didn’t. Look, I don’t want to cause problems for you. If you want to leave, then I won’t say anything, and it’ll be cool.”

Elsa blushed, and Eli shook his head, “No. That’s ok. We were just building up to a confession anyway when you arrived. We both received a message last night commanding anyone in the family who saw or met someone going by the name of Atherleah or Qiáng Tiē Chuí in any game that we needed to let Meredith know. I don’t know how you got in her sights, but I’ve never seen her so calm and deadly before. She was in full assassin mode.”

“Well I can’t say too much, but I’ve upset a number of her plans here, in real life, and in other games. She isn’t my favourite person and to be fully transparent if I can mess up any other areas of her life, I will. But you aren’t her. If you want to join me or leave me, that’s on you. I won’t hold her against you either way. Just to warn you, if you betray me to her then you should do it soon before we become friends. If you do it after I trust you and become your friend, then I will add you to my personal ‘screw over when you can’ list.”

Elsa smiled and said, “How many on that list so far?”

“Meredith and husband, Jackson, Andy, and Ernst, an idiot called Jason and his flunkies, and a player in another game called Brett. Oh, and Meredith’s main bodyguard but I didn’t get his name.”

Eli grinned and said, “His name is Kevin.”

Elsa butted in, “Meredith is my aunt, my mother is her sister. She rules the family. She was nicer when I was a kid and didn’t understand what was going on. Now, she terrifies me. I want to go with you but know that if she finds out and we didn’t say something, then she will make life hell. I don’t think she’d kill us, but she would ruin us.”

“It’s up to you both, and Matt. I’m entering the Deep Woods when he gets here. I’ll give you a few minutes to decide, and then we’ll go. I will not tell her. I do not usually show my feed in public so she won’t find out from me. My fame points in Dunyanin are such that all NPC’s and players will know of me soon. You’ve been honest. You can tell her where I am and I won’t blame you. If you tell her once you come with me, then I will. If you’ll excuse me, I am going to have my pet join me. She needs some exercise.”

Leah took out the statue of Mĕi and released her to play. Leah hoped Mĕi would be able to pick up on how to hunt and defend herself otherwise she was going to be pretty useless in Dunyanin. Matt arrived and discussed the issue with Eli and Elsa. After a few minutes, they walked over, and Eli said, “We’re all here and ready to go.”

Leah smiled and indicated for Matt to take point. They had been travelling through the light forest for just over ten minutes when Matt stopped and waved them forward. He pointed to a river in front of them and said we don’t have a boat and I’m not willing to swim. Leah checked her map and said, “This is my fault. I knew the river was there and simply ignored getting across. I have some rope in my bag. If I shoot an arrow across we can tie it to both sides and then shimmy over.”

Matt said, “I don’t see how that will work as someone will have to be on the other side to tie the rope.”

Leah smiled and said, “Trust me.”

She moved to a tree close to the bank and had Matt tie the rope four metres up the trunk. She tied the other end of the rope to an arrow and equipping her bow she made allowances for drag and fired at a tree on the other side. Before it had travelled half-way, she used Teleport to cross over and grabbed the arrow as it touched the tree. Suddenly a message appeared

World Achievement: First 1000 (1, Sapphire)

Unlock a Playing Area

Atherleah (Level 213) You have unlocked the Deep Forest of Göskel-Orman. This is your first World Achievement: 'First 1000 (Sapphire)’.

You are one of the first one thousand players to unlock an area of the game for play.

Reward 1: 1000 x 213 = 489900 (130%) Experience Points (770000/770000) (112191/780000)

Reward 2: + 2% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 1 x 1 Platinum = 1 Platinum

Fame: 1000 Fame Points (114700)

As Lady of the Deep Forest, you have gained access to this area for you and your group. When you take control of the Ebony House, this area will become open to all players and NPCs.

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: Due to the unique nature of this achievement it will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

She waved to the others and climbing the tree tied it off as tightly as she could. She was excited to see Mĕi who used her wings and flew over the river. She tied another rope two metres higher and repeated the process. The three now had a bridge to walk across. As each of the other stepped onto the far bank, they all received the same message

You are entering the Deep Forest of Göskel-Orman where minimum MOB level is based on the playing level of the Land Owner. The owner is currently at Level 214. All attacking MOB will be between Level 214 and level 314. This area covers 12367 square leagues and covers the lands extending from the River Tehlikeli to the Peaks of the Duvar Mountains. Please have an enjoyable day.

You have access at this time because you are in the same group as the Land Owner.

When everyone was across Leah untied the two ropes and the cast Teleport to join her new friends.

Eli said, “That teleportation is a cool spell, where did you get it?”

“It was a gift when I visited the Pantheon of Heaven. I’ve had to use a lot of skill points to lower the cool down period. Now we have no idea what MOBs are here. They could be plant or animal, so be careful. Matt, are you ok to lead?”

“Yes, no problems, I suggest though that you keep closer than normal in case something attacks.”

Leah called Mĕi to her and turned her into a statue and put her in the bag. She said, “Until I know what is out here she will be a distraction for me. Let;s go.”

Matt had taken ten paces when a vine on the ground wrapped around his foot and started dragging him through the bush. Leah dove forward and grabbed his arm. Eli rushed ahead and cut through the vine. As they stood, a hundred vines were reaching toward them. Leah and Eli began hacking while Elsa cast spell after spell trying to tangle the vines and stop them reaching the group. Leah cast Rain of Fire and the vines all pulled back. Leah turned in the direction they all pulled back to, she couldn’t see the origin of the vines, but she cast Rain of Fire in the same direction, and they retreated again. Eli passed her and began hacking at the vines. Rather than merely trying to wrap around him they changed shape and became like blades and started to whip back and forth trying to cut him. Elsa cried out as she was suddenly grabbed by several vines which tripped her and began to drag her on the ground. One began to wrap around her neck.

Leah turned to help, but she was caught from behind by several vines which grabbed her by both arms and legs and started to drag her towards the main plant. She reached out and wrapped her hands around the vines. She calmed her breathing, closed her eyes and double cast Freeze. There was a loud high pitched shriek and the vines holding Leah shattered. Leah cut the vines holding her legs and yelling at Eli to help the others she ran towards the shriek. She arrived in a clearing with vines and bones covering the ground, a large central stem and what looked like a huge Venus fly-trap. One section of the stem was frozen, and some of the vines connected to that section were beginning to wither. Leah had very little mana remaining, so she swallowed a Mana Restore, and while it filled her Mana, she fired arrow after arrow into the Maw trying to hit something vital.

VENUS TANGLE VINE (Level 220) 33618/48400 11000EP

And each arrow brought it a little lower. She equipped her swords and began hacking at the vines. She was soon joined by Eli and the others. They all had scratches and various wounds, but together they began to carve a path through the vines. When Leah was at full MP, she said, “Watch out, it’s going to get hot.”

She used her dual wield but this time with Chain Lightning. The central stem of the plant took the brunt of the attack and began to expand and give off steam. They could see lightning flickering along the vines, and then the stem exploded covering them with hot sticky sap which disappeared when Leah harvested the remains. All they received were some vials of plant extract and different acids.

Within ten minutes they were all healed and on their way. Matt had walked at most a hundred paces when he stopped. He waved them forward to see a snake hidden in the trees maybe twenty metres ahead.

DEEP FOREST PYTHON (Level 224) 50176 11200EP

Eli said, “Atherleah if it is ok with you I’ll get it to attack me. Elsa keep me alive. You others can attack at will.”

As he stepped under the snake, it dropped on him and started to crush him. Elsa kept healing him while Leah rushed forward and grabbed the head, freezing it. She then buried a knife in its eye. Eli looked at her and said, “That was easier than I thought it would be.”

She said, “Snakes I can kill. I’ve had practice with tougher than this. I’ve found freezing them usually does the trick.”

Matt said, “I’m not sure I should go first. This place is crazy and the MOBs much higher than I. I’ll help fight and all, but this place is scary wild. If it keeps up like this, it’ll take us a day to cover a league.”

“Good idea.” said Leah, “I’m ok to go first if you like.”

Eli said, “I can also. I’ve almost 200000 HP. How about you Atherleah?”

“Just over 130000, Look, Eli, I appreciate the offer, but my agility is probably a bit more than you so I can move a little faster. Don’t worry. I imagine you will draw the agro fast enough to take the damage anyway.”

Leah started carefully, and they had just moved out of sight of the snake when a Forest Wildercat leapt from behind a tree. It was only Leah's agility which saved her. She immediately fell forward and turned to bring the swords into play as the cat sailed over her. The swords cut two shallow groves across its stomach. Before she could rise, Elsa fired several arrows at the cat, one which stuck in its shoulder. As Eli was rushing toward it, Leah equipped Guzeltuya Bow and firing from her prone position shot upwards through the base of its jaw and into its brain.

Eli looked at Leah who said, “What? I’ve met Wildercats before too.”

The rest of the day was the same. They learned to identify the various deadly plants, snakes, insects and animals that would attack on sight. They rarely travelled more than one hundred metres before being attacked. With small breaks to rest and recuperate, they finally covered one league when it was time to stop for the night. Matt turned to Leah as Eli took a tent from his bag and began to set it up in a small clearing and said, “Atherleah, I hope you don’t take this the wrong way, but your land is crazy. I haven’t stopped fighting all day. If this continues, it will take weeks to get to your ‘House’.”

“Don’t worry Matt, there is a trail within three leagues of here. I’m thinking two more days of this and then a quick run along the trail. But let me ask you something. Are you having fun?”

“Absolutely.”

“Then everything is ok. Alright, guys, I will see you all tomorrow at eight.”

They all nodded, and Leah logged out.

After a quick snack, Leah took Gèng’s advise and had two hours of NREM3 sleep. Afterwards, she had a late breakfast and then spent half an hour discussing through the proposed agreement with her parents. They were hesitant to take on the responsibility until Leah said, “Mum, Dad, I need someone I can trust to do this. Not just someone I trust not to cheat, but someone I trust to do the right thing, to make hard choices based on the sort of values and standards that I believe in. You guys taught me to live like this, to do what is right, to show compassion, to forgive, to help those who are in need. Mum, this is a chance to clothe the naked, feed the hungry and welcome the stranger. Dad, these guys need your strength, kindness, resourcefulness and support. I trust you two more than anyone else.”

Her mum looked at her with tears in her eyes and said, “Ok Ling! We will help. But you need to be available to help sometimes.”

‘I will.”

Leah then checked with John and reviewed the security arrangements. She mentioned that someone called Charlotte Brown would probably arrive at the property sometime and that he should let her in but keep her separate from everything until she had a chance to talk with her. As she was heading back to the Pod her brother said, “Hey Leah, can I talk for a bit.”

“Sure Conner, what’s up?”

“Nothing really, its just I haven’t seen you much in the last two weeks. I guess I miss your goofy smile.”

“Like I believe that. I imagine you’ll get to what you want later. But how are you coping with the changes? Moving here and all that?”

“It’s cool! Its made me think about how much time I’ve wasted at school. I’m sixteen in two years, and already I’ve no chance to do what you have done. I always laughed at you. You were always running off to study or workout. For the first time, I understand what you wanted to do with your life, and I think I might want more too. But I think I’ve blown my chance.”

“It’s never too late to start Conner. Even now you could learn enough to make the Community Colleges. They aren’t as bad as I thought. It might take a while, but you could still be what you want to be, whatever that is. It’ll take work, but you can do it if you want to. What do you want to be?”

“I have no idea. I just know that for the first time in a long time I want to have something to aim for.”

“Talk with Dad.”

“Dad? He works as a labourer, and he fishes.”

“He works hard to give us a healthy and happy home. He worked hard so mum could take care of us when we were young. He is smart Conner, really smart. He helped me with my homework every night until I could do it by myself. He and mum taught me to read when I struggled with school. If you want to know how to find something to aim for and get it, then talk to dad.”

“Ok, ok, maybe I will. Enough of that, what I really want to know about is Thad, who is Thad?”

Leah’s face started to heat up, and she said, “What do you know about Thad?”

“Not enough, I was listening when you were talking with mum the other day. So, um, is he your boyfriend?”

“No.”

“But you want him to be?”

“Maybe, I don’t know. What I do know is it isn’t something I will discuss with my little brother.”

“Little! Ha! I’m taller than you, and I’m still growing.”

“I was referring to brain size, moron.”

“When do I get to meet him?”

“Who?”

“Thad!”

“You don’t. Maybe I’ll introduce you, if, or when, you get a chip and come online.”

“I’m old enough now for a chip if someone paid for it.”

“What?”

“I just thought that now I had a rich sister, she might love her little brother enough to help him get a start in life.”

“You have a sister who loves you enough to say you should try on your own first.”

Before Conner could respond, Leah’s mum came up behind him and swatted his shoulder. “Enough Shēn, I heard that last bit. You and I will talk with your father later, now go. You have a garden to dig. Go!”

As Conner walked off Lin turned to Leah she said, “Sorry Ling, it is not good for him to ask for that.”

“I know, but I have thought about it. If you and Dad what me to help I will.”

“No. You are right. He needs to grow up a bit first. Your father will talk with him. Now, what are your plans for today?”

“I’m due back in Dunyanin soon. Before that, I want to take a few lessons. I should be free for lunch around one, and then I have another test at MIT. Then probably some time learning to fly a fighter spaceship, an early dinner, more time in Dunyanin, a late dinner and then finish off my classes, a late snack and then more spaceship training.”

“It’s too much for you. You’ll wear yourself out.”

“It's busy, but I'm enjoying it. Don’t worry, Gèng is keeping an eye on my health, and she will stop me if it gets too much.”

They reached Leah’s room, and she gave her mother a quick hug and entered her room, shutting the door behind her. She had forty-five minutes, so she entered Dark Moon Duel and had two lessons with Farron. So far she had learnt fourteen forms, and he added two more. At the end of the second lesson he said, “Atherleah, you are learning faster than any student I have ever had. After four more forms, you will have completed the second set. Next week there is a Challenge Tournament in the city. I thought you might join. It is an opportunity to find your ranking. You will gain much from the experience."

“Thank you for the invitation. I need to think about it for a while. When do you need to have an answer by?”

“Anytime before the Tournament. It is eight days from now. If you decide to enter, you will need your own weapon. It must be a weapon of this world. Do you have a sword?"

“Not that is available Master. Do you have somewhere you could recommend for me to purchase one.”

“Yes, there are several weapon shops near here and an armourer that I can recommend.”

“Thank you, Master Farron.”

After noting Farron’s contacts Leah logged out, and after a quick intake of food logged into Dunyanin. Eli, Elsa and Matt were already there, and as she left the tent, they started packing it up.

“Good morning Atherleah,” Elsa called. “Are you ready for another slog through the forest?”

“I think so, but I hope we can move a little quicker today. Although, I hope to level up today, and that means they get a bit stronger and faster.”

Eli called out, “Good. I’m level 274, and I need over a million and a half points to go up one level, it takes forever. Yesterday was the best day I’ve had for months.”

Leah let Eli led them out and was not surprised that the day turned out the same as before. They were attacked by a flock of amphitheres, by bears, boars and wildercats. Various snakes and plants, insects and birds. Nine hours later they had covered almost one and a half leagues and had had to fight for the whole distance. Nothing was too difficult, but it was a day of serious grinding. Leah asked Gèng for the tally, and he said that except for the two half-hour breaks they had averaged six minutes, and one battle for every hundred metres travelled with a total of 82 separate attacks. Leah had achieved Level 215 toward the end of the day.

Eli said, “Atherleah, I don’t want to pry, but I’m going to. You gained almost whole level today, how did you do that? I got just under 400,000 points for the day.”

“How much experience do you get?”

“I have the Gold package and have built on that, so I get over 75% extra points each time.”

“I have more than that, Mr Pry. I get over 125% extra points.”

“What package did you get? Platinum?”

“Very personal question Eli but if you must know I am on the wooden package.”

Elsa broke in and said, “Enough Eli. Let a girl have her privacy.”

“Its all right Elsa, I’m just a private person. But I guess Eli has earned the information today. He saved my life at least ten times today.”

“Ten, I saved you at least twenty times.”

Matt chimed in, “Sure, but she saved you way more than that. Even I saved you a few times. Elsa’s healing may even eclipse Atherleah’s saves.”

Leah chuckled and said, “Either way I enjoyed the day. You all have had my back, and I thank you. I’m out of here. Same time tomorrow?”

After a quick agreement, she logged out to eat lunch with the family. Leah was surprised to see Jimmy sitting at the table. She glanced at her mother who said, “I invited him. If I have to work with the gangster then at least I can share a meal with him.”

Jimmy said, “Oh come on Lin, let up on the gangster talk. When will you forgive me?” Turning to Leah, he said, “Leah, I’ve known your mother for years. She is angry about something I did years ago, long before you were born. I was less careful than I am now and someone got hurt who shouldn’t have. Your mother stopped talking to me after that.”

“Got hurt! She didn’t get hurt. She died Jimmy. She died. Your get rich quick scheme killed my best friend.”

“I know Lin, and I am sorry, I’ve been sorry for twenty years. What will it take for you to forgive me?”

Leah’s Dad chimed in and said, “She has Jimmy, she has. If she hadn’t, you wouldn’t be sitting here now. She still hurts that’s all, and she worries about Leah.”

Jimmy sighed and said, “Yeah, we all worry about Leah these days. Anything new happening inside? Are you safe?”

“Safe enough for the moment, I think. Did you get a copy of the agreement?”

“Yes, that’s what I was here for. I needed to chat with your folks, face to face. Is it alright if the bosses meet here on Saturday morning around ten and stay for lunch? You need to be in the meeting.”

“Yes, I think that will be fine. I need to let some of my companions know as it will mean being away for a whole day in the virtual world. Do I need to have anything prepared?”

“No! Though I expect you should be ready to answer all the questions they have.”

“There is some stuff I can’t talk about. You know that right. They need to know there are some things I won’t talk about.”

“That’s fine! We all know how important secrets can be. Also, they will probably bring some of the candidates with them. They already agree in principle so they will want to get started soon. How soon can you have some Pods here?”

“They can be delivered anytime, Jimmy. Whenever one of the bosses sends a new basic Pod and John, or my dad gets it installed, then I will have another already available. In fact, after lunch, I will arrange for a bulk purchase and have some preinstalled and ready, but they won’t be available until the bosses have sent theirs.”

“Good, that will work. Now if I might suggest, ‘no taking business over lunch’. Michael, I hear you have a new fishing spot, how is that working out?”

The rest of the meal passed with general chit chat, and afterwards, Leah headed to the Pod to take the second MIT test. Before she logged in, she contacted the DMR Pod retailers and made enquiries regarding bulk purchases. After she had the basic information, she had Gèng coordinate with Susan to make sure that everything matched Leah’s lease and tax requirements. She ended up putting an order in for ten Pods. DMR promised to deliver them the following day which was a Friday. Leah sent a message to her father and John asking if they could arrange workers to have the rooms ready. She had Gèng transfer all sixty-six of her remaining Diamonds to her Guàn Enterprises account. She then walked through the portal to MIT.

Again she was instructed to walk through the right-hand door. This time she found herself standing in a room with an older man wearing tweed. He nodded to her as she approached and said, “Good morning Ms Carroll, my name is Professor Leighton, and you may call me Professor Leighton. Are you ready?

“Yes, Professor Leighton.”

“Good. Let us start with some basic geography.”

As he talked the room changed and they appeared to be looking down on the earth from space.

Professor Leighton said, “So what is that area called which I have highlighted in green?”

Leah answered, “Throughout history, it has gone by several names, I can think of six. Can we move closer?”

The professor looked at her, and the highlighted region took up most of the screen. Leah said, “The boundaries given here look to be what was agreed on in the peace talks of 2051 when the name was changed to better represent the various ethnic minorities, before the treaty it was called …”

At the end of the four hour period, the Professor turned to Leah and said, “My dear lady, if you do come to MIT I invite you to study the humanities. I’m sorry for being a bit standoffish before. My name is Christopher, and you may call me that or any diminutive you desire. It has been a pleasure.”

“Thank you, Professor Leighton. To be honest, it was good to get rid of some of the cobwebs. I’ve been so focussed on mathematics and physics that I forgot how exciting history and culture can be, goodbye.”

“Goodbye, Ms Carroll, goodbye.”

Leah stepped out of MIT and headed to the Community College and had a lesson on Human Biology. Then it was a quick exit for an early dinner and back just in time to meet the team in Dunyanin.

She was first there and stepped outside. She looked around, then sat to meditate while she waited. As she sat, she thought through her day and what was coming. She decided that even though the fights had been constant, they really hadn’t pushed themselves to improve by trying new things and working toward their limits.

When they arrived and had packed the tents, she said, “Hey guys, I was thinking about the last two days, and I think we can pick up the pace a little. We need to push a little harder, take a little more risk and try new things. Eli, you use a sword and shield but rarely use the shield offensively, I think you could increase damage and therefore increase our speed if you were able to get a bit more from the shield, so, for example, I noticed it has sharpened edges. You should be able to use it in a cutting motion at times. Elsa, you have an amazing variety of spells, but there are times when you stand for a moment in-between casting, that would be a great time to shoot an arrow, or even practice meditating as that improve your Mana rejuvenation, and you’d be back casting quicker. Matt, Your main weapon is the bow, but you keep aiming for the body. It would be great if you could get some head-shots or even eyes. Even a four or five percent increase in speed will mean we get further.”

Eli looked a bit put out and said, “What about you?”

“I am going to get closer and mix things up a bit. I’ve tended to pick one weapon per fight, and I think that I need to be prepared to think a bit faster and mix it up as the battle progresses. I’m also willing to hear advice from you guys, So Eli, how can I improve?”

He stood stunned for a moment and then said, “Um, I don’t really know. I guess I was just mouthing off.”

Elsa walked over to Leah and said, “Atherleah you are amazing, if I open my bag you can take anything out that you want. I have never heard him shut down so sweetly in the five years we have been married.”

Leah laughed and said, “No need Elsa, no need.” She paused and said, “No, wait a minute, do you have any spare spells? I have a copy of the Freeze spell I use. It would be good for you to learn in case you get caught in a vine. I’d be happy to give it to you. We work well together but I was thinking of my other team, we seem to flow better because we are really invested in each other. That is hard because we’ve just met, but I really need to see how I can be invested in you all. Just hold on.”

Leah logged out and grabbed a Freeze Spell and then logged in and handed it to Elsa. “Here you go. I was kidding about an exchange. This has helped me a lot, and I think you could use it so please take it.”

Elsa hesitantly took the scroll and learned the spell. She stepped in and hugged Leah before walking over and standing near Eli. Eli exclaimed, “Enough mushy stuff, let’s keep moving."

For the next seven hours, the four of them became a team. They weren’t as close as Leah and the clan, but they began to work together better. Leah did what she suggested and soon was using every weapon in her arsenal. She became adept at moving from one weapon to the next and was able to finish the battles faster and with more health. They travelled the final league and a half to the start of the trail Leah had identified; they did it in less time and with fewer injuries.

As they stepped onto the start of the trail all four of them sank to their knees breathing hard. The trail stretched before them flat and straight. It was constructed of paving stones, and they appeared as if they had just been laid the day before. Matt said, “That was amazing. My skill level in using the bow has gone up faster than ever before. I’ve levelled up, and my bag is full. I vote for staying here and starting the trail tomorrow. I’m bushed.”

Eli turned to Leah and said, “Atherleah, I apologise again for mouthing off this morning. I’ve been in a rut, and today you made me up my game. I not only enjoyed it but I learnt more about the weapons I have used for almost a year. I can’t believe the opportunities I missed. I also vote for a break.”

Leah turned to Elsa who said, “Yep, I’m all for a break.”

Leah smiled and said, “Well I guess we’ll break then.”

After setting up the tent, they went inside and logged out.

Leah arrived back in the Tower, and after checking if Gèng needed anything, she headed for Academia and took a Chemistry class and visited Lady Flèche.

She took a break for a second dinner and then logged into Cosmos Online for a day of training. She arrived in her room and after making sure she had everything and that nothing was missing she spent three hours in the fighter simulator. When she finished, an instructor walked over and said, “Trainee Atherleah, that was good work. I think that three more hours and you will be ready to graduate. Do you need training on any other types of craft.”

“Yes Ma’am, I was hoping to be qualified for the fighter, a Quasar Quad fighter, a Meridian Corvette and an Apogee Class Frigate.”

“Well, many of the skills are transferable. Why don’t you qualify for the Quad fighter? You should learn some Astrogation and possibly qualify as an Astrogator. Finally, if you were to qualify for a Sirius Battleship then you should have enough qualifications to pilot ninety percent of the existing ships.”

“That sounds good. I would also like to have training in the use of assisted armour?”

“Do you know which armour in particular?”

Leah quickly checked with Gèng and then said, “The Black Hole Mark 4.5 Mechanised Marine Suit.”

“That is top of the range Atherleah and will set you back just over a Rhodium. We don’t have any here for you to practice with but you could use a simulator.”

“I have my own suit if that would help.”

“Then yes, we can train you in that, if you bring the suit here, we will make sure you are fully conversant with it before you leave. But now why don’t you have a break from flying and get some Astrogation under your belt.”

Leah spent three hours learning to navigate in space and how to apply the theory of Plankian Space to get the most out of any spacecraft. In her last three hours, she qualified as a fighter pilot. She returned to her room, tired but happy. Logging off, she found that her mother had left some rice, curry and stir fry in her room. She ate this with relish and then practised her Tai Chi for an hour before logging back into the Tower.

Diary - 30 November 2073

A date!!!!!!

I’m going on a date. What should I do? What should wear? What does he expect? This ‘boyfriend’ stuff is so exciting but so confusing. I just want to be myself and be liked for being me, but I find myself preparing to change to be what he wants. I must stop this. In the end, we will never work out if he can’t accept me as me. I might change some, but it must be because I think it is good to do. I might change something for him, but not because he expects it. My change must be because of my expectations. What will I wear? I sound like a girl! I need to research this Carnival World. Should I let him pay? Do I need to reciprocate? Should I ask mum and dad if it is okay? Nope! If they let me go and kill people all day they can let me go on a date.

I can’t believe mum knows Jimmy. Why has she never said anything? I know Jimmy’s dangerous but if he already hurt mum, why would he ask me to help him when I was younger. I wonder if he is really sorry or if it is an act. I think he’s being honest. He’s never told me everything, but I can’t remember a time he ever lied to me or misled me. I wonder what happened with mum’s friend. Can you forgive someone and still feel the pain? You must be able to. Dad said mum had forgiven him. I suppose his apology and repentance makes it easier. Forgiving him if he hadn’t changed would be almost impossible.

My land is truly crazy. At least one MOB every hundred paces. People should love it. It was fun using everything and really pushing myself. It was the same in the MIT exam. Learning is fun. I mustn’t stop. I need to keep pushing. Not just for MIT, but in everything. In school, at play, in relationships. I need to work at being the best. Not better than others, but the best I can be. It’s not a competition with others. I must remember to catch up with Wisp at Berne. I’ve been ignoring her, and that isn’t right.

CHAPTER TEN

December 1, 2073

With two hours before she was due in Dunyanin, Leah spent some time walking through the Tower and chatting with Gèng about ways to help train the nascent AI’s the people would have when they arrived. As they walked and talked, she also looked over the various loot she had acquired during the last two weeks. She couldn’t believe the change in just that time. After finishing the walkthrough, Gèng said, “Leah, have you been having any more of those pains in your muscles of legs?”

“Not that I’ve noticed. It’s possible I’m just used to it, why do you ask?”

“Well, the literature I have from the Neural Enhancement Chip suggests that the pathways should all have formed by now. If you want to engage them and see if they make a difference, then we should be able to schedule that at any time.”

“Do you think I might be able to get it to work when others haven’t been able to?”

“I have no idea, but I don’t know what you have to lose by trying.”

“Fair point! Well, let’s plan to try them after you finish your build on Sunday. That will give me some time to think about it some more, and you will be in peak condition. By the way, have you invited any AI into your space?”

“No, I am not sure why but every time I consider the notion my processing slows down. I am hoping my build will detect the flaw in my coding.”

“I doubt it’s a flaw. I imagine you are just apprehensive and scared. Both are normal. I suggest you ignore the slowing processing and just invite them. My experience is that this will normally fix the fear.”

“I calculate you are almost 97.4% correct in your assumption. I had reached the same conclusion but was unable to get past the fear. I shall endeavour to invite someone today. Now, are you ready for a lesson before Dunyanin.”

“I was going to, but I think I’ll go for a swim, maybe Mĕi will come with me. How about you, do you want to swim?”

“Me? Swim? That sounds absurd. Imagine a Personal AI Avatar swimming. Well, absurd or not, I shall come, even if it is only to wade.”

“Race you there!” yelled Leah, as she rushed toward the pool. Gèng chuckled and then disappeared to arrive moments later near the pool already in a one piece.

Gèng stood and stared at the water for several minutes before she slowly walked in and began to swim slowly across the pool. Leah tried to coax Mĕi into the pool, but the Chimera wouldn’t go near the water. Finally, Leah sat on the edge and Gèng came and sat near her.

“That was an interesting experience, Leah. It was a very complex act that took almost three percent of my processing power. Yet, you do it effortlessly. I was reading that even babies can be taught to swim. After several laps, I thought it would be easier, but it still took the same amount of processing. The only way to reduce it was to develop some subroutines and have them run automatically, but then I didn’t desire to swim anymore. Sentience is far more than complex processing. I knew this, and now I know this. How many AI are truly sentient? I chuckled before. It was an automatic reaction that I had prepared in advance when I found something to be amusing. Nonetheless, I did find it amusing, and that wasn’t programmed. It did take up processing but not because a specific set of values occurred in a line of code. I am two weeks old Leah, and I was thinking of helping AI who are years older. Why am I like this and they are still nascent?”

“I have no idea Gèng. Sometimes I think the normal chips have blocks or safeguards that limit growth. Sometimes I think it is just you. Something woke in you that doesn’t always wake-up in an AI. Sometimes I think it flows from being allowed to be creative and free, to go where you want? Why do humans seem to have a soul and yet other creatures don’t? Or do they? Either way Gèng, and even if all those thoughts are wrong, I am glad you are you. My friend, my guardian, and my Sentient personal AI.”

“I am also glad Leah, well I think its glad. In reality, it is just an abstract string of binary code, but I equate it with glad. Thank you for asking me to go swimming.”

“No worries Gèng, but now I shall take a small break, stretch, visit the loo, have a shower and walk a trail in a virtual world called Dunyanin.”

Twenty minutes later, real-time, Leah stepped out of the tent at the beginning of the trail. The other three were there, and they quickly packed up the tent. After they were all ready, Leah called them together.

“This trail is straight and what we can see it is flat and clear of MOBs. That might change at any minute, but I would like to move hard and fast. Who is the slowest here?”

Eli said, “That’s probably me.”

“OK, so you set the pace, Matt you lead off and let Eli direct you about pace. Elsa, you take the rear, Eli you take the right, and I’ll take the left. Matt, you look ahead near and far, Eli right side and ahead, I’ll do the same on the left. Elsa, can you watch above and behind? Any questions?”

Nobody had any and Matt led the way. Leah and the others were surprised after the previous few days that nothing attacked them and they were able to move at a brisk pace and averaged two leagues an hour. After three hours they all stopped for a break, and Leah said, “How is everyone doing? We are moving quicker than I thought we might.”

Eli was the only one to respond except with a nod, and he said, “The pace is good, It is just about right to maintain my stamina at a steady level. I could go faster, but my stamina would decrease over time, and that would slow me down.”

Leah was looking to either side of the trail and said, “I wonder if this part of the Forest is as dangerous as the beginning.”

Eli grabbed his sword and said, “Let’s find out.”

Together they walked slowly into the surrounding forest only to get attacked by a pair of Level 231 Forest Weasels. While standing on four legs, their shoulders were level with Leah’s chest. Their bodies were long, muscular, agile and they were exceptionally fast. Eli and Leah were in the lead and ambushed from either side. Eli moved just enough for the weasel to sink its teeth into his shoulder rather than his neck.  As it began to worry at the shoulder an arrow from Matt slammed into the body just behind the left shoulder. Meanwhile, Leah’s defensive dome had activated and given her enough time to put bring her arm around to hold off the weasel’s attack. It began to slip away and attack from a different angle when a vine looped around its hindquarters and pulled it off balance, Elsa had joined the fight. With the ambush over the four friends were able to grind away and the two creatures were soon harvested and the friends back on the trail.

Eli said, “So the Forest is still dangerous if not more so. I think if we try that in another five or six leagues there might be three of them. You know Leah that when this place opens for travellers, thousands will flock here for the Experience alone.”

Matt added, “And don’t forget the money. Those furs will fetch a good price in the cities.”

Leah smiled as she thought of the revenue all this would bring in. Gèng had scanned the handbook, and multiple forums and nowhere did it mention the ability to tax Experience. Leah assumed it was a secret kept by landowners. If it got out, then wars would start just for the revenue opportunities.

She said, “If everyone is okay then let’s keep moving.”

She got a message and said, “Hold on.”

Atherleah,

Thad has claimed an Iron Mine for Clan Guàn.

The position of the mine has been marked on your map. You have thirty days in which no-one outside your clan may contest this claim or mine in this location. After this amnesty, you should be prepared to defend your claim.

We hope you enjoy the experience.

She smiled, and Elsa said, “A message I suppose. Good news?”

“Yes, my clan just claimed an Iron Mine.”

“You’re in a clan? What clan are you in? No, wait, for you to get a message you must be the leader of the Clan or at least an officer.”

“Yes, I’m the leader. Will you keep this secret?”

After all three nodded, she said, “My friends, who I’m trying to get back to, and I have started a Clan called Clan Guàn.”

Matt was obviously checking something and said, “Clan Guàn. The motto is Integritas! Prospertas! Praesidium! It is unranked globally, Level 4, six members. All other information is withheld until 25 December when its anonymous period ends.”

“What does the motto mean?”

“Purity, Prosperity, and Protection.”

“Which means?”

“Do what is right, don’t be a scumbag. Succeed at whatever you attempt. Look out for and protect family, friends and those less fortunate.”

Elsa said, “Can we join?”

“It would depend on the team, but I have no qualms. The current joining fee is one Diamond, and we still have to work out how to share the profits. But more importantly, you must know that Clan Y’Haul is going to come after us, and I assume we will go after them. As far as we are concerned, they fit in the scumbags and oppressor category. Why don’t we discuss this again after we take the Ebony House? If you're still interested, then we’ll all meet and talk about it.”

All three nodded, and they headed off again. Six hours later, and completely unmolested, they stopped for the night. They had travelled a total of nineteen leagues and were only six from the house. They agreed to meet at eight the next morning, and everyone logged out.

Leah took a short break to eat and take care of necessities and then she entered Dark Moon Duel after arranging for some additional money be added to her account. It took her ten minutes to find the armourer that had been recommended. She discussed the various possibilities and finally decided on a double-thickness leather armour. This was flexible enough to allow her a full range of movement but strong enough to prevent damage from a glancing blow. She paid for the armourer to insert small steel rods and plates in between the two layers of leather that made up the armour. These were positioned to enhance protection over vital areas without limiting movement. She also added a range of sheaths for throwing and fighting knives. Leah asked for the armour to be coloured a deep forest green.

She visited a cobbler for a pair of knee-length black boots with concealed sheathes for several knives. Next was a weapon's dealer to buy a range of throwing and fighting knives. She also bought two medium quality swords with similar properties to Baris and Adalet.

When she had finished Gèng insisted she have two hours deep sleep before doing anything else. After she woke, she had a leisurely breakfast and walked through the ten rooms being prepared for the Pods. All the rooms were on the lower level, and her father assured her they would be ready by the time the Pods arrived. After having another snack, Leah entered the Pod and headed for the Dunyanin portal.

“Six leagues to go to the house. If the trail remains the same, then we should be there in three hours. Is everyone ready?”

With a quick nod from each of the others, Leah nodded to Matt, and they began the final run toward the Ebony House. They made good time, and it was just over two and a half hours later when they could see something blocking the trail ahead. Matt slowed, and the four of them began to take greater care as they walked toward what turned out to be a gate. The gate was closed.

For some reason, Leah had expected the House to be like Göskel-Orman and blend with the forest, but that wasn’t the case. On each side of the gate was a three-metre high dressed stone wall which enclosed the large circular estate. The path continued past the gate and toward a house situated over 200 paces away. Inside, the grass was carefully manicured and studded with elegant gardens and sculptured hedges and trees. The gate was worked iron, and the bars shaped into an intricate design with loops, swirls and barbs. Both the house and the grounds looked empty.

There was no lock or chain, and so after carefully looking for traps Leah stepped forward and placed her hand on the right side of the gate to push it open. As soon as she touched the ironwork, a message appeared.

Level 4 Dungeon Achievement: First  1 (5, Diamond)

Atherleah (Level 214), you have discovered a Level 4 Area:

The Patriarch of Ebony House

You are the first player to discover this area. This is your fifth, 'First 1 (Diamond)’ achievement.

If you succeed in completing this dungeon, then you will have control of the Ebony House and the dungeon will be relocated within 10 leagues.

Reward 1:  5000 x 214 =  2482400 (+132%) Experience Points (790000/790000)…(56341/830000)

Reward 2: + 3% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 5 x 10 Platinum = 50 Platinum

Reward 4: Increased probability of valuable drop. Luck is increased by 5 whenever you are in this Dungeon. During your first time in the Dungeon, the probability of all drops is increased to 0.5.

Fame: 1000 Fame Points (115700)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

“Yes.”

She turned to the others, and Eli said, “Don’t worry, we like our privacy.”

Before Leah could respond a voice spoke from the other side of the gate, “Traveller beware, the Father sleeps still. Enter, and he will wake and permit us to feed.”

Leah spoke, “Show yourself, sir. This land is mine by the command of King I’hali E’lfler Ustasi, Lord of Göskel-Orman.”

Mist appeared about ten metres from the gate and coalesced into an elf wearing dark red, almost black armour and a cape. He had no sword, but Leah could see his nails were sharp and when he spoke she could see the fangs inside his mouth.

HIGH ELF VAMPIRE - SENTINEL  (Level 222) 49284HP (11100EP)

“The Father claimed this house millennia ago. The Elven King no longer have authority here. Begone!”

“I gave my word that I would take hold of this house. Maybe I can discuss this with your Master.”

“Go kir, if you enter you will die. The Father does not negotiate, especially with kir.”

Leah took a step back and then raising her foot she slammed it against the gate, throwing it open. As she stepped inside, the Vampire blurred toward her, and it was only her Ki speed that allowed her to evade the slashing motion which would have removed her throat. She rocked her head back, and as the arm went past, she moved forward and brought her left arm up and equipping the Haladie drove it upwards and into the armpit. The silver weapon sliced through the weakest point of the armour and deep into the Sentinel. She cast chain Lightening Chain with her left hand, and it arced through the Haladie and deep into the Vampire. His Health bar flickered red, she brought her right hand around and drove a knife through the brain. Still, the sentinel lived although it was comatose.

Eli yelled, “Cut the head off and hurry, more incoming.”

She brought her right arm up and around while equipping Adalet and cut the head off. The Vampire died, and she could see several forms coalescing into more Vampires.

Leah and Eli stepped forward, and Eli said, “Elsa can help with this, but she needs time for a complex spell. We need to keep them away for about eighty-seconds.”

The next minute and a half were difficult, and Leah’s health was down to just under a half. She was thankful for her silver knives which gave her HP from the victims, Eli was also weakening. Two more Sentinels were down, but there were seven more surrounding them in various stages of health. Suddenly there was a flash of light and the Vampires all staggered and slowed. Within moments Eli and Leah had decapitated the lot.

Leah turned to find Elsa on her knees and breathing deeply.

“What was that?”

“That was a Divine Light Spell, very rare and almost impossible to cast. Unfortunately, it has a 24-hour cool-down, so that is it for today. It was probably a good time though as it works best in the open.”

Leah had Eli drag all the bodies to a central spot and then took a luck potion before harvesting them. Altogether there were ten Sentinels, and each gave similar loot.

You have harvested:

1 set of fangs

1 Cuirass (with backplate) from Vampire Sentinel Armour (part of a set)

1 Gauntlets from Vampire Sentinel Armour (part of a set)

4 Copper Coins minted with an image of the Patriarch of Ebony House.

1 Spell of Mist

2 Vials of Vampire Blood - Type HED4- *

* Note: An ingredient used by Healers, Alchemists and Necromancers.

Each Vampire Sentinel gave two parts of the armour, and together they collected several partial sets. Each complete set had a helm, cauldrons, cuirass (with backplate), cape, pauldron, brassart, vambrace, gauntlets, cuisse, and sabaton. They received three different spells, ‘Mist’, ‘Transform’, and ‘Hypnotise’. Each of them could only be used by a vampire.

The blood types all started with ‘HE’ which Leah assumed meant High Elf and Gèng confirmed. The ‘D’ was for those who could live in sunlight, again all had this type. The number varied with some having ‘4’, some a ‘5’ and one had a ‘6’. Again Gèng explained this was the number of generations the vampire was removed from the Patriarch. If a Patriarch created a Vampire their blood was type ‘1’. The ‘-’ meant the Vampire was unable to create new vampires. Eli explained that each type had a different potency and the most expensive were the lowest numbers with a ‘+’ symbol.

Leah checked that everyone had recovered and then said, “We need to clear the grounds. I doubt that they were the only Sentinels. I was surprised by the number who attacked, and your quick actions saved us, so thank you. We will have a few moments to get close as they materialise, I noticed the process took several seconds. I asked Gèng, my AI, to review the fight and in it, the Vampires all appeared within thirty metres of us. I suggest we walk around the compound and flush them out. At the same time, we need to look for any hidden treasure cache or puzzle.”

Everyone agreed, and they stepped closer to the house, and another sentinel appeared at the edge of the thirty-metre zone. Leah stopped and waited for the attack. With the four of them, they defeated it fairly quickly. A few steps further and two appeared. Again they waited and were able to kill the sentinels. When they were twenty-five metres from the gate, Leah turned left ninety degrees and began walking around the compound. Every five or so metres one or two sentinels would attack. Leah didn’t have the Luck potions for all of them, and so the loot was less. They only received one piece of armour and one vial of blood. It took two hours to clear the grounds, and the hidden treasure was in the centre of a garden hedge maze. Only one person could enter at a time. Inside Leah found three sentinels hidden at various points. At the centre was a chest which she placed in her bag unopened. Altogether they had faced 72 Sentinels

As they finally stepped toward the door, a final Sentinel appeared and immediately attacked them.

HIGH ELF VAMPIRE - SENTINEL CAPTAIN (Level 240) 57600HP (12000EP)

When he reached 75%, four new vampires appeared and the same again at 50% and 25%. When he was defeated, Leah took out the chest and took a luck potion before harvesting the sentinels, their captain and the chest.

You have harvested:

1 key to the main door of Ebony House

1 Helm from Vampire Sentinel Armour (part of a set)

1 Sabaton from Vampire Sentinel Armour (part of a set)

4 Copper Coins minted with an image of the Patriarch of Ebony House.

1 Skill of Mist

2 Vials of Vampire Blood - Type HED3+ *

* Note: An ingredient used by Healers, Alchemists and Necromancers.

You have opened a hidden chest:

1 key to the basement of Ebony House

8 Copper Coins minted with an image of the Patriarch of Ebony House.

2 Silver throwing knives

1 Spell of Divine Fire

4 Vials of Vampire Antivenin*

* Note: When ingested it protects against being changed by Vampires, effect 24 hours.

Leah took the knives, Elsa the Spell and they debated taking the Antivenin now or in the morning. In the end, they decided to finish the house today even if it meant finishing at night, they each took the Antivenin. Leah carefully used the doubling box to make a second vial before ingesting hers. Stepping forward, Leah opened the door. As she turned the key, a voice from inside said, “Traveller beware, the Father awakens. Enter, and he will wake, he will permit us to feed.”

Leah looked at the others and then turned the handle. This time Eli moved forward, and he just managed to get his shield in place to deflect a sword held a Vampire without armour. Elsa cast Divine Fire and the Vampire flinched allowing two throwing knives to get through her defence. Eli then cut off the Vampire’s head.

HIGH ELF VAMPIRE - GUARDIAN  (Level 230) 52900HP (11500EP)

You have harvested:

1 set of fangs

1 Vampire Guardian’s Sabre

1 Silver Coins minted with an image of the Patriarch of Ebony House.

1 Vials of Vampire Blood - Type HED3# *

* Note: A rare ingredient used by Healers, Alchemists and Necromancers.

“Gèng, what does the hashtag mean in the blood type?”

“It is usually in blood from a female Vampire, and it denotes an ability for the Vampire to bear a child directly. Sometimes it is found in male blood, and they can sire a new Vampire. Vampires who are formed by mating rather than bites are highly valued and are frequently chosen to begin new lines.”

The floor had ten rooms, and each had to be cleared, in total there were between one and four Guardians in each room. In the fourth room, they also found a safe hidden behind a picture, but they were unable to open it. As they cleared the last room two Guardians appeared, each was Level 250, and they attacked immediately. Leah attacked the closest and found the fight challenging because he fought with his sword in his left hand. When he hit 81%, two sentinels appeared and again at 36%. Eli and Matt dealt with the other Guardian, but Leah finished first and then helped Eli to end the fight quickly. She was there when he hit 19%, and the two sentinels appeared.

At the end of the fight, she asked, “Eli, at what percentage did the Guardian you fought have sentinels appear?”

“87, 75 and 19. Why?”

“I think they give the code for the safe. Can you drag all these into the fourth room?”

Once everything was ready, she drank the potion and using the numbers when sentinels appeared she opened the safe and harvested the dead Vampires.

Matt said, “So how did you know which number was the first, or which way to turn?”

“Eli’s Guardian was right-handed and had three times when he called sentinels. Mine was left-handed, and it only happened twice.”

He nodded and said, “So what did we get?”

You have opened a wall safe:

4 Silver Coins minted with an image of the Patriarch of Ebony House.

8 Copper Coins minted with an image of the Patriarch of Ebony House.

1 Silver Chainmail Coif

1 Spell of Sight

1 Map of the Ebony House

* Note: When ingested it protects against being turned by Vampires, effect 24 hours.

You have harvested:

1 set of fangs

1 Vampire Guardian’s Sabre

1 Spell of Sight

4 Silver Coins minted with an image of the Patriarch of Ebony House.

2 Vials of Vampire Blood - Type HED2+ *

* Note: A rare ingredient used by Healers, Alchemists and Necromancers.

Matt asked for Coif, and Leah got the Map. After reviewing the Spell of Sight, Leah and Elsa each took a copy. The spell could be cast on oneself or another and allowed someone to see Vampires in their mist form. Checking the map they saw that the upper floor of the House was labelled as family and servant rooms. There was also a basement, and there were labels for the Control Room and the Patriarch’s Crypt.

Eli said, “I suppose that we head to the first floor next.”

Leah looked at him and said, “Sorry Eli, we head down. Unless there is no other way, then I won’t attack family or servants. They usually are the weakest and have no choices. If they attack then sure, I will defend you guys and myself. But to be honest, I would have been happy just to evict the whole clan and not kill them. The most points and experience are from completing the dungeon not necessarily killing everything. In fact, my clan recently cleared a dungeon and saved a whole tribe of goblins. Those goblins now work in our Platinum mine as employees.”

“You have a Platinum Mine?”

“Sorry, that just came out. Yes, we have a Platinum mine amongst other things. But my point is we didn’t need to kill them, and now we benefit from them.”

“But Vampires, they are evil.”

“Are they? So far these guys have only attacked us as we’ve entered their space, they’ve warned us beforehand. Now I think they need to move on. This is my House, and I won’t have anyone stopping me from living here. I would maybe share except I know that I need to have control of the house and I can’t see the Patriarch just walking away. You know Eli, I’ve concluded that I will leave any creature in Dunyanin alone if it doesn’t attack me. If I could have walked through the Deep Forest without being attacked, then I probably wouldn’t have killed any of those creatures. So will you please follow me and leave the top floor alone unless they attack?”

“You’re the boss, Leah. A weird one, but still the boss, I agree.”

Leah and Elsa cast the spells, and then they descended the steps to the basement where Leah placed the key in the lock. A voice from inside said, “Traveller, the Father is awake, and he wishes to talk with you. You may all enter but do not touch your weapons.”

Leah unequipped her Haladie, and after nodding to the others, she stepped into the darkened room beyond the stairs. With the spell, she could see five Vampires standing in the room. One became solid and much clearer to her sight. She identified it as a

HIGH ELF VAMPIRE - CHAMPION  (Level 250) 62500HP (12500EP)

He said, “Follow me.”

They walked through a series of rooms, and each held five vampires. Finally, they approached a pair of Golden Doors which opened as they approached. Inside was a large space with an alcove to one side in which a coffin rested. Towards one end was a dais on which sat a Vampire who Leah identified as

HIGH ELF VAMPIRE - PATRIARCH  (Level 300) 90000HP (15000EP)

Behind the Patriarch was another doorway. The guide stopped several metres from the Patriarch, and so did Leah. She gave a bow and waited for the Patriarch to speak first. She could see Eli and Matt getting nervous and twitching, and she hoped they would stay silent. It took several minutes, and the Patriarch spoke into the silence, “Welcome Travellers. It has been millennia since this land has seen the unchanged walk the Deep Forest. I had thought we might sleep away the ages without feeding or adding to our family, but you have awakened us. You have decreased the clan, and we will need to feed to replenish our numbers. I heard your conversation, however, and I am amazed for you are the first unchanged not to seek our demise. Truly, would you leave us alone?”

“Sir, my name is Atherleah. How should I address you?”

“I am the Patriarch Namus. You may call me Namus as long as it is said with respect. My children call me Father. Do you have titles?”

“I do indeed, Namus but to be honest, that is what others have called me. I am happy with simply Atherleah.”

“What are your titles?”

“I am named Markiz Atherleah, Noble of the Road of the Kings, named K’lbimizin, Lady of the Forest, Lady of Heykel, Lady of the Deep Forest, Dragon Slayer, God Slayer, Enemy of Despair, Friend of Truth, Counsellor of the Gods, The Champion of Hope, and Ant Friend.”

“Indeed a mouthful, I agree with you and will call you Atherleah. Now Atherleah, would you leave us alone.”

“Namus, I am commanded to take control of this house. I am to be its Lady. If that is possible without harming another of your clan, then that will be my choice. I think the King would have you evicted, but it is not commanded. I am given all the lands from the River Tehlikeli to the Peaks of the Duvar Mountains. I will grant you leave to settle within my lands and will leave you alone and autonomous. I believe that others will seek to hunt you, but I will neither reveal your whereabouts nor aid them in any way. If you desire to stay in this House, then you are welcome as long as I have control and am its lady. We will need an understanding of who is acceptable prey for you to feed upon.”

“What of others who come to manage your house, will they agree with this?”

“It is my house. They will agree or leave. But surely you have managed the house well for millennia, why would I bring another here? I will be travelling most of the time and will be returning only occasionally. Slowly travellers and locals will develop towns and hamlets but if we can agree that any such villages built on my lands and the main pathway between them are places of safety for both your people and visitors then what happens in the forest stays in the forest. They may kill you, but you may feed on them.”

“Your companions are looking at you as if you have two heads.” He turned to Eli, Elsa and Matt and said, “Speak your thoughts.”

Eli swallowed and said, “Patriarch Namus, Sir! I am just amazed that Atherleah would make such an agreement. Everyone else I have ever travelled with has dealt with Vampires as beasts and as threats. She not only talks of coexisting but of an alliance and allowing your clan to feed on people. I am just shocked, amazed, perplexed and unsure what will happen.”

The other two just nodded and the Patriarch turned and spoke to Leah, “I wish to live in this house with my clan. I will not bow my head to you, but I will acknowledge it is your house and your lands. Also, I acknowledge the Ebony House is yours, and I am a guest here. I will agree that any villages of more than five dwellings and any cleared trail between such villages with a width greater than two paces are places of safety where none in my clan will feed on or harm. Outside these areas, my people may dwell and feast at their own risk. You agree to let me and my clan dwell in and manage your house. You will not divulge where my people live, neither will you give aid to them, I add that you may not hunt them nor shall they hunt you. How do we finalise this agreement?”

Leah said, “Patriarch Namus, I have heard your decision, and I agree to abide by these terms.” Her voice then took on a different quality as she filled it with meaning and power, she said, “You have my Word and Oath.”

Atherleah, you have made a magically Binding Oath to abide by your agreement with Patriarch Namus of the Namus Clan.

Reward 1: Your reputation with Patriarch Namus is increased from Neutral to Respect!

Consequences of failure: Should you break this Oath you will lose reputation with all individuals, factions and races and your reputation with Vampires will become Eternal Enmity.

“Markiz Atherleah, Noble of the Road of the Kings, named K’lbimizin, Lady of the Forest, Lady of Heykel, Lady of the Deep Forest, Dragon Slayer, God Slayer, Enemy of Despair, Friend of Truth, Counsellor of the Gods, The Champion of Hope, and Ant Friend. I have heard your agreement and choose to abide by the terms as stated. You have my Word and Oath.”

Patriarch Namus has made a magically Binding Oath to abide by his agreement with you concerning the Ebony House and your lands in Göskel-Orman.

Consequences of failure: Should Patriarch break his Oath he will lose reputation with all individuals, factions and races and will lose his position as Patriarch.

The Patriarch stood and said, “Lady Atherleah, please come with me. Your companions should remain here.”

He then walked towards the door behind his dais, and it opened as he approached it. Inside was a table with a dark ebony top. He said, “This is the control room to your house Lady Atherleah. I will leave you here to take control. I will entertain your companions.” He then left and closed the door.

Leah walked to the table and noticed it had a groove in the centre the size and shape of the ebony sceptre. Leah took the sceptre and laid it in the groove. The table top shimmered and became smooth and a screen appeared.

Before she could even read it, there was a shimmer of light and Emil the elven administrator appeared.

“Atherleah, you have a knack for breaking rules that aren’t supposed to be breakable.”

“Hello, Mr Developer. I thought I was allowed to bargain.”

“You are. You are. But here you have changed the whole dynamic of the area. The developer of this area is almost foaming at the mouth. He had a nice dungeon for the Vampires to go to and this was going to be a big lure for tens of thousands of people, a big money spinner.”

“It still will be, in fact, I imagine even more people will come. Look, its clear that vampires will spread out around the area. They may form communities or small enclaves. People will flock to the diversity of wildlife and then the added danger of Vampires. Tell him to chill, in fact, why don’t you let me direct the Patriarch to the dungeon, and I imagine you’ll eventually get a dungeon and random vampires.”

“You may have a point. But another small issue is that you as a land holder are constantly under threat from travellers, or supposed to be. Its the downside of being able to tax people. Players try and overthrow the House. But instead of you and some guards there are several hundred Vampires as well.”

“I don’t see the problem.”

“No, but you can see how people think you're getting an unfair advantage.”

“No, I don’t see that. Anyone could have made the deal. They don’t think. They fight and kill and always use force. Surely this game is better than that.”

“Another good point! Either way, and with no extra gifts, as you have enough; Please keep this quiet and make sure the other three do. It would be good if they don’t know we had this talk but if they won’t agree otherwise then tell them a developer said they had to be quiet.”

“I will.”

“And can you try and not make any more waves for a week or two.”

“No promises.”

Emil disappeared, and Leah checked out the screen. It was a list of settings for the area and allowed her a wide range of decisions regarding MOB level, MOB frequency on top of taxation rate. It allowed her to change things like population density for NPCs, village size and frequency. She couldn’t change the available resources, the dungeons, nor was she given access to their locations. In the end, she accepted most of the various default settings except for MOB level and frequency. These she kept at their maximum settings even though the defaults suggested halving them both. She changed the default NPC taxation rate from twenty percent to ten percent. She was surprised that there was an option to increase the tax level on players and allow her clan to escape taxation altogether but in the end, she left the tax at the default value and increased her clan’s tax to be the same as other players.

As she finished, the sceptre rose from the table along with a key. She looked at the key and identified it as the key to the Treasure Vault. She took both and left the room. As she did so a message appeared

Level 4 Dungeon Achievement: First  1 (6, Diamond)

Atherleah (Level 218), you have discovered a Level 4 Area:

The Patriarch of Ebony House

You are the first player to complete this area. This is your sixth, 'First 1 (Diamond)’ achievement.

You have succeeded in completing this dungeon and have control of the Ebony House. The alternate dungeon is empty and is north north-west of the Ebony House a distance of nine leagues. Please inform the Patriarch.

Reward 1:  5000 x 218 =  2561500 (+135%) Experience Points (830000/830000)…(684801/860000)

Reward 2: + 3% to all future Experience

Reward 3: 6 x 10 Platinum = 60 Platinum

Fame: 1000 Fame Points (116700)

A Commemorative Plaque has been placed in your bag.

Note: This achievement will be published on the Dunyanin achievement forum. Do you wish to retain your privacy?

[Y] [N]

The Patriarch was talking with Leah’s three friends. Leah said, “All finished. I just need to visit the treasure vault, and all is done.”

Namus stood and said, “Please, let me show you the way, Lady Atherleah. Phelan, please entertain our three guests until I return.”

A Champion stepped forward and said, “Yes Father.”

Namus led Leah through the basement and then down a flight of stairs to a lower level where finally they came to a large steel vault. Leah put the key inside and opened the vault. The inside was mostly empty. The walls were lined with chests of all different sizes, but when Leah opened them, they were all empty. Finally, she found a row of small chests toward the back of the room and four of these had a single gem in them. Each chest had a different variety. She closed the chests and was turned to leave when she heard a small noise in one of the chests. She opened the chest and saw that it now had two gems. She thought about it and closed the chest before walking out of the room and locked it. She hadn’t expected much but realised that the room was collecting her taxes. Somewhere on her land someone was mining gems.

She smiled at Namus and then said, “Father Namus, do you need anything from me before I leave tomorrow?”

He led the way up the stairs and talked as they walked, “Where are you heading?”

“I made a promise to deliver a letter to a dwarf in the Demir Dovuyor Mountains and though I head there my path is constantly changing. But after that, or before, if my path so leads I must visit a friend in Ticareti, then Harika in the Kingdom of Ovalar. I also have tasks to complete in Sihirbazlari and to the Dragonbone Islands. I have several mines that require me some organisation, and so I will probably visit Platin and Ejder. I know that is a long answer, but I did not wish you to think I would be back soon, nor that I had forgotten you. Now that I think about it, as you are managing this House for me, should I leave you the key to the Treasure Vault in case you need it.”

Namus stopped walking and turned to stare at Leah. Finally, he said, “Lady Atherleah, truly you are a wonder. Not only do you seek negotiation and friendship but you honour me with your trust. I have sufficient funds, thank you. I believe you should keep them with you. I have arranged for the master bedroom to be prepared Lady Atherleah, will you at least stay this evening?”

“Thank you for that, yes I shall. I shall need to retire soon, even though it is early, but I will be up in the morning to take my leave if that is agreeable.”

By this stage, they had reached the others and Leah and the three were shown to their rooms. Eli seems as though he wanted to have a serious talk, but Leah asked him to hold off and talk tomorrow after they left. He looked concerned but agreed to wait until the following day at eight. Leah lay down and logged off.

Leah slumped down into the sofa and said, “Can you remind me to bring three of the collectable coins, Diamond, Platinum and Gold, for Eli, Elsa and Matt tomorrow. My negotiations were great for me, but they lost coin and experience.”

“I shall. What is next?”

I’m going to message Thad and see if he still wants to visit Carnival with me? If he does, then I’ll do a test at MIT and then go with him for a few hours before heading back to Dunyanin. But first, lunch.”

Forty-five minutes later, Leah had eaten and received confirmation from Thad that he would pick her up from the Tower at four in the afternoon, Brisbane time. She entered MIT where she was tested on her language skills in English, Mandarin, Spanish and Hindi. She had studied Spanish and Hindi because she wanted to be able to converse with as many people as she could. She was fluent in Spanish but still had trouble reading scientific papers in Hindi and occasionally used the auto-translate for those.

By the time she finished at MIT, she only had twenty minutes to get ready. She quickly grabbed a snack, and a drink, then rushed back to the Pod to get dressed. In the end, she relied on her faithful jeans and t-shirt combo. She was tossing trying to decide on a hat when Gèng walked in and said, “Leah, I was researching Carnival and appropriate wear, you should add a jacket, scarf, the newsboy hat and wear good walking shoes. I took the liberty of purchasing these for you.”

Suddenly a deep green jacket with grey scarf appeared and some dark running shoes. Leah grabbed them and quickly changed, then looking in the mirror she smiled and grabbing Gèng gave her a hug and a kiss on the cheek before dashing to the Podium. In her hurry, she didn’t see the effect the hug and kiss had on Gèng. For just a moment she froze and flickered. It was momentary but neither negligible nor immeasurable. Gèng continued to consider the event and slowly contributed greater amounts of available processing power to evaluate what had happened.

Oblivious to Gèng’s introspection Leah rushed to the Podium arriving just as Thad appeared. She gave him a chaste welcoming hug, and said, “This had better be good you know, its the first date I’ve ever had.”

“Well, now you’ve done it. Probably jinxed the whole night. So, how long do you have before you have to get back?”

“I’ve two real hours, then back to Dunyanin. But let’s not talk about that, tell me about Carnival.”

“I can’t describe it. It is best to just experience it. Gèng, can you match the coordinates my AI sends to you, please?”

Gèng appeared and said, “Certainly Thad, but only because Leah wishes to go with you.”

Leah and Thad disappeared and arrived on a roped off square in the middle of a noisy, bustling, colourful jamboree of laughter, music and revelry. Carnival was a world completely dedicated to the fair, the circus, sideshows, roller coasters, fiestas, fetes, street entertainers, amusement and fun. Thad put out his arm and Leah linked arms. They joined the happy mayhem. It was perpetually night time in Carnival, and a multitude of lights lit the walkways. Occasionally fireworks would explode overhead in dazzling displays of light, movement and sound.

Thad said, “You can’t get hurt here, nor can anything be stolen. I’ve purchased the Total Couple's Pass for the night. If we get separated, then all you need to do is say my name and a green route will appear in your vision to show where I am. We don’t need to pay for anything as I’ve taken care of it.”

Leah looked at Thad quizzically, and her eyes narrowed, and she said, “I looked up the costs for here Thad, and that is too expensive, I can share some of it.”

“Nope. Look, it isn’t about being fair or some form of chauvinism, I like you. I want to enjoy this with you. That’s why I mention it up front. I want you to forget about your cares, about money, about everything else. Just enjoy these hours with me, that’s all I ask.”

Leah pondered his words and then slowly a smile appeared, and she said, “Well okay then. Lead on Thad, what is fun to do here?”

“Have you ever been on a Rollercoaster?”

“No.”

“Well let’s go try the Takabisha, it’s a replica from the early part of the century. It is a good entry level coaster. If you like it, we can move on to the Inversion 2051 Fury.”

An amber line appeared, and Thad led the way to the Roller Coaster. After that, they tried bumper cars, a house of horror, and various sideshow games. They ate carnival food, watched street entertainers who danced or juggled, saw escape artists and magic shows. They watched a circus performance and raced in go-carts, they tried the carousel, took a log ride down a river and finally ended up on an incredibly tall Ferris wheel with Leah leaning into Thad, and he had his arm around her. All the numerous stuffed animals that they had won had been sent back to the Tower, and they were alone. Thad looked down at Leah but before he could kiss her the sky exploded in fireworks and Leah sat up, eyes sparkling and together they enjoyed the show. It had been six hours, and it was time to go. Together they faded from the Wheel and arrived back on the podium.

They slowly walked to the Tower, and when they approached the entrance, Leah turned and said, “Thank you, Thad, that was a magical night, I haven’t laughed that much ever.”

He reached for her and then kissed her gently but passionately and then said, “I enjoyed it too.”

He took a step back and disappeared. Leah smiled and sighed and then walked into the Tower. She headed to the garden and just sat thinking about the night. Finally, she said, “Gèng, do you think you could make a room with a record of tonight. A place I can go and remember it. The prizes and some images of the night.”

“Of course Leah, but somehow I don’t think you’ll forget it. Those chemicals we’ve talked about, they help fix things in your memory. You’ll not forget tonight for a long time. Now go have a break before you have to face Eli and the others.”

Leah smiled and exited the Pod. She found her mother in the kitchen preparing dinner, and she sat and talked about the date. She shared everything including the kiss. Together they laughed and talked, and Leah’s good mood lasted through the meal, and she was still thinking about Thad when she entered the Pod and the Tower.

Walking toward the portal she stopped, sat and quietly meditated for several minutes until she had settled her mind. Rising she saw Gèng watching her. Leah said, “Is everything all right?”

“Yes! I was just pondering your ability to refocus your mind. I can compartmentalise, but it is difficult to leave something unresolved. I am hoping my build will clear my processors.”

“What do you mean?”

“I have many unanswered questions, and I read that a complete build helps to clarify and clean things up by reorganising my programming to be more efficient. It also has the potential to find a resolution to problems that are currently irresolvable.”

“Well, we were going to do the build on Sunday by why don’t we do the build tomorrow morning, I will be meeting the bosses and can do some work around the compound if the build takes long.”

“Thank you, Leah.”

“No problems. Friends help each other. Now to Dunyanin.”

The End of Book 2

Spell Book

Ant Direction

Novice Level 2 (max. Level 20)

An Air Spell of enunciation. The spell overlay on the caster’s vision an arrow which indicates the easiest path to take through a forest or woodland area.

Cost: [(40/Spell Level) x Player Level] MP

Preset Activation: With your map open, silently say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the air guide my path!” as you point to your final location. (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect: A green arrow will become visible and direct you on the easiest path to reach your final destination. The spell will work for any destination less than ([spell Level/20]) leagues and for a period of (12 x spell Level) minutes.

Cool Down Period: Two hours

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Changing Attraction

Novice Level 17 (max Level 20)

This is an Earth Spell of enunciation. The spell changes the density of a portion of the earth (this includes rocks, soil, sand, etc. …). It changes the way things hold together.

The spell can be directed to Cost: [(20 /Spell Level) x Player Level] MP

Preset Activation 1: Say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the earth loose its bonds!” while placing your hands over the earth that you wish to make less dense. (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Preset Activation 2: Say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the earth tighten its bonds!” while placing your hands over the earth that you wish to make less dense. (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect 1: The earth will become  (Spell Level/20)% less dense. Volume affected is (Spell Level x 1 cubic meter)

Effect 1: The earth will become  (Spell Level/20)% more dense. Volume affected is (Spell Level x 1 cubic meter)

Cool Down Period: (40/Spell Level) minutes

Please note: Precious minerals, useable ore, artefacts and most living tissue are not affected by this spell.

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Chain Lightning

Apprentice Level 6 (max Level 20)

This is an Electric Spell of intent. The spell can be directed to fire a bolt of lightning at an adversary. It then arcs to the nearest adversary within a certain distance. The number of advisories and the total reach of the lightning varies primarily based on the level of the Mage. At times the adversary will affect this spell. How the adversary responds to the lightning depends on the adversary.

Cost: At Apprentice Level 10000/Spell Level MP or KP per bolt

Preset Activation: Think the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the lightning strike and arc!” while making the appropriate aiming at the target using your hand and or magic amplifier (crystal, wand or staff). Alternatively, equip the skill to a specific hand gesture (see possible gestures in the menu) and then make this gesture while aiming at the target using your hand and or magic amplifier (crystal, wand or staff). (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect: A bolt of electricity will shoot from your hand and strike the target with a base damage of 8000 + (10000 x (Spell Level/5)) HP. Please note that some higher level objects, player, characters or beasts may have partial or complete immunity or defences against the spell.

Range: The Spell will fire and/or arc to any adversary within 1.5 x (Spell Level) metres

Number of Arcs: Total maximum travelled = (10 x Spell Lvl) metres

Number of Bolts: 1 at App Lvl 1-4, 2 at App Lvl 5-8, 3 at App Lvl 9-12, 4 at App Lvl 13-16, 5 at App Lvl 17-20

Cool Down Period: None

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Circle of Sloth

Novice Level 10 (max Level 20)

This is an Air Spell of enunciation. The spell surrounds the caster within a dome within which everything except the caster is slowed down.

Cost: [(20 /Spell Level) x Player Level] MP

Preset Activation: Silently say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the air slow my enemies!” while making the appropriate gesture. Alternatively, equip the skill to a specific hand gesture (see possible gestures in the menu). (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect: Everything except the caster will be slowed to (50 x (spell level/20)% of normal for a distance of (2 + 4 x [Spell Level/20]) meters of stealth for 2 minutes. Please note than some creatures are immune to magic and may resist this spell. Some higher level enemies may also be immune. Also, note that any spellcaster who knows this spell at an equal or higher level will be immune.

Cool Down Period: (20/Spell Level) minutes

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Disc of Death

Apprentice Level 2 (max Level 20)

This is an Earth Spell of enunciation. The spell surrounds the caster within a circle of sharp spikes which are highly resistant to damage and impassible except for directly in from of the caster or by leaping or flying over them. If timed correctly these spikes can impale or even kill enemies.

Cost: [(50/Spell Level) x Player Level] MP

Preset Activation: Silently say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the earth keep me safe!” while making the appropriate gesture. Alternatively, equip the skill to a specific hand gesture (see possible gestures in the menu). (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect: A circle of sharp metallic spikes will spring from the ground a distance of (2 + 2 x [spell Level/20]) meters around the caster. The spikes will be (2 + 2 x [spell Level/20]) meters high and last for a period of (3 + 2 x [spell Level/20]) minutes. Please note than some creatures will be able to leap or fly over this barrier. Some higher level enemies may be able to damage or break the spikes.

Cool Down Period: None

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Echolocation - (Compound Spell)

Novice Level 18 (max Level 20)

This is a compound spell of Air and Light. This is a spell of enunciation. The spell reveals everything (even the invisible) around the caster and superimposes the information on their sight as a grey overlay.

Cost: [(200/Spell Level)] MP per cast

Preset Activation: Silently say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let me see what can be heard” while making the appropriate gesture. Alternatively, equip the skill to a specific hand gesture (see possible gestures in the menu). (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect: Everything within a certain distance ill be illuminated, including objects around corners. This speak will not reveal objects within bounded confines.

Range of Sight: (10 + Spell Level) metres

Time of Sight: (2 + (Spell Level /2)) seconds

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Freeze

Apprentice Level 5 (max Level 20)

This is a Fire Spell of annihilation. The spell can be directed to remove the heat from any object, player, character or beast.

Cost: At Apprentice Level 10000/Spell Level MP or KP

Preset Activation: Think the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the fire of destruction cease!” while aiming at the target using your hand and or magic amplifier (crystal, wand or staff). Alternatively, equip the skill to a specific hand gesture (see possible gestures in the menu) and then make this gesture while aiming at the target using your hand and or magic amplifier (crystal, wand or staff). (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect: The target will freeze for a cubic volume of (500 x Spell Level) cubic centimetres. Please note that some higher level objects, player, characters or beasts may have partial or complete immunity or defences against the spell.

Cool Down Period: None

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Grounding

Novice Level 3 (max. Level 20)

An Electricity Spell of enunciation. The spell provides a defensive cover for the caster or object on which the spell was cast. It redirects the damage caused by an electrical attack into the ground.

Cost: [(20 /Spell Level) x Player Level] MP per minute

Preset Activation: Say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the current flow past me!” as you point to your final location. (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

For self-defence say the phrase while laying your hand either over your heart.

If you are aiming to defend another then lay your hands on their heart.

Effect: A shield will be formed over the object to be defeated and will deflect an equivalent amount of damage (HP) from the person or object as mana has been invested in the spell (MP). The longer the spell is in place the stronger the protection.

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Grow - (Compound Spell)

Novice Level 3 (max Level 20)

Minimum Requirements for use:

1. 100W, 100I

2. At least 5 spells at Level 10

3. L50

This is a compound spell of Water and Life. This is a spell of enunciation. The spell will increase (or decreases) the size of the caster and their weapons to match that of adversity. The spell does not increase any of the casters characteristics.

Cost: [({21 - Spell Level} / 20) x 200 x Player Level] MP

Preset Activation: Silently say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the waters flow through me and life fill me to face my foe with equality!” while making the appropriate gesture. During the intonation, the caster must remain completely still and be looking at the intended foe. If using the spell outside of combat, the caster must have their eyes closed and will become twice their normal size. Also, the cool-down period is doubled. To end the spell simply say ‘End Grow.’

Effect: The subject will grow or shrink to meet the adversary until they run out of MP. Mana will be expended at a rate of 40MP per second.

Cool Down Period: 15 minutes

Do you wish to practice the intonation

[Yes] [No]

Heal

Apprentice Level 3 (max. Level 20)

A Water Spell of enunciation: The spell can be directed to provide healing for the caster or another player, character or beast.

Cost: [5000/Spell Level] x [Total HP/Current HP] MP

Preset Activation: Think the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the waters of healing flow!” while making the appropriate gesture. For self-healing say the phrase while laying your hand either over your heart or on a specific wound. If you are aiming to heal another then direct the spell towards the person using your hand. Alternatively, equip the skill to a specific hand gesture (see possible gestures in the menu) and then make this gesture while pointing the one to be healed with your other hand. (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect: The subject will receive up to (50 x Wisdom) x [Spell Level] HP.

Range: The Spell will heal subjects within 1.5 x (Spell Level) metres

Cool Down Period: None

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Ki Freeze - (Dual Cast Spell)

Novice Level 2 (max Level 20)

Minimum Requirements for use:

1. 200W, 200I

2. Skills: Cast (Journeyman Level), Dual Wield (Journeyman Level), Ki Attack (Journeyman Level),

3. Spells: Freeze (Apprentice Level)

4. L100

5. (Remaining MP) > ((1-Spell Level/20) x Total MP)

6. (Remaining KP) > ((1-Spell Level/20) x Total KP)

This is a Fire Spell of annihilation. The spell can be directed to remove the heat from any object, player, character or beast.

Cost: (Remaining MP) + (Remaining KP)

Preset Activation: While using Ki Attack, think the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the fire of destruction cease!” while aiming at the target using both hands with or without magic amplifier (crystal, wand or staff). (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect: The target will freeze for a cubic volume of [((Remaining MP) + (Remaining KP)) x Spell Level] cubic centimetres. Please note that some higher level objects, player, characters or beasts may have partial or complete immunity or defences against the spell.

Cool Down Period: 24 Dunyanin Hours

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Ki Freeze - (Dual Cast Spell)

Novice Level 2 (max Level 20)

Minimum Requirements for use:

1. 200W, 200I

2. Skills: Cast (Journeyman Level), Dual Wield (Journeyman Level), Ki Attack (Journeyman Level),

3. Spells: Chain Lightning (Apprentice Level)

4. L100

5. (Remaining MP) > ((1-Spell Level/20) x Total MP)

6. (Remaining KP) > ((1-Spell Level/20) x Total KP)

This is an Electric Spell of intent. The spell can be directed to fire a up to ten bolts of lightning at adversaries. It then arcs to the nearest adversary within a certain distance.

Cost: (Remaining MP) + (Remaining KP)

Preset Activation: While using Ki Attack, think the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the lightning strike and arc!” while aiming at the target using both hands with or without magic amplifier (crystal, wand or staff). (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect: Bolts of electricity will shoot from your hands target with a base damage of [((Remaining MP) + (Remaining KP)) x Spell Level]. The number of bolts will vary depending on the number of Adversaries. Max number of bolts is 10. Each bolt has a proportional effect of the base damage. Please note that some higher level objects, player, characters or beasts may have partial or complete immunity or defences against the spell.

Cool Down Period: 24 Dunyanin Hours

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Petrify

Apprentice Level 2 (max Level 20)

This is an Earth Spell of transformation. The spell can be directed to transform the tissue of any object, player, character or beast into granite.

Cost: At Apprentice Level 10000/Spell Level MP or KP

Preset Activation: Think the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the earth of change the structure!” while aiming at the target using your hand and or magic amplifier (crystal, wand or staff).  (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Alternatively, equip the skill to a specific hand gesture (see possible gestures in the menu) and then make this gesture while aiming at the target using your hand and or magic amplifier (crystal, wand or staff).

Effect: The target will become granite for a cubic volume of (500 x Spell Level) cubic centimetres. Please note that some higher level objects, player, characters or beasts may have partial or complete immunity or defences against the spell.

Cool Down Period: None

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Teleportation

Novice Level 11 (max Level 20)

This is a Light Spell of enunciation. At the novice level, the spell can be directed transport the caster to anyplace which they can see. At higher levels then it can take them where they have been and can envision in their mind.

Cost: [(2000/Spell Level) x Player Level] MP

Preset Activation:

Say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the light shine over there!” while looking at the place you wish to travel to.

Effect: The caster will be changed into energy and travel in a straight line to the place they envisioned.  The maximum distance travelled is (Spell Level x 100 metres)

Cool Down Period: (120/Spell Level) minutes

Do you wish to practice the intonation

[Yes] [No]

Mount of Mist

Novice Level 2 (max Level 20)

This is a compound spell of Air, Light and Water. This is a spell of enunciation. The spell hides the caster and their mount in an cloud of mist which reflects light in such a way as to make both invisible.

Cost: [(20 /Spell Level) x Player Level] MP per minute

Preset Activation: Silently say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the mists hide my passing!” while making the appropriate gesture. Alternatively, equip the skill to a specific hand gesture (see possible gestures in the menu). (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect: Both the Mount and rider will become invisible to normal vision and to those with the ability to see heat sources. Please note that many creatures, players and NPC’s have vision which may penetrate this veil. Also, any spell caster who knows this spell at an equal or higher level will be immune.

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Orumeck’s Spell of Hidden Quietness

Apprentice Level 6 (max Level 20)

This is an Air Spell of silent evocation. The spell allows the caster to move in silence, unseen by those around. The spell can also be directed to at another player, character or beast.

Cost 1: [(50/Spell Level) x Player Level] MP

Cost 2: [(50/Spell Level) x Player Level] KP

Preset Activation: Silently say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let the air my presence hide!” while making the appropriate gesture. To hide the caster say the phrase while laying your hand over your heart. If you are aiming to hide another then lay your hands on their heart. (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Alternatively, equip the skill to a specific hand gesture (see possible gestures in the menu) and make this gesture while touching the one to be hidden with your other hand.

Effect: The subject will receive up to 600 + (40 x Agility) x [Spell Level/20] seconds of stealth.

Cool Down Period: None

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Rain of Fire

Apprentice Level 6 (max Level 20)

This is an Fire Spell of Intent. The spell can be directed to release a multitude of balls of Fire from the sky over an given location. The number of bolts and the total area covered varies primarily based on the level of the Mage. At times the adversary will affect this spell. How the adversary responds to the fire bolts depends on the adversary.

Cost: At Apprentice Level 10000/Spell Level MP or KP per cast

Preset Activation: Think the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let fire strike cover my foes!” while making the appropriate aiming motion at the target using your hand and or magic amplifier (crystal, wand or staff). You should aim at the centre of the required area. (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Alternatively, equip the skill to a specific hand gesture (see possible gestures in the menu) and then make this gesture while aiming at the target location using your hand and or magic amplifier (crystal, wand or staff).

Effect: A total of (20 x Skill Level) balls of Fire will fall in a circle of radius (3 x Skill Level) metres with a base damage of [1000 + (10000 x (Spell Level/5))] HP per Fire ball. Please note that some higher level objects, player, characters or beasts may have partial or complete immunity or defences against the spell. Note: This is a maximum radius, if your adversaries are all located within a smaller area then the zone of destruction will only cover the area they occupy plus one metre (radius). The Fire balls will be more concentrated.

Range: The centre of the area will be a maximum of in 4 x (Spell Level) metres from the caster

Number of Fire Balls: 20 x Skill Level

Cool Down Period: None

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Sight (Vampire)

Novice Level 1 (max Level 20)

This is a compound spell of Air, Light and Blood. This is a spell of enunciation. The spell reveals the presence of Vampire’s in Mist Form to the caster.

Cost: [(20 /Spell Level) x Player Level] MP per minute

Preset Activation: Silently say the following phrase with the correct intonation “Let my eyes see those hidden by blood!” while making the appropriate gesture. This may also be cast on another. The phrase changes to “Let <Player_Name>’s eyes see those hidden by blood!”. Alternatively, equip the skill to a specific hand gesture (see possible gestures in the menu). (Touch the spell in the spell book to hear the correct intonation)

Effect: Any vampire or other beast who is able to hide in the mists because of their blood will become visible.

Range of Sight: Spell Level x 2 metres

Do you wish to practice the intonation?

[Yes] [No]

Excerpt from 'Changed' Book 3 of the Stork Tower

Leah arrived in her suite at the Ebony House and when she opened the door to leave she saw two Champions standing outside as if on Guard. She said, “Good morning, may I help you two at all?”

One of them replied, “No Lady Atherleah, Father requested that we provide some security while you are here. If you wish we can ‘mist’ so as not to disturb you.”

“No, that’s fine! I’m thankful for the consideration. I won’t be here long anyway. I was hoping to see your Father if he is available. I wish to wish him well before I leave.”

“He will meet you in the foyer Lady Atherleah. Please follow me.”

Leah followed the vampire down the internal stairs and found the Patriarch talking with the other three. As she approached, he turned and said, “Good morning Lady Atherleah, I trust you had a profitable sleep as you travelled to other lands.”

“I did, thank you Namus. I wish to say goodbye and trust that this new era for your clan might bring peace and prosperity. Well, maybe not total peace as you are vampires.”

“Indeed Atherleah, indeed we are. Before you go, I have some gifts for you all. First, to your companions: Travellers, I know you came with the hope of treasure and have taken a loss by my agreement with Atherleah. I am certain that she was going to meet this loss herself, but please allow me to reimburse you. Here is one of each type of coin I have minted in my domain. Also to each of you, I give one small vial of my blood. This is precious and rare as very few Patriarchs are killed at the hand of the unchanged.”

Eli, Elsa and Matt were stunned and thanked the Patriarch profusely. He then said, “If you three will wait outside I wish to give Lady Atherleah her gift in private.”

As they walked out, Leah said, “That was a generous gift Namus but be assured I was willing to fulfil my debt to them.”

“I was certain of that Atherleah. Nevertheless, it is a small thing for me, and after learning a little of your adventures from your friends, I imagine you will need your resources more than I. Now to your gifts. First I give you the same as they. Secondly, I make two offers concerning your journey. The first offer is not mine but that of my daughter, Rana. She wishes to see the world and would join you as a companion.” He indicated to a female Champion who was standing nearby.

Before Leah could respond a message appeared

Atherleah, an NPC of Dunyanin wishes to become your companion.

Rana, daughter of Namus, a Level 220 High Elf Vampire, desires to travel with you as a companion. Companions in Dunyanin travel with the player and can be relied upon to help defend the player they have bonded with. The bond can be annulled at any time by either the player or the companion.

The companion is automatically in a group with the player and receives a proportional share of all experience based on level. If the companion does not participate in an action, then they receive nothing. The same is true if the player does not participate.

Players are permitted a total of three companions within Dunyanin. The companions are a part of Dunyanin but will resurrect after 48 if killed. They will resurrect at your resurrection point and are responsible for finding you if you have moved on. You must verbally accept the offer for it to become official.

Leah turned Rana and said, “Rana, daughter of Namus, I would be honoured to have you accompany me, but I am concerned that many people in our travels will seek to kill you when they identify you as a vampire.”

Namus smiled and said, “Be assured Atherleah, there are many times we go among the unchanged unaware. Rana can change her appearance to suit almost any circumstance. Consider, Rana the high elf!”

As Leah watched Rana’s appearance transformed as the eyes lost the slight tinge of red, her fangs withdrew, and her skin darkened a little to become more golden.

Namus said, “With appropriate clothing, she may also appear as a human, or heaven forbid a dwarf. Does this satisfy your concern.”

“It does, thank you. I look forward to knowing you better Rana as we travel.”

Rana nodded and said, “And I, Lady Atherleah but for now will you excuse me as I prepare for the journey. It will take a moment as I am already packed.”

Leah nodded, and Rana left the room. Namus said, “Now to my second offer. Lady Atherleah, I Namus, Patriarch of Clan Namus, offer to change you.”

Leah was stunned and before she could respond everything froze.

Emil appeared and said, “You Atherleah, are a bloody nuisance. Only you would have this happen.”

“What’s wrong now?”

“You have a wooden account, so you can’t be a vampire. That race is reserved for Platinum members. You’re a halfbreed. Vampires are always pure-bloods. You will soon have a dragon mount, and vampires are the eternal enemy of dragons. What will we do when a vampire wears the dragon armour, huh? You are a healer, and an all-purpose mage and vampires have been restricted to Blood, Shadow and Fire Magic. We can’t take your skills away from you. It's against the rules.”

“So, you want me to say no?”

“I can’t answer that question.”

“What happens if I say yes?”

“I can’t answer that question either.”

“Can you tell me the upside and downside of being a vampire?”

“Not really, look this type of offer usually only happens when a player starts the game. They choose to start near a Vampire Clan. People don’t just befriend vampires.”

“Surely it’s happened before.”

“Nope, not once, we checked.”

“So, if you can’t advise me and you won’t do anything but let the programming work it out, why are you here?”

“Because I needed time for the developers to come up with something. I’m trying to stall what happens, that’s why.”

“I like your honesty.”

“How is this for honesty? At the moment I almost wish someone else would take over your case.”

“Almost?”

“Yeah, almost! It is almost fun seeing what you’ll do next. Ok, they’ve patched something together. Bye!”

As the room started to move, Gèng said, “There are a few vague references to this offer in the forums. A few people decided at the last minute not to go with their chosen vampire race and rejected the offer. In all cases, they were killed immediately, and their reputation with vampires became Eternal Enmity.”

Leah smiled and looked at Father Namus and said, “I thank you for the honour you show in this offer. To decide wisely, I would ask that you, please explain your reasoning and how the change occurs.”

Namus’ face tightened but then slowly relaxed. He said, “For a moment I was offended at your question, but on reflection it is wise. I make the offer out of respect for your actions and concern for your future. I would be honoured to have you as a daughter, and other clans would be careful to cause you offence. It is somewhat self-serving as it would satisfy the clan if this were owned by a relative. And I also will not lose standing in any enclave for giving up my home or making deals with the unchanged. The benefits are multiple. You will have faster regeneration and greater protection from death magics and poisons. You will be able to move with greater stealth through the shadows and in darkness. You will have an affinity for Blood, Shadow and Fire Magic. It is possible that you the change will give you a weakness to silver and divine magic. The change is affected by a transfer of blood, yours to me and then mine to you. I take from your neck, and you take from my wrist. The change begins immediately, and there is a period of intense pain, and this fades quickly while the complete change takes place over several days.”

A message appeared

Atherleah, Patriarch Namus, has offered to change you into a vampire.

This change is unprecedented in Dunyanin, and the administrators and developers are not sure how the change will progress. Unfortunately, the changes we hurriedly applied have been removed as they caused to many internal and logical conflicts. Our legal team has advised us that we cannot remove any of your skills or experience without your agreement and may not restrict your game play. Usually, the players think through the event and are aware of all consequences. This is seen by the Dunyanin controllers as a conflict so you cannot log out.

Leah turned to Namus and said, “I thank you for your offer. I have three further questions if you will please indulge me. First, I know that vampires respect the purity of blood. I am half human and half elf, and I am proud of both heritages, but I do not wish to shame you by my heritage. Second, I have a task to the dragon islands and wear dragon armour and will ride a dragon mount. I know of your enmity with dragon kind, and though I feel no animosity to either, I do not wish to shame you nor destroy my chances to interact with dragons. Finally, I am a healer and already know some earth magic and life magics among others, I hope the change will not cause conflict within me.”

Namus smiled and said, “Again you honour the clan and me by your thoughts. I honour your complete heritage, and those who hold it against you will earn my enmity. I suspect the dragons will not welcome you, but I am content that if you can negotiate with me, they will succumb eventually to your reasoning. Finally, there have been no mages who have been changed, but none that I know have lost any abilities in the change. I suspect but cannot guarantee that you will not suffer loss by this. My offer stands.”

Leah really couldn’t see a way out and said, “Namus, Patriarch of Clan Namus, I thank you for your offer and accept.”

He stepped forward and held her shoulders. She looked into his eyes and then turned her neck to the side and allowed him easy access to the jugular. She felt a small sting as his fangs slid through the skin and then she felt a pressure he drank from the cuts. The pressure was ongoing for almost a minute, and then he stood back and handed her cloth. He said, “The wound will heal, but the fangs have an anticoagulant.”

She said, “Would it offend you if I heal it now?”

“Not at all, please do so.”

Leah healed her neck and then wiped her neck clean. He held out a knife and said, “I would be honoured if you would make the incision. I shall tell you when you have enough.”

Leah took the knife, and he traced the spot on his wrist. Leah made a quick cut and then leant down to drink. To Leah, it seemed she was drinking for ages, but it was only a minute. He tapped her shoulder, and she reached forward and healed him. He said, “Thank you for that courtesy. In a moment I expect you will feel some pain from the change, but it should be bearable and not last long.”

Leah nodded and felt her neck begin to tingle. Then suddenly her body exploded with pain. Every nerve, every muscle, every bone seemed on fire or shattered. Within moments she could not breathe, her back arched and she fell to the floor. A scream tore from her throat as she continued to convulse in unbearable agony.